SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
x | Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 or | |
o | Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for the transition period from _________ to __________ |
Commission file number
1-10000
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
NORTH CAROLINA
56-0898180
(State of incorporation)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
ONE WACHOVIA CENTER
CHARLOTTE, NC
28288-0013
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
Registrants telephone number, including area code
(704) 374-6565
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS
NAME OF EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
Common Stock, $3.33 1/3 par value (including attached rights)
New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the NYSE)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes x No o
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the registrants completed second fiscal quarter: $52.2 billion.
As of February 19, 2003, there were 1,345,437,724 shares of the registrants common stock outstanding, $3.33 1/3 par value per share.
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS
INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS
DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and
reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
Yes
o
No
o
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN FORM 10-K
INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS
WHERE INCORPORATED IN FORM 10-K
1.
Certain portions of the Corporations Annual Report to
Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2002 (Annual Report)
Part I Items 1 and 2; Part II Items 5, 6, 7, 7A and 8; and
Part III Item 14.
2.
Certain portions of the Corporations Proxy Statement for the
Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 22, 2003
(Proxy Statement).
Part III Items 10, 11, 12 and 13.
PART I
Wachovia Corporation (formerly named First Union Corporation, Wachovia) may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements, including statements contained in Wachovias filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Exhibits hereto and thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other Wachovia communications, which are made in good faith by Wachovia pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements with respect to Wachovias beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, guidelines, expectations, financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business of Wachovia, including without limitation, (i) statements relating to the benefits of the merger between the former Wachovia Corporation (Legacy Wachovia) and Wachovia completed on September 1, 2001 (the Merger), including future financial and operating results, cost savings, enhanced revenues and the accretion to reported earnings that may be realized from the Merger, (ii) statements relating to the benefits of the proposed retail securities brokerage combination transaction between Wachovia and Prudential Financial, Inc. (the Brokerage Transaction), including future financial and operating results, cost savings, enhanced revenues and the accretion of reported earnings that may be realized from the Brokerage Transaction, (iii) statements regarding certain of Wachovias goals and expectations with respect to earnings, earnings per share, revenue, expenses and the growth rate in such items, as well as other measures of economic performance, including statements relating to estimates of credit quality trends, and (iv) statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words may, could, should, would, believe, anticipate, estimate, expect, intend, plan, projects, outlook or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors (many of which are beyond Wachovias control). The following factors, among others, could cause Wachovias financial performance to differ materially from that expressed in such forward-looking statements: (1) the risk that the businesses of Wachovia and Legacy Wachovia in connection with the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction will not be integrated successfully or such integration may be more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected; (2) expected revenue synergies and cost savings from the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction may not be fully realized or realized within the expected time frame; (3) revenues following the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction may be lower than expected; (4) deposit attrition, operating costs, customer loss and business disruption following the Merger or the Brokerage Transaction, including, without limitation, difficulties in maintaining relationships with employees, may be greater than expected; (5) the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which Wachovia conducts operations may be different than expected resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced demand for credit, including the resultant effect on Wachovias loan portfolio and allowance for loan losses; (6) the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; (7) inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; (8) adverse conditions in the stock market, the public debt market and other capital markets (including changes in interest rate conditions) and the impact of such conditions on Wachovias capital markets and capital management activities, including, without limitation, Wachovias mergers and acquisition advisory business, equity and debt underwriting activities, private equity investment activities, derivative securities activities, investment and wealth management advisory businesses, and brokerage activities; (9) the timely development of competitive new products and services by Wachovia and the acceptance of these products and services by new and existing customers; (10) the willingness of customers to accept third party products marketed by Wachovia; (11) the willingness of customers to substitute competitors products and services for Wachovias products and services and vice versa; (12) the impact of changes in financial services laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); (13) technological changes; (14) changes in consumer spending and saving habits; (15) the effect of corporate restructurings, acquisitions and/or dispositions, including, without limitation, the Merger and the Brokerage Transaction, and the actual restructuring and other charges related thereto, and the failure to achieve the expected revenue growth and/or expense savings from such corporate restructurings, acquisitions and/or dispositions; (16) the growth and profitability of Wachovias noninterest or fee income being less than expected; (17) unanticipated regulatory or judicial proceedings or rulings; (18) the impact of changes in accounting principles; (19) adverse changes in financial performance and/or condition of Wachovias borrowers which could impact repayment of such borrowers outstanding loans; (20) the impact on Wachovias businesses, as well as on the risks set forth above, of various domestic or international military or terrorist activities or conflicts; and (21) Wachovias success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.
Wachovia cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive. Wachovia does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of Wachovia.
2
GENERAL
Wachovia was incorporated under the laws of North Carolina in 1967 and is
registered as a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The merger of Legacy Wachovia
and First Union Corporation (Legacy First Union) was effective September 1,
2001. Legacy First Union changed its name to Wachovia Corporation on the
date of the merger. As the surviving corporate entity in the merger,
information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless indicated
otherwise, includes information about Legacy First Union only. Whenever we use
the Wachovia name in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we mean the new
combined company and, before the merger, Legacy First Union, unless indicated
otherwise.
We provide a wide range of commercial and retail banking and trust services
through full-service banking offices in Connecticut, Delaware, Florida,
Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South
Carolina, Virginia and Washington, D.C. Wachovia Bank, National Association
(WBNA) operates those banking offices, except those in Delaware, which are
operated by Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association. We also provide
various other financial services, including mortgage banking, credit card,
investment banking, investment advisory, home equity lending, asset-based
lending, leasing, insurance, international and securities brokerage services,
through other subsidiaries.
Our principal executive offices are located at One Wachovia Center, 301 South
College Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0013 (telephone number (704)
374-6565).
Since the 1985 Supreme Court decision allowing interstate banking expansion, we
have concentrated our efforts on building a large, diversified financial
services organization, primarily doing business in the eastern region of the
United States. Since November 1985, we have completed over 90 banking-related
acquisitions. On February 19, 2003, we announced that we have entered into an
agreement with Prudential Financial, Inc. providing for the combination of both
companies respective retail securities brokerage business. As a result of
that transaction, which is expected to consummate in the third quarter of 2003,
Wachovia would own 62% of the combined entity and Prudential would own 38%.
With the completion of our merger with Legacy Wachovia, we are focused on
generating improved core earnings growth from our four key businesses,
including Capital Management, the General Bank, Wealth Management and the
Corporate and Investment Bank. We are focused on integrating Legacy Wachovia
and Legacy First Unions business operations over a planned three-year
integration period. We will continue to evaluate our operations and
organizational structures to ensure they are closely aligned with our goal of
maximizing performance in our core business lines. When consistent with our
overall business strategy, we may consider the disposition of certain assets,
branches, subsidiaries or lines of business. We routinely explore acquisition
opportunities, particularly in areas that would complement our core business
lines, and frequently conduct due diligence activities in connection with
possible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions and, in some cases,
negotiations frequently take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt
or equity securities can be expected.
Additional information relating to our businesses and our subsidiaries is
included in the information set forth on pages 27 through 30 and in Note 13 on
pages 102 through 104 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by
reference. Information relating to Wachovia Corporation only is set forth in
Note 19 on pages 117 through 119 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein
by reference.
Web Site Access to SEC Filings
Wachovias Annual
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form
8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are accessible at no cost on our website,
www.wachovia.com
, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports have
been electronically filed or submitted to the SEC. These filings are also accessible on the
SECs website, www.sec.gov.
COMPETITION
Our subsidiaries face substantial competition in their operations from banking
and non-banking institutions, including savings and loan associations, credit
unions, money market funds and other investment vehicles, mutual fund advisory
companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, leasing companies, credit card
issuers, mortgage banking companies, investment banking companies, finance
companies and other types of financial services providers, including
Internet-only financial service providers.
3
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
The following discussion sets forth some of the material elements of the
regulatory framework applicable to financial holding companies and bank holding
companies and their subsidiaries and provides some specific information
relevant to us. The regulatory framework is intended primarily for the
protection of depositors and the Bank Insurance Fund and not for the protection
of security holders and creditors. To the extent that the following information
describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.
Bank Holding Company Activities
General
As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, Wachovia is
regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as well as other federal
and state laws governing the banking business. The Federal Reserve Board is
the primary regulator of Wachovia, and supervises our activities on a continual
basis. Our subsidiaries are also subject to regulation and supervision by
various regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board, the
Comptroller of the Currency (the Comptroller) and the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the FDIC).
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 was enacted on
November 12, 1999. The Modernization Act, which amended the Bank Holding
Company Act,
The Federal Reserve Board notified us that, effective March 13, 2000, we are
authorized to operate as a financial holding company and therefore are eligible
to engage in, or acquire companies engaged in, the broader range of activities
that are permitted by the Modernization Act. These activities include those
that are determined to be financial in nature, including insurance
underwriting, securities underwriting and dealing, and making merchant banking
investments in commercial and financial companies. If any of our banking
subsidiaries ceases to be well capitalized or well managed under applicable
regulatory standards, the Federal Reserve Board may, among other things, place
limitations on our ability to conduct these broader financial activities or, if
the deficiencies persist, require us to divest the banking subsidiary. In
addition, if any of our banking subsidiaries receives a rating of less than
satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (CRA), we would be
prohibited from engaging in any additional activities other than those
permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding
companies. Our banking subsidiaries currently meet the capital, management and
CRA requirements.
Interstate Banking
The Reigle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the
IBBEA) authorized interstate acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies
without geographic limitation. IBBEA requires that a bank holding company
cannot make an interstate acquisition of a bank if, as a result, it would
control more than 10% of the total United States insured depository deposits
and more than 30% or applicable state law limit of deposits in that state.
Banking Acquisitions
As a bank holding company, we are required to obtain prior Federal Reserve
Board approval before acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares, or
substantially all of the assets, of a bank holding company, bank or savings
association. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition,
federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the
acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from
the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition
basis, and the acquiring institutions record of addressing the credit needs of
the communities it serves, including the needs of low and moderate income
neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank, under
the CRA.
Subsidiary Dividends
Wachovia is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other
subsidiaries. A major portion of our revenues result from amounts paid as
dividends to us by our national bank subsidiaries. The Comptrollers prior
approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank
in any calendar year will exceed the sum of that banks net profits for that
year and
4
its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any
required transfers to surplus. Federal law also prohibits national banks from
paying dividends that would be greater than the banks undivided profits after
deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the banks allowance for loan losses.
Under the foregoing dividend restrictions and certain restrictions applicable
to certain of our non-banking subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2002, our
subsidiaries, without obtaining affirmative governmental approvals, could pay
aggregate dividends of $1.3 billion to us during 2003. This amount is not
necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available in future periods. In
2002, our subsidiaries paid $1.5 billion in cash dividends to us.
In addition, we and our banking subsidiaries are subject to various general
regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends,
including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums.
The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under
certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank or bank
holding company that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound
practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory
authorities have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a banks capital
base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice and
that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current
operating earnings.
Source of Strength
Under Federal Reserve Board policy, we are expected to act as a source of
financial strength to each of our subsidiary banks and to commit resources to
support each of those subsidiaries. This support may be required at times when,
absent that Federal Reserve Board policy, we may not find ourselves able to
provide it. Capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary
banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other
indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding companys
bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank
regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed
by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
Federal law also authorizes the Comptroller to order an assessment of Wachovia
if the capital of one of our national bank subsidiaries were to become
impaired. If we failed to pay the assessment within three months, the
Comptroller could order the sale of our stock in the national bank to cover the
deficiency.
Capital Requirements
Federal banking regulators have adopted risk-based capital and leverage
guidelines that require that our capital-to-assets ratios meet certain minimum
standards. Under the risk-based capital requirements for bank holding
companies, the minimum requirement for the ratio of capital to risk-weighted
assets (including certain off-balance-sheet activities, such as standby letters
of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital (as defined below) is to
be composed of common stockholders equity, retained earnings, qualifying
perpetual preferred stock (in a limited amount in the case of cumulative
preferred stock) and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated
subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain intangibles (tier 1 capital). The
remainder of total capital may consist of mandatory convertible debt securities
and a limited amount of subordinated debt, qualifying preferred stock and loan
loss allowance (tier 2 capital, and together with tier 1 capital, total
capital). At December 31, 2002, our tier 1 capital and total capital ratios
were 8.22% and 12.01%, respectively.
In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio
guidelines for bank holding companies. These requirements provide for a minimum
leverage ratio of tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets less
certain amounts (leverage ratio) equal to 3% for bank holding companies that
meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory
rating. All other bank holding companies will generally be required to maintain
a leverage ratio of at least 4%. Our leverage ratio at December 31, 2002, was
6.77%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing
internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong
capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without
significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines indicate
that the Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a tangible tier 1
leverage ratio (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for
expansion or to engage in new activity. The Federal Reserve Board has not
advised us of any specific minimum leverage ratio or tier 1 leverage ratio
applicable to us.
Each of our subsidiary banks is subject to similar capital requirements adopted
by the Comptroller or other applicable regulatory agency. Neither the
Comptroller nor such applicable regulatory agency has advised any of our
subsidiary banks of any specific minimum leverage ratios applicable to it. The
capital ratios of our bank subsidiaries are set forth in Table 16 on page 60 in
the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
The risk-based capital requirements explicitly identify concentrations of
credit risk and certain risks arising from non-traditional activities, and the
management of those risks, as important factors to consider in assessing an
institutions overall capital adequacy. Other factors taken into consideration
by federal regulators include: interest rate exposure; liquidity, funding and
5
market risk; the quality and level of earnings; the quality of loans and
investments; the effectiveness of loan and investment policies; and
managements overall ability to monitor and control financial and operational
risks, including the risks presented by concentrations of credit and
non-traditional activities.
Effective April 1, 2002, Federal Reserve Board rules govern the regulatory
capital treatment of merchant banking investments and certain other equity
investments, including investments made by our Principal Investing group, in
non-financial companies held by bank holding companies. The rules generally
impose a capital charge that increases incrementally as the value of the
banking organizations equity investments increase. An 8% tier 1 capital
deduction would apply on covered investments that in total represent up to 15%
of an organizations tier 1 capital. For covered investments that total more
than 25% of the organizations tier 1 capital, a capital deduction of 25% would
be imposed. Equity investments made through small business investment companies
in an amount up to 15% of the banking organizations tier 1 capital are exempt
from the new charges, but the full amount of the equity investments are still
included when calculating the aggregate value of the banking organizations
non-financial equity investments.
Changes to the risk-based capital regime are frequently proposed or
implemented. The minimum risk-based capital requirements adopted by the
federal banking agencies follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision. The Basel Committee, which is comprised of bank
supervisors and central banks from the major industrialized countries, issued
its Capital Accord in 1988 to achieve convergence in the capital regulations
applicable to internationally active banking organizations. The Basel Committee
issued a proposed replacement for the Capital Accord in January 2001, and,
subsequently, it issued a number of working papers supplementing various
aspects of that replacement (the New Accord). Based on these documents, the
New Accord would adopt a three-pillar framework for addressing capital
adequacy. These pillars would include minimum capital requirements, more
emphasis on supervisory assessment of capital adequacy and greater reliance on
market discipline. Under the New Accord, minimum capital requirements would be
more differentiated based upon perceived distinctions in creditworthiness. Such
requirements would be based either on ratings assigned by rating agencies or,
in the case of a banking organization that met certain supervisory standards,
on the organizations internal credit ratings. The minimum capital requirements
in the New Accord would also include a separate capital requirement for
operational risk. At present, the target date for implementing the New Accord
is year-end 2006.
Bank Activities
General
WBNA and our other national bank subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of
the National Bank Act, are under the supervision of, and are subject to
periodic examination by, the Comptroller, and are subject to the rules and
regulations of the Comptroller, the Federal Reserve Board, and the FDIC.
WBNAs operations in other countries are also subject to various restrictions
imposed by the laws of those countries. In addition, all of our banks have
FDIC insurance and are subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the
FDIA).
Under the Modernization Act, subject to certain conditions imposed by their
respective banking regulators, national and state-chartered banks are permitted
to form financial subsidiaries that may conduct financial or incidental
activities, thereby permitting bank subsidiaries to engage in certain
activities that previously were impermissible. The Modernization Act imposes
several safeguards and restrictions on financial subsidiaries, including that
the parent banks equity investment in the financial subsidiary be deducted
from the banks assets and tangible equity for purposes of calculating the
banks capital adequacy. In addition, the Modernization Act imposes new
restrictions on transactions between a bank and its financial subsidiaries
similar to restrictions applicable to transactions between banks and nonbank
affiliates.
Prompt Corrective Action
The FDIA, among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to take
prompt corrective action in respect of depository institutions that do not
meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA establishes five tiers for
FDIC-insured banks: (i) well capitalized if it has a total capital ratio of
10% or greater, a tier 1 capital ratio of 6% or greater and a leverage ratio of
5% or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such
regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any
capital measure; (ii) adequately capitalized if it has a total capital ratio
of 8% or greater, a tier 1 capital ratio of 4% or greater and a leverage ratio
of 4% or greater (3% in certain circumstances) and is not well capitalized;
(iii) undercapitalized if it has a total capital ratio of less than 8%, a
tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4% or a leverage ratio of less than 4% (3% in
certain circumstances); (iv) significantly undercapitalized if it has a total
capital ratio of less than 6%, a tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% or a
leverage ratio of less than 3%; and (v) critically undercapitalized if its
tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible
assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital
category that is lower than is indicated by its capital ratios if it is
determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an
unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. As of
December 31, 2002, all of our deposit-taking subsidiary banks had capital
levels that qualify them as being well capitalized under those regulations.
6
Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations, the
requirement to submit a capital restoration plan, and a variety of other
restrictions the severity of which are keyed to the banks capital tier and
other factors. Ultimately, critically undercapitalized institutions are
subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.
A bank that is not well capitalized is subject to certain limitations
relating to so-called brokered deposits.
Cross Default
Each of our banks can be held liable for any loss incurred, or reasonably
expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of any other of our
banks, and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to any of our banks that is
in danger of default and that is controlled by the same bank holding company.
Default means generally the appointment of a conservator or receiver. In
danger of default means generally the existence of certain conditions
indicating that a default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory
assistance. An FDIC cross-guarantee claim against a bank is generally superior
in right of payment to claims of the holding company and its affiliates against
such depository institution.
If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository
institution, upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the
power: (i) to transfer any of the depository institutions assets and
liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository
institutions creditors; (ii) to enforce the terms of the depository
institutions contracts pursuant to their terms; or (iii) to repudiate or
disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party,
the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the
disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the
orderly administration of the depository institution.
Deposit Insurance
The FDIC assessment rate on our subsidiary bank deposits currently is zero, but
may change in the future. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate
schedule on a semiannual basis. An increase in the BIF assessment rate could
have a material adverse effect on our earnings, depending on the amount of the
increase. The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository banks deposit
insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the banks financial condition is
unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound
practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition
enacted or imposed by the banks regulatory agency. The termination of deposit
insurance for one or more of our subsidiary depository banks could have a
material adverse effect on our earnings, depending on the collective size of
the particular institutions involved. In addition, if the ratio of insured
deposits to money in the BIF drops below specified levels, the FDIC would be
required to impose premiums on all banks insured by the BIF.
Borrowings
There are also various legal restrictions on the extent to which Wachovia and
our non-bank subsidiaries can transfer funds to, or borrow or otherwise obtain
credit from, our banking subsidiaries. In general, these restrictions require
that any such extensions of credit must be secured by designated amounts of
specified collateral and are limited, as to any one of us or those non-bank
subsidiaries, to 10% of the lending banks capital stock and surplus, and as to
us and all non-bank subsidiaries in the aggregate, to 20% of such lending
banks capital stock and surplus. A banks transactions with its non-bank
affiliates are also generally required to be on arms length terms.
Depositor Preference
Under federal law, deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and
employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be
afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an
institution, including federal funds and letters of credit, in the liquidation
or other resolution of such an institution by any receiver. As a result,
whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any obligations held by public
noteholders of any subsidiary of Wachovia that is an insured depository
institution, the public noteholders would be treated differently from, and
could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the
depository institution.
7
Other Regulation
Non-Bank Activities
Our bank and certain nonbank subsidiaries are subject to direct supervision and
regulation by various other federal and state authorities (many of which will
be considered functional regulators under the Modernization Act). We also
conduct securities underwriting, dealing and brokerage activities through
Wachovia Securities, Inc. and other broker-dealer subsidiaries, all of which
are subject to the regulations of the SEC, the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. and the NYSE. The operations of our mutual funds also
are subject to regulation by the SEC. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to
regulation by applicable state insurance regulatory agencies. The types of
activities in which the foreign branches of WBNA and our international
subsidiaries may engage are subject to various restrictions imposed by the
Federal Reserve Board. Those foreign branches and international subsidiaries
also are subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the countries in
which they operate.
Our subsidiaries acting as consumer lenders also are subject to regulation
under various federal laws, including the Truth-in-Lending, the Equal Credit
Opportunity, the Fair Credit Reporting, the Fair Debt Collection Practice and
the Electronic Funds Transfer Acts, as well as various state laws. These
statutes impose requirements on the making, enforcement and collection of
consumer loans and on the types of disclosures that need to be made in
connection with such loans.
International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001
On October 26, 2001, the President signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 into law.
This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial
Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the IMLAFA). The IMLAFA substantially broadens
existing anti-money laundering legislation and the extraterritorial
jurisdiction of the United States, imposes new compliance and due diligence
obligations, creates new crimes and penalties, compels the production of
documents located both inside and outside the United States, including those of
foreign institutions that have a correspondent relationship in the United
States, and clarifies the safe harbor from civil liability to customers. The
U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of regulations implementing the
USA Patriot Act that apply certain of its requirements to financial
institutions such as our banking and broker-dealer subsidiaries. The
regulations impose new obligations on financial institutions to maintain
appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report
money laundering and terrorist financing. The Treasury Department is expected
to issue a number of additional regulations which will further clarify the USA
Patriot Acts requirements.
The IMLAFA requires all financial institutions, as defined, to establish
anti-money laundering compliance and due diligence programs no later than April
2002. Such programs must include, among other things, adequate policies, the
designation of a compliance officer, employee training programs, and an
independent audit function to review and test the program.
Privacy
Under the Modernization Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules limiting
the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic
information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. The rules require
disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow
consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to
nonaffiliated third parties. The privacy provisions of the Modernization Act
affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial
services companies and conveyed to outside vendors.
Sarbanes-Oxley
President George W. Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, a law
that addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and
accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of
corporate information. The NYSE has also proposed corporate governance rules
that were presented to the SEC for review and approval. The proposed changes
are intended to allow stockholders to more easily and efficiently monitor the
performance of companies and directors.
Future Legislation
Changes to the laws and regulations in the states and countries where we and
our subsidiaries do business can affect the operating environment of bank
holding companies and their subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways.
From time to time, various legislative and regulatory proposals are introduced.
These proposals, if codified, may change banking statutes and regulations and
our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If codified,
these proposals could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or
expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks,
savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions. We cannot
accurately predict whether those changes in laws and regulations will occur,
and, if those changes occur, the ultimate effect they would have upon our
financial condition or results of operations.
8
Additional Information
Additional information related to certain accounting and regulatory matters is
set forth on pages 42 through 45 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein
by reference.
As of December 31, 2002, we and our subsidiaries owned 1,596 locations and
leased 3,541 locations in 46 states, Washington, D.C., and 27 foreign countries
from which our business is conducted, including a multi-building office complex
in Charlotte, North Carolina, which serves as Wachovias administrative
headquarters, as well as the headquarters of WBNA, Wachovia Mortgage
Corporation, Wachovia Securities, Inc. and most of our non-banking
subsidiaries. That multi-office complex is used as administrative headquarters
for our General Bank, Corporate and Investment Bank, Capital Management Group
and the Parent segments as identified in our Annual Report. Wachovias Wealth
Management Group segment, as identified in our Annual Report, has its principal
administrative offices in a multi-office complex in Winston-Salem, North
Carolina.
Some of our non-banking subsidiaries have principal administrative offices in
other cities in the United States. The principal administrative offices of our
retail securities brokerage operations, including those operations following
consummation of the proposed securities brokerage combination transaction with
Prudential Financial, Inc., are in Richmond, Virginia. The principal
administrative offices of our mutual fund operations are in Boston,
Massachusetts. The principal administrative offices of our second mortgage
servicing operations are in Sacramento, California. Certain of our
institutional securities operations are conducted in offices in New York, New
York and Baltimore, Maryland. The vast majority of our leased and owned
properties are used for our branch banking operations and retail securities
brokerage offices. Additional information relating to our lease commitments is
set forth in Note 18 on page 115 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein
by reference.
Wachovia and certain of our subsidiaries are involved in a number of judicial,
regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising from the
conduct of our business activities. These proceedings include actions brought
against Wachovia and/or its subsidiaries with respect to transactions in which
Wachovia and/or our subsidiaries acted as lender, underwriter, financial
advisor, broker or activities related thereto. Although there can be no
assurance as to the ultimate outcome, Wachovia and/or our subsidiaries have
generally denied, or believe we have a meritorious defense and will deny,
liability in all significant cases pending against us, including the matters
described below, and we intend to defend vigorously each such case. Reserves
are established for legal claims when payments associated with the claims
become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The actual costs of
resolving legal claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts
reserved for those claims. Based on information currently available, advice of
counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wachovia
believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wachovia and/or its
subsidiaries, including the matters described below, will not, in the
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wachovias consolidated financial
position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future
developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if
unfavorable, may be material to Wachovias results of operations for any
particular period.
Securities Litigation
. A number of purported class actions were filed in
June through August 1999 against us in the United States District Courts for
the Western District of North Carolina and for the Eastern District of
Pennsylvania. These actions named Wachovia and certain of our executive
officers as defendants and were purported to be on behalf of persons who
purchased shares of our common stock from August 14, 1998, through May 24,
1999. These actions were consolidated into one case in the U.S. District Court
for the Western District of North Carolina in October 1999. These complaints
alleged various violations of federal securities law, including violations of
Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, and that the defendants made materially
misleading statements and/or material omissions which artificially inflated
prices for our common stock. The complaints alleged that management failed to
disclose integration problems in the CoreStates Financial Corp merger and
misstated the value of our interest in certain mortgage-backed securities of
The Money Store, Inc. (TMSI) acquired by Legacy First Union on June 30, 1998.
Plaintiffs sought a judgment awarding damages and other relief. In January
2001, the U.S. District Court for the Western District of North Carolina
granted Wachovias motion to dismiss the litigation for failure to state a
claim upon which relief could be granted. Although the plaintiffs did not
appeal this ruling, they sought, and received permission to file an amended
complaint. In August 2001, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that
abandoned their previous allegations concerning the CoreStates Financial Corp
merger and primarily raised new allegations of irregularities at TMSI prior to
its acquisition by Legacy First Union. In October 2001, Wachovia filed a
motion to dismiss the securities litigation consolidated in the U.S. District
Court for the Western District of North Carolina. In September 2002, the court
granted the motion in part, limiting any new complaint to claims regarding
alleged misstatements or omissions plead in earlier complaints. The plaintiffs
filed a third consolidated and amended complaint in October 2002, purportedly
on behalf of a class of purchasers of our common stock during the period from
March 4, 1998 to May 24, 1999. The complaint alleges, among other things, that
First Union disregarded problems at TMSI and did not write down goodwill from
the TMSI acquisition soon enough. We have filed a motion to strike portions of
this complaint. We believe the allegations contained in this latest complaint
are without merit and will vigorously defend them.
9
Pioneer Litigation
. On July 26, 2000, a jury in the Philadelphia County
(PA) Court of Common Pleas returned a verdict in the case captioned
Pioneer
Commercial Funding Corporation v. American Financial Mortgage Corporation,
CoreStates Bank, N.A., et al
. The verdict against CoreStates Bank, N.A.
(CoreStates), a predecessor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, included
consequential damages of $13.5 million and punitive damages of $337.5 million.
The trial court had earlier directed a verdict against CoreStates for
compensatory damages of $1.7 million. The plaintiff, who was not a CoreStates
customer, alleged that the sum of $1.7 million, which it claims it owned, was
improperly setoff by CoreStates. Upon Wachovias motion, the trial court
reduced the amount of the punitive damages award to $40.5 million in December
2000. Wachovia believes that numerous reversible errors occurred at the trial,
and that the facts do not support the damages awards. In March 2002, the
Pennsylvania Superior Court vacated the award of punitive damages, affirmed the
awards of consequential and compensatory damages and remanded the case for a
new trial on punitive damages. Wachovia has petitioned the Pennsylvania
Supreme Court to allow an appeal to that court. Wachovia will continue to
vigorously pursue our rights of appeal.
Steele Software Litigation
. On March 25, 2002, a judgment was entered on
a jury verdict in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland in the case
captioned
Steele Software Systems Corporation v. First Union National Bank.
The verdict includes compensatory damages of $39.5 million and punitive damages
of $200 million. The plaintiff, a vendor which provided real estate settlement
services, alleged that First Union National Bank fraudulently induced the
plaintiff to enter into a services agreement with First Union National Bank,
and subsequently breached that agreement. Wachovia filed an appeal in the
Maryland appellate courts in June 2002 and filed its brief on appeal in
December 2002. Wachovia believes that numerous reversible errors occurred at
the trial, and that the facts do not support the damages awards. Wachovia will
vigorously pursue its pending post-trial motions and its right of appeal.
TMSI Litigation
. A number of lawsuits have been filed in 2000, 2001 and
2002 against TMSI, a subsidiary of Wachovia and certain other affiliates in
various jurisdictions. Substantially all of the plaintiffs were borrowers of
TMSI prior to Wachovias acquisition of TMSI in June 1998. The borrower
plaintiffs generally allege violations of federal and/or state law in
connection with TMSI lending activities. A number of individual cases in
Mississippi which were consolidated and scheduled for a series of trials in
2002 were settled in 2002. Other cases pending against TMSI are being
vigorously defended by Wachovia.
Securities and
Exchange Commission
. The Securities and Exchange Commission has
subpoenaed certain documents and requested testimony from certain
employees of Wachovia related to common stock purchases of Legacy
Wachovia stock and Legacy First Union stock, including any purchases
made by either company during the period from 1996-2001, with a
particular focus on stock purchases following the April 2001 merger
announcement. Wachovia is cooperating with the Commission in
producing documents and employees to testify. The Commission has not
accused either legacy company of violating any law or regulation, and
Wachovia believes all such stock purchases were conducted in
compliance with applicable law.
Not applicable.
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS.
allows bank holding companies that qualify as financial holding
companies to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking
activities than was permissible under prior law;
allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire
banks;
removes various restrictions that applied to bank holding company
ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and
establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank
holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities
operations.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
ITEM 4.
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
PART II
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE. Table 5 on page 52 in the Annual Report
sets forth information relating to the quarterly prices of, and quarterly
dividends paid on, the common stock for the two-year period ended December 31,
2002, and incorporated herein by reference. Prices shown represent the high,
low and quarter-end sale prices of the common stock as reported on the NYSE
Composite Transactions tape for the periods indicated. As of December 31, 2002,
there were 181,455 holders of record of the common stock.
In connection with the merger with Legacy Wachovia, holders of shares of Legacy
Wachovia common stock elected to receive, in addition to 2 shares of Wachovia
common stock, either a one-time $0.48 cash payment or 2 shares of a new class
of Wachovia preferred stock. At December 31, 2002, 96,536,312 Wachovia
Dividend Equalization Preferred shares (DEPs) were issued in connection with
the merger. The DEPs pay a quarterly dividend per share equal to the
difference between $0.30 and the quarterly dividend paid per share on Wachovia
common stock. The DEPs are not listed on a national securities exchange and
have no voting rights. Wachovia will cease to pay a dividend on the DEPs when
Wachovias common stock dividend equals at least $1.20 per share in the
aggregate for four consecutive quarters.
Subject to the prior rights of holders of any outstanding shares of our
preferred stock or Class A preferred stock, holders of common stock are
entitled to receive such dividends as may be legally declared by our board of
directors and, in the event of dissolution and liquidation, to receive our net
assets remaining after payment of all liabilities, in proportion to their
respective
10
holdings. Additional information concerning certain limitations on our payment
of dividends is set forth above under Business Supervision and Regulation;
Payment of Dividends and in Note 19 on page 117 in the Annual Report and
incorporated herein by reference.
Under our Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, each outstanding common
stock share has a right attached to it. This right remains attached unless a
separation time occurs. At separation time, common shareholders will receive
separate certificates for these rights. Each right entitles its owner to
purchase at separation time one one-hundredth of a share of a participating
series of Class A preferred stock for $105. This series of Class A preferred
stock would have economic and voting terms similar to those of one common stock
share. Separation time would generally occur at the earlier of the following
two dates:
These rights will not trade separately from the shares of common stock until
separation time occurs, and may be exercised on the business day immediately
after the separation time. The rights will expire at the earliest of:
Once we publicly announce that a person has acquired 10% of our outstanding
common stock, we can allow for rights holders to buy our common stock for half
of its market value. For example, we would sell to each rights holder common
stock shares worth $210 for $105 in cash. At the same time, any rights held by
the 10% owner or any of its affiliates, associates or transferees will be void.
In addition, if we are acquired in a merger or other business combination
after a person has become a 10% owner, the rights held by shareholders would
become exercisable to purchase the acquiring companys common stock for half of
its market value.
In the alternative, our board of directors may elect to exchange all of the
then outstanding rights for shares of common stock at an exchange ratio of two
common stock shares for one right. Upon election of this exchange, a right will
no longer be exercisable and will only represent a right to receive two common
stock shares.
If we are required to issue common stock shares upon the exercise of rights, or
in exchange for rights, our board of directors may substitute shares of
participating Class A preferred stock. The substitution will be at a rate of
two one one-hundredths of a share of participating Class A preferred stock for
each right exchanged.
The rights may be terminated without any payment to holders before their
exercise date. The rights have no voting rights and are not entitled to
dividends.
The rights will not prevent a takeover of Wachovia. The rights, however, may
cause substantial dilution to a person or group that acquires 10% or more of
common stock unless our board first terminates the rights. Nevertheless, the
rights should not interfere with a transaction that is in Wachovias and its
shareholders best interests because the rights can be terminated by the board
before that transaction is completed.
The complete terms of the rights are contained in the Shareholder Protection
Rights Agreement. The foregoing description of the rights and the rights
agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the agreement. A copy
of the rights agreement can be obtained upon written request to Wachovia Bank,
National Association, 1525 West W.T. Harris Blvd., Charlotte, North Carolina
28288-1153.
On November 29, 2002, Wachovia issued an aggregate of 21,888 shares of Wachovia
common stock to the former stockholders of The Rhodes Agency, Inc., which was
acquired by Wachovia on November 1, 2001. The sale of the shares, which were
issued in connection with the terms of such acquisition, were exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section
4(2) thereof because the sale did not involve a public offering.
Additional information relating to our common stock and the DEPs is set forth
in Note 12 on pages 98 through 101 in the Annual Report and incorporated herein
by reference.
11
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
the tenth business day after any person commences a tender or
exchange offer that entitles that person to 10% or more of our
outstanding common stock, or
the tenth business day after we publicly announce that a person has
acquired beneficial ownership of 10% or more of our outstanding common
stock.
the date on which our board of directors elects to exchange the
rights for our common stock or preferred stock as described below;
the close of business on December 28, 2010, unless our board of directors extends that time; or
the date on which the rights are terminated as described below.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in Table 2 on page 50 in
the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.
In response to this Item, the information set forth on pages 19 through 67 in
the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference. In addition,
the Outlook section beginning on page 20 of the
Annual Report, incorporated herein by reference, has been
supplemented by our Current Report on Form 8-K dated
March 31, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In response to this Item, the information set forth on pages 37 through 42, on
pages 53 and 54, on pages 61 through 65, and in Note 18 on pages 113 and 114 in
the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in Table 5 on page 52 and
on pages 68 through 119 in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by
reference.
Not applicable.
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
PART III
Our executive officers are generally elected to their offices for one-year
terms at the board of directors meeting in April of each year. The terms of any
executive officers elected after that date expire at the same time as the terms
of the executive officers elected on that date. Following the merger between
Legacy Wachovia and Legacy First Union, we elected certain Legacy Wachovia
executives to be our executive officers. The names of each of our executive
officers, their ages, their positions with us, and, if different, their
business experience during the past five years, are as follows:
12
Prior to his retirement in February 2003, L. M. Baker, Jr. was Chairman and a
director of Wachovia since September 2001. In addition to the foregoing, the
information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading General
Information and Nominees, and under the subheading Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance under the heading Other Matters Relating to
Executive Officers and Directors is incorporated herein by reference.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement
under the heading Executive Compensation, excluding the information under the
subheadings Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation and
Performance Graph, is incorporated herein by reference.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement (i)
relating to the ownership of common stock and DEPs by our directors, executive
officers and principal stockholders under the headings Security Ownership of
Management and Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, and (ii)
relating to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation
plans in the table (including footnotes related thereto) under the subheading
Additional Information Regarding Wachovias Equity Compensation Plans;
Equity
Compensation Plan Information
, and under the subheading Summary
Description of Stock Plans Not Approved by Stockholders, in each case under
the heading Proposal to Approve the Wachovia 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, is
incorporated herein by reference.
In response to this Item, the information set forth in the Proxy Statement
under the heading Other Matters Relating to Executive Officers and Directors
is incorporated herein by reference.
In response to this Item, the information set forth on page 42 of the Annual
Report under the heading Financial Disclosure is incorporated herein by
reference.
13
Within the 90-day period prior to the filing of this report, Wachovia carried
out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of
Wachovias management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of
Wachovias disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-14(c)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation,
Wachovias Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that
the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were
effective. There have been no significant changes in internal controls or in
other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to
the date the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer completed
their evaluation.
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
G. Kennedy Thompson (52). Chairman, since February 2003, Chief Executive
Officer, since April 2000, and President, since December 1999. Previously,
Chairman, from March 2001 to September 2001, Vice Chairman, from October 1998
to December 1999, Executive Vice President, from November 1996 to October
1998. Also, a director of Wachovia.
Robert S. McCoy, Jr. (64). Vice Chairman, since September 2001. Previously,
Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, from April 1999 to September 2001,
and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, prior to
April 1999, Legacy Wachovia.
David M. Carroll (45). Senior Executive Vice President, since September
2001. Previously, Executive Vice President and Chief E-Commerce Officer,
from May 1999 to September 2001, and President and CEO, First Union-Florida,
from January 1998 to May 1999.
Stephen E. Cummings (47). Senior Executive Vice President and Co-Head,
Corporate and Investment Bank, since February 2002. Previously, Senior Vice
President of Wachovia Securities, Inc. (formerly named First Union
Securities, Inc.) and Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank, from January
2000 to February 2002, Co-Head, Investment Banking from January 1999 to
December 1999, and Chairman and CEO, Bowles Hollowell Conner & Co., prior to
April 1998.
Jean E. Davis (47). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001.
Previously, Executive Vice President, Wachovia Operational Services, from
February 1999 to September 2001, Human Resources Director, from February 1998
to February 1999, and prior to February 1998, Regional Executive-Piedmont
Triad Region, Legacy Wachovia.
Malcolm E. Everett, III (56). Senior Executive Vice President, since
September 2001. Previously, President, First Union-Southwest Region, from
January 2001 to September 2001, President First Union-Mid Atlantic, from May
1999 to January 2001, and Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President,
First Union-Carolinas, from January 1998 to May 1999.
Paul G. George (51). Senior Executive Vice President, since September 2001.
Previously, Executive Vice President, Legacy Wachovia, prior to September
2001.
W. Barnes Hauptfuhrer (48). Senior Executive Vice President and Co-Head,
Corporate and Investment Bank, since February 2002. Previously, Senior Vice
President of Wachovia Securities, Inc. (formerly named First Union
Securities, Inc.) and Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank, from January
2000 to February 2002, Co-Head, Investment Banking from January 1999 to
December 1999, and Managing Partner and Head of First Union Capital Partners,
Inc., prior to January 1999.
Benjamin P. Jenkins, III (58). Senior Executive Vice President, since
September 2001. Previously, Vice Chairman, from August 1999 to September
2001, President, First Union-Florida, from June 1999 to August 1999, and
President, First Union-VA/MD/DC, prior to June 1999.
Robert P. Kelly (49). Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, since September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, from November 2000 to September 2001, Vice
Chairman-Group Office of Toronto Dominion Bank from February 2000 to July
2000, and Vice Chairman-Retail Banking from 1997 to February 2000.
Stanhope A. Kelly (45). Senior Executive Vice President, since September
2001. Previously, Senior Executive Vice President, from January 2000 to
September 2001, and Senior Vice President, prior to January 2000, Legacy
Wachovia.
Donald A. McMullen, Jr. (54). Senior Executive Vice President, since
September 2001. Previously, Vice Chairman, from August 1999 to September
2001, and Executive Vice President prior to August 1999.
Mark C. Treanor (56). Senior Executive Vice President, Secretary and General
Counsel, since September 2001. Previously, Executive Vice President,
Secretary and General Counsel, from August 1999 to September 2001, Senior
Vice President and Senior Deputy General Counsel, August 1998 to August 1999,
and senior partner, Treanor, Pope & Hughes, prior to August 1998.
Donald K. Truslow (44). Senior Executive Vice President, since September
2001. Previously, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer,
from August 2000 to September 2001, and Comptroller and Treasurer, prior to
August 2000, Legacy Wachovia.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
ITEM 14.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
PART IV
(a) Our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto and
independent auditors report thereon, are set forth on pages 68 through 119 of
the Annual Report, and are incorporated herein by reference. All financial
statement schedules are omitted since the required information is either not
applicable, is immaterial or is included in our consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto. A list of the exhibits to this Form 10-K is set
forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is
incorporated herein by reference.
(b) During the quarter ended December 31, 2002, we filed the following Current
Reports on Form 8-K with the SEC: October 16, 2002, and November 20, 2002. In
addition, we filed the following Current Reports on Form 8-K with the SEC in
the first quarter of 2003: January 16, 2003, February 19, 2003 and March 31,
2003.
14
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM
8-K.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the date indicated.
15
16
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION
I, G. Kennedy Thompson, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4. The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
5. The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent function):
6. The registrants other certifying officers and I have indicated in this
annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal
controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls
subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective
actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
17
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
Date: March 31, 2003
By:
/s/
David M. Julian
DAVID M. JULIAN
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
SIGNATURE
CAPACITY
JOSEPH NEUBAUER*
JOSEPH NEUBAUER
Director
LLOYD U. NOLAND, III*
LLOYD U. NOLAND, III
Director
RUTH G. SHAW*
RUTH G. SHAW
Director
LANTY L. SMITH*
LANTY L. SMITH
Director
JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR.*
JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR
Director
DONA DAVIS YOUNG*
DONA DAVIS YOUNG
Director
*By Mark C. Treanor, Attorney-in-Fact
/s/ MARK C. TREANOR
MARK C. TREANOR
Date: March 31, 2003
SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is
being prepared;
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this
annual report (the Evaluation Date); and
c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of
the Evaluation Date;
a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal
controls which could adversely affect the registrants ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal
controls; and
Date: March 31, 2003
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson
G. Kennedy Thompson
Chief Executive Officer
CERTIFICATION
I, Robert P. Kelly, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4. The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
5. The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent function):
6. The registrants other certifying officers and I have indicated in this
annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal
controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls
subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective
actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
18
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is
being prepared;
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this
annual report (the Evaluation Date); and
c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of
the Evaluation Date;
a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal
controls which could adversely affect the registrants ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal
controls; and
Date: March 31, 2003
/s/ Robert P. Kelly
Robert P. Kelly
Chief Financial Officer
EXHIBIT INDEX
19
EXHIBIT NO.
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
(3)(a)
Restated Articles of Incorporation of Wachovia
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(a) to Wachovias
2001 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(3)(b)
Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
of Wachovia.
Filed herewith.
(3)(c)
Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
of Wachovia.
Filed herewith.
(3)(d)
Bylaws of Wachovia, as amended
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(b) to Wachovias
2001 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(4)(a)
Instruments defining the rights of the holders of
Wachovias long-term debt.
*
(4)(b)
Wachovias Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4)
to Legacy First Unions Current Report on
Form 8-K dated December 20, 2000.
(10)(a)
Wachovias Deferred Compensation Plan for
Officers
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(b) to Legacy
First Unions 1988 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(b)
Wachovias Deferred Compensation Plan for
Non-Employee Directors, as amended
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c) to
Legacy First Unions 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(c)
Wachovias Contract Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d) to Legacy
First Unions 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(d)
Wachovias Supplemental Executive Long-Term
Disability Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d) to Legacy
First Unions 1988 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(e)
Wachovias 1988 Master Stock Compensation
Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (28) to Legacy
First Unions Registration Statement No. 33-47447.
(10)(f)
Wachovias 1992 Master Stock Compensation
Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (28) to Legacy
First Unions Registration Statement No. 33-47447.
(10)(g)
Special Retirement Agreement between Wachovia and
Edward E. Crutchfield
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Legacy
First Unions 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(h)
Wachovias Elective Deferral Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to Legacy
First Unions Registration Statement No. 33-60913.
(10)(i)
Wachovias 1996 Master Stock Compensation
Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Legacy
First Unions 1996 First Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(j)
Wachovias 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10(j) to Wachovias 2001
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(k)
Employment Agreement between Wachovia
and G. Kennedy Thompson
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(q) to Legacy
First Unions 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(l)
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between
Wachovia and G. Kennedy Thompson
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(l) to Wachovias 2001
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(m)
Employment Agreements between Wachovia and
Benjamin P. Jenkins, III, and Donald A. McMullen, Jr.,
and certain other Executive Officers of Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Wachovias
2002 Second Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(n)
Employment Agreement between Wachovia and Robert P.
Kelly.
Filed herewith.
(10)(o)
Form of Employment Agreement between Wachovia
and certain other Executive Officers of Wachovia
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(m) to Wachovias 2001
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(p)
Wachovias Senior Management Incentive Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(t) to Legacy
First Unions 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(q)
Employment Agreement between Wachovia and
L. M. Baker, Jr.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Legacy
First Unions Registration Statement No. 333-59616.
EXHIBIT NO.
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
(10)(r)
Employment Agreement between Wachovia and
Robert S. McCoy, Jr.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(s)
Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Wachovia
and L. M. Baker, Jr.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Legacy
Wachovias 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(t)
Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Wachovia
and Robert S. McCoy, Jr.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(u)
Form of Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between
Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Legacy
Wachovias 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(v)
Wachovias Senior Management Incentive Plan,
as amended
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Legacy
Wachovias 1999 Second Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(w)
Wachovias Amended and Restated Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 First Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(x)
Wachovias 2001 Stock Incentive Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(v) to Wachovias
2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(y)
Wachovias Stock Plan, as amended and restated
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(z)
Wachovias Executive Long-Term Disability Income Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Legacy
Wachovias 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(10)(aa)
Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between
Wachovia and L. M. Baker, Jr.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(bb)
Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Wachovia
and Robert S. McCoy, Jr.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(cc)
Form of Callable Split Dollar Insurance Agreement between
Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of Wachovia
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(dd)
Form of Non-Callable Split Dollar Insurance Agreement
between Wachovia and certain Executive Officers of
Wachovia.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Legacy
Wachovias 2000 Third Quarter Report on Form 10-Q.
(10)(ee)
Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between
Wachovia and G. Kennedy Thompson, Benjamin P.
Jenkins, III, Donald A. McMullen, Jr. and certain
Executive Officers of Wachovia.
Filed herewith.
(10)(ff)
Wachovias Employee Retention Stock Plan
Filed herewith.
(10)(gg)
Wachovias Savings Restoration Plan
Filed herewith.
(12)(a)
Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to
Fixed Charges.
Filed herewith.
(12)(b)
Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to
Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
Filed herewith.
(13)
Wachovias 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders.**
Filed herewith.
(21)
List of Wachovias subsidiaries
Filed herewith.
(23)
Consent of KPMG LLP
Filed herewith.
(24)
Power of Attorney
Filed herewith.
(99)(a)
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
Filed herewith.
(99)(b)
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
Filed herewith.
*
We agree to furnish to the SEC upon request, copies of the instruments,
including indentures, defining the rights of the holders of our long-term
debt and of our subsidiaries long-term debt.
**
Except for those portions of the Annual Report that are expressly
incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Annual Report is
furnished for the information of the SEC only and is not to be deemed
filed as part of this Form 10-K.
20
EXHIBIT 3(B)
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
The undersigned corporation hereby submits these Articles of Amendment for the purpose of amending its Articles of Incorporation to fix the preferences, limitations and relative rights of a new series of its class of Class A Preferred Stock:
1. The name of the corporation is WACHOVIA CORPORATION.
2. The following text will be added to Article IV of the restated articles of incorporation of the corporation to set forth the terms of the corporations Series G, Class A Preferred Stock by adding a new section (F) to such Article:
(F) Series G, Class A Preferred Stock |
1. Designation. The designation of the series of Class A Preferred Stock created by this Section F of Article IV shall be Series G, Class A Preferred Stock, with no par value and with a liquidation preference of $150.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as the Series G Preferred Stock), and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 5,000,000, which number may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Series G Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the common stock of the Corporation, $3.33 1/3 par value per share (the Common Stock), and on a parity with each series of the Corporations Parity Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation as expressly provided for herein. |
2. Defined Terms. As used in this Section F of Article IV, the following terms have the meanings specified below: |
Affiliate of any specified Person shall mean (i) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is controlled by or is under common Control with such specified Person, or (ii) any other Person who is a director or executive officer (A) of such specified Person, (B) of any subsidiary of such specified Person, or (C) of any Person described in clause (i) above. | |
Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks located in the City of New York, New York or Charlotte, North Carolina generally are authorized or required by law or regulation to close. | |
Class A Preferred Stock means the Corporations class A preferred stock, no par value, of which 40,000,000 shares are authorized as of the date hereof. | |
Common Stock shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Section F of Article IV. |
1
Conditional Exchange shall mean the exchange of one Depositary Share for each share of WPFC Series A Preferred Securities following the occurrence of a Supervisory Event. | |
Control means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms controlling and controlled have meanings correlative to the foregoing. | |
Corporation means Wachovia Corporation, a North Carolina corporation, together with its successors and assigns. | |
Depositary Company shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) of Section F of Article IV. | |
Depositary Share means a depositary share representing a one-sixth interest in one share of Series G Preferred Stock. | |
Dividend Payment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. | |
Dividend Payment Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. | |
Dividend Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. | |
Dividend Record Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. | |
Federal Reserve Board means the United States Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. | |
Initial Dividend Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. | |
Junior Stock means the Common Stock and all other classes and series of securities of the Corporation that rank below the Series G Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up, or dissolution. | |
OCC means the United States Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. | |
Parity Stock means any outstanding class or series of Preferred Stock or Class A Preferred Stock of the Corporation ranking, in accordance to its terms, as to dividends and upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation on parity with the Series G Preferred Stock. |
2
Person means an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (or portion thereof), association, private foundation, joint stock company or other entity or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. | |
Preferred Stock means the Corporations preferred stock, no par value, of which 10,000,000 shares are authorized as of the date hereof. | |
Redemption Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) of Section F of Article IV. | |
Redemption Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) of Section F of Article IV. | |
Regulatory Capital Event means a determination by the Corporation, based on the receipt by the Corporation of an opinion or letter of counsel, rendered by a law firm experienced in such matters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, which states that there is a significant risk that the Series G Preferred Stock will no longer constitute Tier 1 capital of the Corporation for purposes of the capital adequacy regulations or guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve Board, or its successor, as the Corporations primary Federal banking regulator, as a result of (i) any amendment to, clarification of, or change in applicable laws or related regulations, guidelines, policies or official interpretations thereof, or (ii) any official administrative pronouncement or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or related regulations, guidelines, policies or official interpretations thereof. | |
Series G Preferred Stock shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Section F of Article IV. | |
Supervisory Event means the occurrence of one of the following: (i) Wachovia Bank becomes undercapitalized under the OCCs prompt corrective action regulations, (ii) Wachovia Bank is placed into conservatorship or receivership, or (iii) the OCC, in its sole discretion, anticipates Wachovia Bank becoming undercapitalized in the near term or takes supervisory action that limits the payment of dividends by WPFC and in connection therewith the OCC directs an exchange of the WPFC Series A Preferred Securities for the Series G Preferred Stock. | |
Wachovia Bank means Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association, or its successors and assigns. | |
WPFC means Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation. | |
WPFC Series A Preferred Securities means the 7.25% Non-cumulative Series A Preferred Securities, par value $0.01, liquidation preference $25.00 per share, of WPFC. |
3
3. Dividends. (a) The dividend rate for the Series G Preferred Stock shall be 7.25% per share per annum of the initial liquidation preference of $150.00 per share, accruing from the effective date of the Conditional Exchange to and including the last day of March, the last day of June, the last day of September or the last day of December, whichever occurs first, after issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock following the Conditional Exchange (such period being the Initial Dividend Period) and then for each quarterly period thereafter, commencing on April 1, July 1, October 1 or January 1, as the case may be, of each year and ending on and including the day next preceding the first day of the next such quarterly period (each such period, including the Initial Dividend Period, being a Dividend Period), payable to holders of record of the Series G Preferred Stock on the respective record dates fixed for such purpose by the Board of Directors in advance of payment of such dividend, which shall be the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period (each such date, a Dividend Record Date). If such Dividend Record Date is not a Business Day, then the Dividend Record Date for the applicable Dividend Period shall be the first Business Day immediately following the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period, except if such Business Day falls in the calendar month following the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period, the Dividend Record Date shall be the last Business Date immediately preceding the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period. Until no longer outstanding, the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive such cash dividends, and the Corporation shall be bound to pay the same, but only as, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment thereof (each such payment, a Dividend Payment), on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each a Dividend Payment Date) for the respective Dividend Period ending on such date; provided, however , that the Dividend Payment for the Initial Dividend Period shall include any unpaid dividends accrued from the payment date of the last dividend paid prior to such date on the WPFC Series A Preferred Securities. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Dividend Payment due on such Dividend Payment Date shall be paid on the first Business Day immediately following such Dividend Payment Date, except if such Business Day falls in a different calendar year than such Dividend Payment Date, such Dividend Payment shall be paid on the last Business Date immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date. The amount of dividends payable for the Initial Dividend Period or any period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year having 30-day months and the actual number of days elapsed in the period.
(b) Dividends shall be non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors fails to or chooses not to declare a dividend on the Series G Preferred Stock for a Dividend Period, then holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive a dividend for that Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay a dividend for that Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared and paid for any future Dividend Period, with respect to either the Series G Preferred Stock, other series of preferred stock of the Corporation, or the Common Stock.
4
(c) Holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full dividends for each Dividend Period, as herein provided, on the Series G Preferred Stock. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any Dividend Payment or Dividend Payments or failure to make any Dividend Payment or Dividend Payments.
(d) Unless full dividend payments on the Series G Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for such payment has been set apart for payment for the immediately preceding Dividend Period, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no other distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment upon any shares of Junior Stock, nor shall shares of Junior Stock be redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired for any consideration, nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation, except by conversion into or exchange for other Junior Stock.
4. Liquidation Preference. (a) The amount payable on the Series G Preferred Stock in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation shall be $150.00 per share, plus authorized, declared but unpaid dividends up to the date of such liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation, and no more before any distribution shall be made to the holders of any shares of Junior Stock. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 4(a).
(b) If the amounts available for distribution in respect of the Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock are not sufficient to satisfy the full liquidation rights of all of the outstanding Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, then the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full respective liquidation preference to which they are entitled.
(c) The sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or Person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or Person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.
5. Redemption. (a) The Series G Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Corporation prior to December 31, 2022, except upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event.
(b) Prior to December 31, 2022, upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital
5
Event and with the prior approval of the OCC, the Corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, may redeem the outstanding Series G Preferred Stock, in whole, but not in part, at a price equal to $150.00 per share of Series G Preferred Stock, plus authorized, declared but unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date, without interest, on shares redeemed (collectively, the Redemption Price) from funds legally available for such purpose. On or after December 31, 2022, the Corporation may redeem the Series G Preferred Stock for cash, with the prior approval of the OCC, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time for the Redemption Price from funds legally available for such purpose. In the event the Corporation redeems fewer than all the outstanding Series A Preferred Securities, the shares to be redeemed shall be determined by lot, pro rata , or by such other method as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion determines.
(c) Not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days prior to the date established for such redemption by the Board of Directors (the Redemption Date), notice of the proposed redemption shall be mailed to the holders of record of the Series G Preferred Stock to be redeemed, such notice to be addressed to each such stockholder at his last known address shown on the records of the Corporation, and the time of mailing such notice shall be deemed to be the time of the giving thereof. On or after the Redemption Date, the Series G Preferred Stock called for redemption shall automatically, and without further action on the part of the holder thereof, be deemed to have been redeemed and the former holder thereof shall thereupon only be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price. If such notice of redemption shall have been given as aforesaid, and if on or before the Redemption Date the funds necessary for the redemption shall have been set aside so as to be available therefore, then the dividends thereon shall cease to accrue after the Redemption Date and all rights with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall forthwith after such Redemption Date cease, except the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price, without interest. If such notice of redemption of all or any part of the Series G Preferred Stock shall have been mailed as aforesaid and the Corporation shall thereafter deposit money for the payment of the Redemption Price pursuant thereto with any bank or trust company (the Depositary Company), including any Affiliate of the Corporation, selected by the Board of Directors for that purpose, to be applied to such redemption, then from and after the making of such deposit, such Series G Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose, and the rights of the holders thereof shall be limited to the rights to receive payment of the Redemption Price, without interest but including any declared, authorized, but unpaid, dividends to the Redemption Date, from the Depositary Company, if applicable, upon endorsement, if required, and surrender of the certificates therefore. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company, the interest, if any, allowed on such moneys deposited with it, and the holders of any Series G Preferred Stock so redeemed shall have no claim to any such interest. Any moneys so deposited and remaining unclaimed at the end of three years from the Redemption Date shall, if thereafter requested by resolution of the Board of Directors, be repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, such holders of record of the Series G Preferred Stock so redeemed which shall not have made claim against such moneys prior to such repayment to the Corporation shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount
6
equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of the Series G Preferred Stock and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.
(d) Subject to the provisions herein, the Board of Directors shall have authority to prescribe from time to time the manner in which the Series G Preferred Stock shall be redeemed.
(e) Nothing contained herein shall limit any legal right of the Corporation to purchase any shares of the Series G Preferred Stock.
6. Conversion. The holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series G Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.
7. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Articles of Amendment to the contrary, the Board of Directors, without the vote of the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or any class or series of stock ranking senior to Series G Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation.
8. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series G Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine; provided however , that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.
9. Voting Rights. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock will have no voting rights except as expressly provided by applicable law.
10. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series G Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Preferred Stock without designation as to series.
11. No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series G Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.
7
3. The amendments to the articles of incorporation contained herein do not require shareholder approval pursuant to Section 55-6-02 of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act, and the amendments to the articles of incorporation were duly adopted by the board of directors on August 20, 2002.
This the 25th day of November, 2002.
WACHOVIA CORPORATION | ||||||
By: | ||||||
|
||||||
Name: Ross E. Jeffries, Jr.
Title: Senior Vice President |
8
EXHIBIT 3(C)
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
The undersigned corporation hereby submits these Articles of Amendment for the purpose of amending its Articles of Incorporation to fix the preferences, limitations and relative rights of a new series of its class of Class A Preferred Stock:
1. The name of the corporation is WACHOVIA CORPORATION.
2. The following text will be added to Article IV of the restated articles of incorporation of the corporation to set forth the terms of the corporations Series H, Class A Preferred Stock by adding a new section (G) to such Article:
(G) Series H, Class A Preferred Stock |
1. Designation. The designation of the series of Class A Preferred Stock created by this Section G of Article IV shall be Series H, Class A Preferred Stock, with no par value and with a liquidation preference of $200.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as the Series H Preferred Stock), and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 5,000,000, which number may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Series H Preferred Stock shall rank prior to the common stock of the Corporation, $3.33 1/3 par value per share (the Common Stock), and on a parity with each series of the Corporations Parity Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation as expressly provided for herein. | |
2. Defined Terms. As used in this Section F of Article IV, the following terms have the meanings specified below: | |
Affiliate of any specified Person shall mean (i) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is controlled by or is under common Control with such specified Person, or (ii) any other Person who is a director or executive officer (A) of such specified Person, (B) of any subsidiary of such specified Person, or (C) of any Person described in clause (i) above. | |
Applicable Rate means, with respect to distributions on each Dividend Period, (i) a rate per annum equal to Three-Month LIBOR plus 1.83%, or (ii) upon the occurrence of an initial Fixed Rate Event and thereafter, a fixed rate equal to the Assigned Fixed Rate. | |
Assigned Fixed Rate means the fixed rate equal to the Applicable Rate on the date of the occurrence of the initial Fixed Rate Event. | |
Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which |
1
banks located in the City of New York, New York or Charlotte, North Carolina generally are authorized or required by law or regulation to close. |
Class A Preferred Stock means the Corporations class A preferred stock, no par value, of which 40,000,000 shares are authorized as of the date hereof. |
Common Stock shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Section F of Article IV. |
Conditional Exchange shall mean the exchange of one Depositary Share for each share of WPFC Series B Preferred Securities following the occurrence of a Supervisory Event. |
Control means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms controlling and controlled have meanings correlative to the foregoing. |
Corporation means Wachovia Corporation, a North Carolina corporation, together with its successors and assigns. |
Depositary Company shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) of Section F of Article IV. |
Depositary Share means a depositary share representing a one-eighth interest in one share of Series H Preferred Stock. |
Dividend Payment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. |
Dividend Payment Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. |
Dividend Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. |
Dividend Record Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. |
Federal Reserve Board means the United States Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. |
Fixed Rate Event means any Transfer with respect to all or a portion of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, subsequent to the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, through an initial public offering, private placement or otherwise, to any Person who is not an Affiliate of Wachovia. |
2
Initial Dividend Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of Section F of Article IV. |
Junior Stock means the Common Stock and all other classes and series of securities of the Corporation that rank below the Series H Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up, or dissolution. |
LIBOR Business Day means any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London and New York. |
LIBOR Determination Date means, as to each Dividend Period, commencing with the Initial Dividend Period, the date that is two LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such Dividend Period. |
OCC means the United States Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. |
Parity Stock means any outstanding class or series of Preferred Stock or Class A Preferred Stock of the Corporation ranking, in accordance to its terms, as to dividends and upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation on parity with the Series H Preferred Stock. |
Person means an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (or portion thereof), association, private foundation, joint stock company or other entity or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
Preferred Stock means the Corporations preferred stock, no par value, of which 10,000,000 shares are authorized as of the date hereof. |
Redemption Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) of Section F of Article IV. |
Redemption Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of Section F of Article IV. |
Regulatory Capital Event means a determination by the Corporation, based on the receipt by the Corporation of an opinion or letter of counsel, rendered by a law firm experienced in such matters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, which states that there is a significant risk that the Series H Preferred Stock will no longer constitute Tier 1 capital of the Corporation for purposes of the capital adequacy regulations or guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve Board, or its successor, as the Corporations primary Federal banking regulator, as a result of (i) any amendment to, clarification of, or change in applicable laws or related regulations, guidelines, policies or official interpretations thereof, or (ii) any official administrative pronouncement or |
3
judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or related regulations, guidelines, policies or official interpretations thereof. |
Series H Preferred Stock shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Section F of Article IV. |
Supervisory Event means the occurrence of one of the following: (i) Wachovia Bank becomes undercapitalized under the OCCs prompt corrective action regulations, (ii) Wachovia Bank is placed into conservatorship or receivership, or (iii) the OCC, in its sole discretion, anticipates Wachovia Bank becoming undercapitalized in the near term or takes supervisory action that limits the payment of dividends by WPFC and in connection therewith the OCC directs an exchange of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities for the Series H Preferred Stock. |
Three-Month LIBOR means, with respect to any LIBOR Determination Date, a rate determined on the basis of the offered rates for three-month U.S. dollar deposits of not less than a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time, commencing on the second LIBOR Business Day immediately following such LIBOR Determination Date, which appears on US LIBOR Telerate Page 3750 as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date. |
If on any LIBOR Determination Date no rate appears on US LIBOR Telerate Page 3750 as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, the Corporation shall on such LIBOR Determination Date require four major reference banks in the London interbank market selected by the Corporation to provide the Corporation with a quotation of the rate at which three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, commencing on the second LIBOR Business Day immediately following such LIBOR Determination Date, are offered by them to prime banks in the London interbank market as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations as calculated by the Corporation. If fewer than two quotations are provided, Three-Month LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date by three major banks in the London inter-bank market selected by the Corporation for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, having a three-month maturity commencing on the second LIBOR Business Day immediately following such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time; provided , however , that, if the banks selected as aforesaid by the Corporation are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, Three-Month LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date will be the Three-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the immediately preceding Dividend Period. |
Transfer means any sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition |
4
of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, including, but not limited to, (i) the granting of any option or entering into any agreement for the sale, transfer or other disposition of such securities, or (ii) the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether of record or beneficially and whether by operation of law or otherwise. |
Wachovia Bank means Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association, or its successors and assigns. |
WPFC means Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation. |
WPFC Series B Preferred Securities means the Floating Rate Non-cumulative Series B Preferred Securities, par value $0.01, liquidation preference $25.00 per share, of WPFC. |
3. Dividends. (a) The dividend rate for the Series H Preferred Stock shall be the Applicable Rate per share per annum of the initial liquidation preference of $200.00 per share, accruing from the effective date of the Conditional Exchange to and including the last day of March, the last day of June, the last day of September or the last day of December, whichever occurs first, after issuance of the Series H Preferred Stock following the Conditional Exchange (such period being the Initial Dividend Period) and then for each quarterly period thereafter, commencing on April 1, July 1, October 1 or January 1, as the case may be, of each year and ending on and including the day next preceding the first day of the next such quarterly period (each such period, including the Initial Dividend Period, being a Dividend Period), payable to holders of record of the Series H Preferred Stock on the respective record dates fixed for such purpose by the Board of Directors in advance of payment of such dividend, which shall be the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period (each such date, a Dividend Record Date). If such Dividend Record Date is not a Business Day, then the Dividend Record Date for the applicable Dividend Period shall be the first Business Day immediately following the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period, except if such Business Day falls in the calendar month following the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period, the Dividend Record Date shall be the last Business Date immediately preceding the 15th calendar day of the last calendar month of the applicable Dividend Period. Until no longer outstanding, the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive such cash dividends, and the Corporation shall be bound to pay the same, but only as, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment thereof (each such payment, a Dividend Payment), on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each a Dividend Payment Date) for the respective Dividend Period ending on such date; provided, however , that the Dividend Payment for the Initial Dividend Period shall include any unpaid dividends accrued from the payment date of the last dividend paid prior to such date on the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Dividend Payment due on such Dividend Payment Date shall be paid on the first Business Day immediately following |
5
such Dividend Payment Date, except if such Business Day falls in a different calendar year than such Dividend Payment Date, such Dividend Payment shall be paid on the last Business Date immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date. The amount of dividends payable for the Initial Dividend Period or any period shorter than a full Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year having 30-day months and the actual number of days elapsed in the period. |
(b) Dividends shall be non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors fails to or chooses not to declare a dividend on the Series H Preferred Stock for a Dividend Period, then holders of the Series H Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive a dividend for that Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay a dividend for that Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared and paid for any future Dividend Period, with respect to either the Series H Preferred Stock, other series of preferred stock of the Corporation, or the Common Stock. |
(c) Holders of Series H Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full dividends for each Dividend Period, as herein provided, on the Series H Preferred Stock. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any Dividend Payment or Dividend Payments or failure to make any Dividend Payment or Dividend Payments. |
(d) Unless full dividend payments on the Series H Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for such payment has been set apart for payment for the immediately preceding Dividend Period, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no other distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment upon any shares of Junior Stock, nor shall shares of Junior Stock be redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired for any consideration, nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation, except by conversion into or exchange for other Junior Stock. |
4. Liquidation Preference. (a) The amount payable on the Series H Preferred Stock in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation shall be $200.00 per share, plus authorized, declared but unpaid dividends up to the date of such liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation, and no more before any distribution shall be made to the holders of any shares of Junior Stock. The holders of Series H Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 4(a). |
(b) If the amounts available for distribution in respect of the Series H Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock are not sufficient to satisfy the full liquidation rights of all of the outstanding Series H Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, then the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets in proportion to the full respective liquidation preference to which they are entitled. |
6
(c) The sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or Person or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other corporation or Person into or with the Corporation be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation. |
5. Redemption. (a) The Series H Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Corporation prior to the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, except upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event. On or after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, the Corporation may, with the prior approval of the OCC, redeem the Series H Preferred Stock for cash, in whole or in part, at a price equal to $200.00 per share of Series H Preferred Stock, plus authorized, declared, but unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date, without interest, on shares redeemed (collectively, the Redemption Price) from funds legally available for such purpose. |
(b) On or after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, the Corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, may at any time redeem fewer than all the outstanding Series H Preferred Stock. In that event, the shares to be redeemed shall be determined by lot, pro rata , or by such other method as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion determines to be equitable. |
(c) Prior to the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the WPFC Series B Preferred Securities, but only upon or after the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event, the Corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, may redeem the outstanding Series H Preferred Stock, in whole, but not in part, for the Redemption Price from funds legally available for such purpose. |
(d) Not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days prior to the date established for such redemption by the Board of Directors (the Redemption Date), notice of the proposed redemption shall be mailed to the holders of record of the Series H Preferred Stock to be redeemed, such notice to be addressed to each such stockholder at his last known address shown on the records of the Corporation, and the time of mailing such notice shall be deemed to be the time of the giving thereof. On or after the Redemption Date, the Series H Preferred Stock called for redemption shall automatically, and without further action on the part of the holder thereof, be deemed to have been redeemed and the former holder thereof shall thereupon only be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price. If such notice of redemption shall have been given as aforesaid, and if on or before the Redemption Date the funds necessary for the redemption shall have been set aside so as to be available therefore, then the dividends thereon shall cease to accrue after the Redemption Date and all rights with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall forthwith after such Redemption |
7
Date cease, except the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price, without interest. If such notice of redemption of all or any part of the Series H Preferred Stock shall have been mailed as aforesaid and the Corporation shall thereafter deposit money for the payment of the Redemption Price pursuant thereto with any bank or trust company (the Depositary Company), including any Affiliate of the Corporation, selected by the Board of Directors for that purpose, to be applied to such redemption, then from and after the making of such deposit, such Series H Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose, and the rights of the holders thereof shall be limited to the rights to receive payment of the Redemption Price, without interest but including any declared, authorized, but unpaid, dividends to the Redemption Date, from the Depositary Company, if applicable, upon endorsement, if required, and surrender of the certificates therefore. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company, the interest, if any, allowed on such moneys deposited with it, and the holders of any Series H Preferred Stock so redeemed shall have no claim to any such interest. Any moneys so deposited and remaining unclaimed at the end of three years from the Redemption Date shall, if thereafter requested by resolution of the Board of Directors, be repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, such holders of record of the Series H Preferred Stock so redeemed which shall not have made claim against such moneys prior to such repayment to the Corporation shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of the Series H Preferred Stock and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest. |
(e) Subject to the provisions herein, the Board of Directors shall have authority to prescribe from time to time the manner in which the Series H Preferred Stock shall be redeemed. |
(f) Nothing contained herein shall limit any legal right of the Corporation to purchase any shares of the Series H Preferred Stock. |
6. Conversion. The holders of the Series H Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series H Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation. |
7. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Articles of Amendment to the contrary, the Board of Directors, without the vote of the holders of the Series H Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or any class or series of stock ranking senior to Series H Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of affairs of the Corporation. |
8. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase and sell Series H Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine; provided however , that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would |
8
be, rendered insolvent. |
9. Voting Rights. The holders of Series H Preferred Stock will have no voting rights except as expressly provided by applicable law. |
10. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series H Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Preferred Stock without designation as to series. |
11. No Sinking Fund. Shares of Series H Preferred Stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund. |
3. The amendments to the articles of incorporation contained herein do not require shareholder approval pursuant to Section 55-6-02 of the North Carolina Business Corporation Act, and the amendments to the articles of incorporation were duly adopted by the board of directors on October 15, 2002.
This the 26th day of November, 2002.
WACHOVIA CORPORATION | ||||
By: | ||||
|
||||
Name: Ross E. Jeffries, Jr.
Title: Senior Vice President |
9
EXHIBIT 10(N)
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 1st day of November, 2001, by and between Wachovia Corporation (the Company), a North Carolina corporation, and ROBERT P. KELLY (the Executive);
WHEREAS, the Management Resources & Compensation Committee (the Committee) of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued service of the Executive. The Committee believes it is imperative to encourage the Executives full attention and dedication to the Company, and to provide the Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a termination of employment with the Company which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the Executive will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations.
NOW, THEREFORE, in order to accomplish the objectives set forth above and in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Employment Period. (a) The Effective Date shall mean the date hereof.
(b) The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary thereof (the Employment Period); provided, however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the Renewal Date), unless previously terminated, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 90 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company or the Executive, respectively, shall give notice to the Executive or the Company, respectively, that the Employment Period shall not be so extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Change in Control (as defined herein) occurs, the Employment Period, unless previously terminated, shall be extended immediately prior to the Change in Control so that the Employment Period shall terminate no earlier than three years from such Change in Control.
2. Terms of Employment. (a) Positions and Duties. (i) During the Employment Period, the Company agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve as an employee of the Company and as an employee of one or more of its subsidiaries. The Executive shall perform such duties and responsibilities, in such capacity and with such authority, for the Company (or one or more of its subsidiaries) as the Company may designate from time to time. Such duties shall be of a type for which the Executive is suited by background, experience and training, in the Companys reasonable discretion.
(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to
1
devote his full professional attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and to perform the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions, and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executives responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement and are consistent with the Companys policies. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executives responsibilities to the Company.
(b) Compensation. (i) Salary and Bonus. For all services rendered by the Executive in any capacity under this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive during the Employment Period as compensation (i) an annual salary in an amount not less than the amount of the Executives annual salary as of the Effective Date (the Annual Base Salary) and (ii) such annual cash incentive bonus, if any, as may be awarded to him by the Board or by a Committee designated by the Board (the Annual Bonus); provided, however, the Annual Bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year 2001 shall not be less than $675,000. Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Companys customary payroll practices, and any such bonus shall be payable in cash in accordance with the Companys incentive bonus plans from which the Annual Bonus is awarded. During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed in accordance with the Companys policies and procedures applicable to the Executive and may be increased from time to time consistent with such procedures. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. In the event the Executives actual Annual Base Salary is increased above the then current Annual Base Salary during the Employment Period, such increased Annual Base Salary shall constitute Annual Base Salary for purposes of this Agreement, and may not thereafter be reduced except with the written consent of the Executive.
(ii) Employee Benefits. During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in employee benefit plans generally available to other peer executives of the Company or its subsidiaries, including without limitation, employee stock purchase plans, savings plans, retirement plans, welfare benefit plans (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, life, accidental death, and travel accident insurance, but excluding severance plans) and similar plans, practices, policies and programs. In addition, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Companys stock-based incentive compensation plans then available to other peer executives of the Company with awards thereunder determined by the Board or by a Committee designated by the Board, in its sole discretion, except as provided in this Agreement.
(iii) Expenses. During the Employment Period prior to the Date
2
of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at the time the expense is incurred.
(iv) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits and perquisite plans or programs of the Company and its affiliated companies generally available to executives who are peers of the Executive; provided that the Company reserves the right to modify, change or terminate such fringe benefits and perquisite plans or programs from time to time, in its sole discretion.
(v) Indemnification/D&O Insurance. During the Employment Period for acts prior to the Date of Termination, the Executive shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to the performance of his duties hereunder, and directors and officers liability insurance, on the same terms and conditions as generally available to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies.
3. Termination of Employment. (a) Retirement, Death or Disability. The Executives employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executives death or Retirement (as defined herein) during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, Retirement shall mean either (i) voluntary termination by the Executive of the Executives employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for early retirement under the Companys tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan or (ii) voluntary termination by the Executive of the Executives employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for normal retirement under the terms of the Companys tax-qualified pension plan. If the Company determines in good faith that Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to the Executive written notice in accordance with this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executives employment. In such event, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by the Executive (the Disability Effective Date), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties. For purposes of this Agreement, Disability shall mean termination of the Executives employment upon satisfaction of the requirements to receive benefits under the Companys long-term disability plan.
(b) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executives employment during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, Cause shall mean:
(i) the continued and willful failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executives duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Executive has not substantially performed the Executives duties and a reasonable time for such substantial performance has elapsed since delivery of such demand, or
3
(ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company.
For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered willful unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executives action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chairman of the Board or a senior executive officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Following a Change in Control (as defined herein), the Companys termination of the Executives employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before such Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of such Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
(c) Good Reason. The Executives employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason shall mean, in the absence of a written consent of the Executive which expressly refers to a provision of this Section 3(c):
(i) prior to a Change in Control, the substantial diminution in the overall importance of the Executives role, as determined by balancing (A) any increase or decrease in the scope of the Executives management responsibilities against (B) any increase or decrease in the relative sizes of the businesses, activities or functions (or portions thereof) for which the Executive has responsibility; provided, however, that none of (I) a change in the Executives title, (II) a change in the hierarchy, (III) a change in the Executives responsibilities from line to staff or vice versa, and (IV) placing the Executive on temporary leave pending an inquiry into whether the Executive has engaged in conduct that could constitute Cause under this Agreement, either individually or in the aggregate shall be considered Good Reason;
(ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any material provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any provision of Section 2 of this Agreement), other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(iii) any purported termination by the Company of the Executives employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;
(iv) at any time prior to the Executive reaching age 63, the Company giving notice to the Executive of its intention not to extend the term of this Agreement as provided in Section 1(b);
4
(v) following a Change in Control, the relocation of the principal place of the Executives employment to a location that is more than 35 miles from such principal place of employment immediately prior to the date the proposed Change in Control is publicly announced, or the Companys requiring the Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Change in Control;
(vi) following a Change in Control, the Companys requiring the Executive or all or substantially all of the employees of the Company who report directly to the Executive immediately prior to the date the proposed Change in Control is publicly announced to be based at any office or location other than such persons office or location on such date;
(vii) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 9(c) of this Agreement; or
(viii) following a Change in Control, assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Executives position as in effect immediately prior to the public announcement of the proposed Change in Control (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company which results in any diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities.
For purposes of this Section 3(c), any good faith determination of Good Reason made by the Executive after a Change in Control shall be conclusive (including any such determination when the Executive is then eligible for Retirement). In the event the Company challenges the Executives determination of Good Reason, the Company shall continue to make the payments and provide the benefits to the Executive as set forth in Section 4(a). If it is finally determined pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Agreement that the Executives termination was not for Good Reason, the Executive shall reimburse the Company the amounts to which it is finally determined to be entitled.
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executives employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executives or the Companys rights hereunder. To be effective, a Notice of Termination
5
given by the Executive terminating employment with the Company for Good Reason must be received by the Company no later than 60 days from the event(s) giving rise to the Good Reason termination.
(e) Date of Termination. Date of Termination means (i) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, unless the Company agrees to a later date no more than 30 days after such notice, as the case may be, (ii) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or Retirement, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein within 30 days of such notice, as the case may be, (iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination or any later date specified therein within 30 days of such notice, as the case may be, (iv) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be, and (v) if the Executives employment is terminated by the Executive for other than Good Reason, death, Disability or Retirement, the date that is 60 days after the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination by the Company, provided, however, the Company may elect to waive such notice or place the Executive on paid leave for all or any part of such 60-day period during which the Executive will be entitled to continue to receive the Annual Base Salary but shall not receive any Annual Bonus or any other payment from the Company other than reimbursement for expenses as contemplated in Section 2(b)(iii) and continued participation in the employee benefit plans as contemplated in Section 2(b)(ii).
(f) Change in Control. For purpose of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean:
(i) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) (a Person) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the Outstanding Company Common Stock) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Outstanding Company Voting Securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (4) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 3(f); or
(ii) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the
6
Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or contests by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a Business Combination), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from the Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
(iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination. (a) Good Reason; Company Termination other than for Cause, Death, Disability or Retirement. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executives employment other than for Cause, Death, Disability or Retirement or the Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:
(i) the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of (A) the Executives Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (B) the product of (1) an Annual Bonus of an amount equal to the greater of (x) the highest annual cash incentive bonus paid by the Company to the
7
Executive for the three calendar years prior to the Date of Termination (which may include, if applicable, the bonus for 2001 described in Section 2(b)(i)) or (y) the Executives then applicable target incentive bonus under the then applicable cash incentive compensation plan prior to the Date of Termination (the greater of clauses (x) or (y) is defined as the Base Bonus), and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, to the extent not theretofore paid (the Pro Rata Bonus), (C) any unpaid Annual Bonus for the prior year, (D) any compensation previously deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) and (E) any accrued paid time off, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) shall be hereinafter referred to as the Accrued Obligations).
For purposes of determining the Base Bonus hereunder, the Company shall exclude any special or one-time bonuses and any premium enhancements to bonuses but shall include any portions of bonuses (other than the excluded bonuses) which have been deferred by the Executive;
(ii) for each of the three years after the Executives Date of Termination (the Compensation Continuance Period), the Company shall pay to the Executive a cash benefit equal to the sum of (A) the Executives highest Annual Base Salary during the twelve months immediately prior to the Date of Termination, (B), the Base Bonus, and (C) the amount equal to the highest matching contribution by the Company to the Executives account in the Companys 401(k) plan for the five years immediately prior to the Date of Termination (the payments described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) shall be hereinafter referred to as the Compensation Continuance Payments and, together with the benefits referred to in Sections 4(a)(iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii), shall be hereinafter referred to as the Compensation Continuance Benefits). The Company shall make the Compensation Continuance Payments no more frequently than semi-monthly (and may make the Compensation Continuance Payments in accordance with the Companys normal payroll policies and practices), and shall withhold from the Compensation Continuance Payments all applicable federal, state and local taxes. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event a Change of Control has occurred on or prior to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay the Compensation Continuance Payments to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination.
(iii) during the Compensation Continuance Period (or for the remainder of the Executives life if such Date of Termination is after a Change in Control), or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program, practice or policy, the Company shall continue medical, dental and life insurance benefits to the Executive and/or the Executives family on a substantially equivalent basis to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the medical, dental and life insurance plans, programs, practices and policies described in Section 2(b)(iv) of this Agreement if the Executives employment had not been terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Executive becomes reemployed with another employer and becomes eligible to receive medical, dental and/or life insurance benefits from such employer, the medical, dental and/or life insurance benefits described herein shall be secondary to such benefits during the
8
period of the Executives eligibility, but only to the extent that the Company reimburses the Executive for any increased cost and provides any additional benefits necessary to give the Executive the benefits provided hereunder. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of the Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, the Executive shall be considered to have terminated employment with the Company on the Date of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company reasonably determines that providing continued coverage under one or more of its welfare benefit plans contemplated herein could adversely affect the tax treatment of other participants covered under such plans, or would otherwise have adverse legal ramifications, the Company may, in its discretion, either (A) provide other coverage at least as valuable as the continued coverage through insurance or otherwise, or (B) pay the Executive a lump sum cash amount that reasonably approximates the after-tax value to the Executive of the premiums for continued coverage, in lieu of providing such continued coverage;
(iv) during the Compensation Continuance Period, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the Companys stock compensation plans, all unvested options to purchase shares of Company common stock and restricted stock awards will continue to vest in accordance with the applicable terms of such stock option or restricted stock grants as if the Executives employment with the Company had not been terminated. At the end of the Compensation Continuance Period, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the preceding sentence, all unvested stock options and restricted stock awards will vest. Notwithstanding the termination of the Executives employment with the Company, all stock options granted to the Executive as of the date of this Agreement and during the Employment Period will be exercisable until the scheduled expiration date of such stock options; provided, however, in the event any such stock options are designated as incentive stock options pursuant to section 422 of the Code (as defined herein), such stock options shall be treated as non-qualified stock options for purposes of this sentence to the extent that they are exercised after the period specified in section 422(a)(2) of the Code (to the extent such provision applies);
(v) during the Compensation Continuance Period, the Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate in the Companys fringe benefit and perquisite plans or programs in which the Executive participated immediately prior to the Date of Termination, in each case in accordance with the Companys plans, programs, practices and policies;
(vi) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (excluding any severance plan, program, policy or practice) through the Date of Termination (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the Other Benefits); and
(vii) the Company will provide outplacement services to the Executive in accordance with the Companys policies generally applicable to
9
involuntarily terminated employees.
(b) Death. If the Executives employment is terminated by reason of the Executives death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executives legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations, Other Benefits, and the payment of an amount equal to the Executives Annual Base Salary. Accrued Obligations and cash payments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Executives estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(b) shall include, without limitation, and the Executives estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, death benefits then applicable to the Executive.
(c) Retirement. If the Executives employment is terminated by reason of the Executives Retirement during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(c) shall include, without limitation, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive, all retirement benefits then applicable to the Executive.
(d) Disability. If the Executives employment is terminated by reason of the Executives Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations, Other Benefits, and the payment of an amount equal to the Executives Annual Base Salary. Accrued Obligations and the cash payments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 4(d) shall include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits then applicable to the Executive.
(e) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executives employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason (other than for Retirement) during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations of the Company to the Executive other than the obligation to pay to the Executive (x) his Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (y) the amount of any compensation previously deferred by the Executive, and (z) Other Benefits, in each case only to the extent owing and theretofore unpaid.
5. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executives continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify (excluding any severance plan or program of the Company), nor subject to Section 11(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of
10
its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.
6. Full Settlement. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that subject to the payment by the Company of the benefits provided in this Agreement to the Executive, in no event will the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates be liable to the Executive for damages under any claim of breach of contract as a result of the termination of the Executives employment. In the event of such termination, the Company shall be liable only to provide the benefits specified in this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is finally judicially determined that the Executive brought any claims contemplated in the previous sentence in bad faith, the Executive shall reimburse the Company for such fees and expenses which are reasonably related to such bad faith claim.
7. Covenants. (a) The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret, non-public or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their related businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executives employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies (or predecessors thereto). After termination of the Executives employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it. In addition to the foregoing, the Executive will refrain from taking any action or making any statements, written or oral, which are intended to or which disparage the business, goodwill or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliated companies, or their respective directors, officers, executives or other employees, or which could adversely affect the morale of employees of the Company or any of its affiliated companies.
11
(b) (i) While employed by the Company and for three years after the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of the Executive or any other person, (A) solicit for employment by other than the Company, (B) encourage to leave the employ of the Company, or (C) interfere with the Companys or its affiliated companies relationship with, any person employed by the Company or its affiliated companies.
(ii) While employed by the Company and for three years after the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive will not become a director, officer, employee or consultant engaging in activities similar to those performed by a senior officer for any business which is in competition with any line of business of the Company or its affiliates and in which the Executive participated in a direct capacity while he was employed by the Company or its affiliates (including predecessors thereof) at any time within the one year period preceding the Effective Date and which has offices in any location in which the Executive had supervisory responsibility in the geographic footprint of First Union National Bank (or successors thereto, including but not limited to, Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, Tennessee, North Carolina, Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, New York, Connecticut, and Washington, D.C. plus any other state or states added during the Employment Period) during that one year period. The Executive expressly acknowledges the reasonableness of such restrictions and such geographic area. Further, during such period, the Executive will not acquire an equity or equity-like interest in such an organization for his own account, except that he may acquire equity interests of not more than 5% of any such organization from time to time as an investment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 7(b)(ii) shall not apply if the Executive terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Retirement or the Executive terminates employment with the Company for any reason following a Change in Control or the Company terminates the Executives employment for any reason following a Change in Control. Upon the Executives request to the Companys Chief Executive Officer, the Company will provide an advance opinion as to whether a proposed activity would violate the provisions of this Section 7(b)(ii).
(iii) During the Compensation Continuance Period, the Executive shall provide consulting services to the Company at such time or times as the Company shall reasonably request, subject to appropriate notice and to reimbursement by the Company of all reasonable travel and other expenses incurred and paid by the Executive in accordance with the Companys then-current policy for expense reimbursement. In the event the Executive shall engage in any employment permitted hereunder during the Compensation Continuance Period for another employer or on a self-employed basis, the Executives obligation to provide the consulting services hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements of such employment.
(c) In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 7, the Executive agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach and, prior to a Change in Control, the Company may terminate the Compensation Continuance
12
Period and the Compensation Continuance Benefits, if applicable, in its sole discretion. The Executive acknowledges that monetary damages would be inadequate and insufficient remedy for a breach or threatened breach of Section 7. Following the occurrence of a Change in Control, in no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 7 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement. If it is finally determined pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Agreement that the Executive did not breach this Section 7, the Company shall reimburse the Executive the amounts to which it is finally determined to be entitled.
(d) Any termination of the Executives employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 7; provided, however, upon termination of this Agreement due to the Companys or the Executives failure to extend the term of this Agreement pursuant to Section 1(b), Section 7(b)(ii) shall no longer apply to the Executive if the Executives employment shall terminate after the term of this Agreement expires; and provided, further, Section 7(b)(ii) shall not apply if the Executive terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Retirement or the Executive terminates employment with the Company for any reason following a Change in Control or the Company terminates the Executives employment for any reason following a Change in Control.
(e) The Executive hereby agrees that prior to accepting employment with any other person or entity during the Employment Period or during the three years following the Date of Termination (which may include the Compensation Continuance Period), the Executive will provide such prospective employer with written notice of the existence of this Agreement and the provisions of Section 3(e) and this Section 7, with a copy of such notice delivered simultaneously to the Company in accordance with Section 11(c). The foregoing provision shall not apply if the Company terminates the Executives employment without Cause following a Change in Control, or if the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason following a Change in Control.
8. Certain Additional Payments by the Company. (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive following a Change in Control (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of the Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 8) (a Payment) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor statute) or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Excise Tax), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a Gross-Up Payment) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.
13
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by KPMG LLP or such other certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Company (the Accounting Firm) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 30 business days of the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive by the due date for the payment of any Excise Tax, or, if earlier, 30 days after the receipt of the Accounting Firms determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (Underpayment), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 8(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.
(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:
(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,
(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,
(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim, and
(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;
14
provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Companys control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.
(d) If, after the receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Companys complying with the requirements of Section 8(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto) upon receipt thereof. If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial or refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.
(e) For purposes of this Section 8, any reference to the Executive shall be deemed to include the Executives surviving spouse, estate and/or beneficiaries with respect to payments or adjustments provided by this Section 8.
9. Successors. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
15
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly in writing and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, Company shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.
10. Arbitration. Except with respect to the Companys rights to injunctive relief for matters arising under Section 7 of this Agreement, any disputes or controversies arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, whether any such disputes or controversies have been brought in bad faith) shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Charlotte, North Carolina in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided, however, that the Company may invoke the American Arbitration Associations Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction.
11. General Provisions. (a) Governing Law; Amendment; Modification. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(b) Severability. If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision not held so invalid and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
(c) Notices. All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective when delivered in person (in the Companys case, to its Secretary) or forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, for delivery as registered or certified mail addressed, in the case of the Executive, to such Executive at his residential address, and in the case of the Company, to its corporate headquarters, attention of the Secretary, or to such other address as the Executive or the Company may designate in writing at any time or from time to time to the other party. In lieu of notice by deposit in the U.S. mail, a party may give notice by telegram or telex.
(d) Tax Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
16
(e) Strict Compliance. The Executives or the Companys failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement. The waiver, whether express or implied, by either party of a violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent violation of any such provision.
(f) Entire Understanding. From and after the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation, the Employment Agreement between the Company and the Executive dated as of February 23, 2001.
(g) Conflicts with Plans. To the extent any plan, policy, practice or program of or contract or agreement with the Company attempts to cap, restrict, limit or reduce payments to the Executive hereunder, such caps, restrictions, limitations or reductions are expressly modified to permit the payments contemplated hereby and the parties intend that the terms of this Agreement shall be construed as having precedence over any such caps, restrictions, limitations or reductions.
(h) Release and Waiver of Claims. In consideration of any Compensation Continuance Benefits the Company provides to the Executive under this Agreement, the Executive upon termination of employment with the Company shall execute a separate general release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, its affiliates and personnel in a form acceptable to the Company. The Executive shall not be eligible for any Compensation Continuance Benefits until the Executive has executed such release and waiver of claims.
(i) Creditor Status. No benefit or promise hereunder shall be secured by any specific assets of the Company. The Executive shall have only the rights of an unsecured general creditor of the Company in seeking satisfaction of such benefits or promises.
(j) No Assignment of Benefits. No right, benefit or interest hereunder shall be subject to assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, hypothecation or set off in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, or similar process.
17
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed
by its officers thereunto duly authorized, and the Executive has signed this
Agreement under seal, all as of the date and year first above written.
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
ATTEST:
[SEAL]
By:
Name: G. Kennedy Thompson
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Mark C. Treanor
Secretary
Robert P. Kelly
(SEAL)
18
EXHIBIT 10(EE)
FORM OF SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE AGREEMENT 1
This Agreement effective as of the day of , , [See Exhibit 1] by and among [FIRST UNION][WACHOVIA] CORPORATION, a North Carolina corporation having its principal office in Charlotte, North Carolina (hereinafter referred to as the Employer), and (hereinafter referred to as the Owner).
WHEREAS, the Owner desires to purchase a certain life insurance policy insuring the lives of [see Exhibit 1] (hereinafter referred to as the Employee) and (hereinafter referred to as the Employees Spouse, the Employee and the Employees Spouse are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the Insureds); and
WHEREAS, the Employee is an employee of the Employer and has discharged his duties in a capable manner to the benefit of the Employer; and
WHEREAS, the Employer desires to help the Employee and the Employees Spouse create a life insurance program for the benefit and protection of their family by the establishment of a split-dollar life insurance plan and is willing to pay a portion of the premiums due on the policy issued pursuant to such plan; and
WHEREAS, the Owner will be the owner of such policy, and as such, will have all incidents of ownership in and to the policy and agrees to participate in such split-dollar life insurance plan as hereinafter provided;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises contained therein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. | The Employee applied to John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company (hereinafter referred to as the Insurer) for a survivorship policy in the face amount of [See Exhibit 1] Dollars ($ ) on the lives of the Employee and the Employees spouse (hereinafter referred to as the Policy). The Policy was issued and the policy number and face amount are recorded on Schedule A attached hereto, and the Policy has been subject to the terms of the Agreement prior to this amendment. | ||
2. | Employee assigned the Policy to the Employer to secure the Employers rights under the Agreement prior to this amendment. The collateral assignment (hereinafter referred to as the Collateral Assignment) cannot be altered or changed without the consent of the Employer. |
1 This is a form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement that the Corporation has entered into with certain executive officers, including G. Kennedy Thompson, Donald A. McMullen, Jr. and Benjamin P. Jenkins, III. Key provisions of this form of agreement applicable to the executives named in the preceding sentence are found in Exhibit 1 to this form of agreement. |
3. | Employee has assigned to Owner all of Employees right, title and interest in and to the Policy outright and has also assigned employees obligations under the Collateral Assignment, and the Employer has agreed to continue to effect the terms of the Agreement, as amended, with the Owner assuming the obligations of Employee under the Agreement prior to this amendment, as Employees assignee, and as herein set forth. | ||
4. | Subject to the provisions of this Agreement as hereinafter provided, the Owner, as the sole and exclusive owner of the Policy, has all the rights of the owner under the terms of the Policy, including, but not limited to, the right to designate beneficiaries, select settlement and dividend options, borrow on the security of the Policy and to surrender the Policy, and such rights may be exercised by the Owner with the Employers consent. | ||
5. | The Owner shall pay to the Employer that part of each annual premium equal to [See Exhibit 1] $ (the Owners Payment) for each year until this Agreement is terminated by its terms, regardless of whether annual premiums are required to be paid to the Insurer on the Policy and any such amounts paid to the Employer by the Owner pursuant to this Section 5 which are not required to be remitted to the Insurer to meet an annual premium payment obligation shall be retained by the Employer and credited against the Policy Interest. The Owner agrees to pay the Owners Payment to the Employer no later than thirty (30) days after the annual premium is due or would otherwise have been due if such premium were so payable. The Employer shall pay the balance of each annual premium for the first fifteen (15) years of the Policy as set forth on Schedule C attached hereto (hereinafter referred to as the Premium Advances) and shall remit to the Insurer the full amount of each annual premium due in accordance with the mode of premium payment as provided in the Policy on or before the due date of such premium, except as provided in Sections 9 and 10 hereof. | ||
6. | As long as this Agreement is in effect, any Policy dividend credited to the Policy shall be applied to provide paid-up additions and the parties hereto agree the dividend election provisions of the Policy shall conform to the provisions hereof. | ||
7. | The total amount of (i) all Premium Advances plus (ii) any unpaid Owners Payments, plus (iii) an investment return equal to three percent (3%) interest compounded annually on the outstanding Premium Advances and unpaid Owners Payments to provide Employer an investment return thereon, shall constitute the Employers interest in the Policy (referred to herein as the Policy Interest). As security for and to secure the repayment of the Policy Interest, as it may exist from time to time, the Owner shall execute and deliver to the Employer, at the time this Agreement is executed, a collateral assignment of the Policy in the form set forth in Schedule B to this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the Collateral Assignment), and the Employer may enforce its right to be paid the Policy Interest pursuant to Sections 9 through 11 of this Agreement from the cash surrender value of the Policy, provided that if the cash surrender value exceeds the Policy Interest, such excess shall remain the property of the Owner. |
- 2 -
8. | Except in connection with the payment of the Policy Interest to the Employer pursuant to Section 9 or Section 10 hereof, the Owner shall not permit the Contract Debt to exceed the Loan Value of the Policy, less the Policy Interest (the Owners Borrowing Limit). For purposes of this paragraph the terms Contract Debt and Loan Value shall have the meanings provided in the Policy and set forth on Schedule E attached hereto. | ||
9. | The Owner may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Employer, and the Employer shall release its interest in the Policy, cancel the Collateral Assignment, and transfer physical possession of the Policy to the Owner upon payment of the Policy Interest owed by the Owner to the Employer as of such termination date. Such release, cancellation and transfer shall terminate all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement. If the Owner does not pay, or make satisfactory provision for the payment of, the Policy Interest, then the Employer may take all action necessary to obtain the cash surrender value provided under the Policy to satisfy payment of the Policy Interest. | ||
10. | The Employer may terminate this Agreement and make demand on the Owner for payment of the Policy Interest as of such termination date upon the first to occur of the following events: |
(a) | the surrender or exchange of the Policy by the Owner; | ||||
(b) | failure of the Owner to make a payment of an Owners Payment when due or to comply with any other provisions set forth in this Agreement; | ||||
(c) | the Employee ceases to be an Employee of the Employer or one of its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) and becomes a proprietor, officer, partner, employee or otherwise becomes affiliated with any business that is in competition with the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, this Section 10(c) shall not apply following a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined); | ||||
(d) | the Employee voluntarily terminates employment with the Employer and its Subsidiaries for reasons other than death, Disability, or Retirement (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, this Section 10(d) shall not apply following a Change of Control; | ||||
(e) | the Employee is discharged from the Employer and its Subsidiaries for dishonesty, conviction of a felony, willful unauthorized disclosure of any confidential material information of the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries to a business in competition with the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries or in violation of federal securities laws, or any other willful, deliberate or gross misconduct of similar magnitude; or |
- 3 -
(f) | the beginning of the first year of the Policy after the [See Exhibit 1] st ( st) year of the Policy in which the cash surrender value of the Policy is sufficient to maintain the $ death benefit without the Owner being required to pay any additional premiums in excess of the Owners Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Employer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time after the beginning of the [See Exhibit 1] st ( nd) year of the Policy. |
The Employer shall thereupon release its interest in the Policy, cancel the Collateral Assignment, and transfer physical possession of the Policy to the Owner upon payment of the Policy Interest owed by the Owner to the Employer as of such termination date. If the Owner does not pay, or make satisfactory provision for payment of, the Policy Interest, then the Employer may take all action necessary to obtain the cash surrender value provided under the Policy to satisfy payment of the Policy Interest. For purposes of this Agreement, the determination of whether the Employee (i) has become affiliated with a business in competition with the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) has voluntarily terminated employment with the Employer and its Subsidiaries for reasons other than death, Disability, or Retirement, shall rest solely with the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Employer. | |||
11. | The Owner agrees that in the event of the death of the last to die of the Employee and the Employees Spouse while this Agreement is still in effect, the Owner shall promptly pay to the Employer an amount equal to the total amount of the Policy Interest owed by the Owner to the Employer as of the date of the death of the last to die of the Employee and the Employees Spouse. If the Owner does not pay, or make satisfactory provision for payment of the Policy Interest, then the Employer may take all action necessary to obtain the death proceeds provided under the Policy to satisfy payment of the Policy Interest. Specifically, the Employer shall have the unqualified right to receive a portion of such death proceeds equal to the Policy Interest at the time of the death of the last to die of the Employee and the Employees Spouse, plus interest thereon from ninety (90) days after such date of death to the date of payment at a rate equal to the published prime rate of interest of the Employers subsidiary banks on such date of death. In such event, the balance of the death proceeds payable under the Policy, if any, shall be paid directly to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Owner and shall be paid in the manner in which the Owner has validly specified; provided, however, no amount shall be paid to such beneficiary or beneficiaries until the full Policy Interest due the Employer has been paid to the Employer or otherwise satisfied by the Owner. In no event shall the amount payable to the Employer hereunder exceed the Policy proceeds payable at the death of the last to die of the Employee and the Employees Spouse. |
- 4 -
12. | It is intended that the Owner shall retain the right to change the beneficiary under the Policy at any time and from time to time and that the Employer, as holder of the Policy as collateral assignee, will make the Policy available to the Insurer in order to effectuate any change in the beneficiary designation which the Owner may desire to make, subject to the rights of the Employer as set forth in this Agreement. The Owner may assign the Policy outright provided that the rights of any such assignee shall be subject to and subordinate to the rights of the Employer as set forth in this Agreement and that any such assignment shall so provide. The Employer may assign its interest in the Policy only to the Owner. | ||
13. | The benefits, if any, that may be paid under the Policy by the Insurer, including, without limitation, any borrowing by the Owner pursuant to Section 8 hereof and any death proceeds, shall be paid by separate checks to the parties entitled thereto, the check payable to the Employer to be in the amount of the Policy Interest. | ||
14. | This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns. | ||
15. | This Agreement shall not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto. Any such action by the Employer shall be adopted by formal action of the Employers Board of Directors and executed by an officer, director or other person authorized to act on behalf of the Employer. | ||
16. | This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to conflict of law principles. | ||
17. | For purposes of meeting the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the parties agree that the funding policy under the Agreement is that all premiums on the Policy be remitted to the Insurer when due, and direct payment by the Insurer is the basis of payment of benefits under this Agreement, with those benefits in full, if any, based on the payment of premiums as provided in this Agreement. | ||
18. | The Employer is hereby designated the named fiduciary of this Agreement. The named fiduciary shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of this Agreement. The named fiduciary may allocate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities of this Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals. The claims procedures under this Agreement are set forth in Schedule D to this Agreement. | ||
19. | For purposes of this Agreement, the following defined terms shall have the meanings set forth below: |
(a) | Subsidiaries means any corporation (other than the Employer) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Employer if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns |
- 5 -
stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. | |||||
(b) | Disability means totally disabled as such term is defined in the First Union Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan and Trust at the time of such Disability. | ||||
(c) | Retirement means Early Retirement, Normal Retirement, Deferred Retirement, or Disability Retirement, as such terms are defined in the First Union Corporation Pension Plan and Trust at the time of such Retirement. | ||||
(d) | Change of Control means a change in control of the Employer of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of a corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, possesses more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation, (ii) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of a corporation possessing twenty percent (20%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of such corporation, or (iii) a majority of members of the corporations board of directors is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of a corporations board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election. |
20. | It is understood and agreed that the Employer makes no representations and shall have no responsibility or liability for any tax or estate planning matters with respect to the foregoing split-dollar insurance plan or for the payment of any dividends or death benefits under the Policy, and that the Owner has relied on the Owners tax and legal advisors with respect to the foregoing split-dollar insurance plan. | ||
21. | Any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or connected with this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration administered and conducted under the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the General Statutes of North Carolina Article 45A, Arbitration and Award. A judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Any arbitration hearing shall take place in Charlotte, North Carolina. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
- 6 -
Attest: | FIRST UNION CORPORATION | ||
By: | |||
|
|
||
Secretary | President | ||
(CORPORATE SEAL) | |||
OWNER | |||
|
I consent to this Agreement and the insurance covering my life and the life of my spouse.
. (SEAL)
Employee |
|||
(SEAL)
Employees Spouse |
- 7 -
SCHEDULE A
It is agreed, pursuant to the foregoing Split-Dollar Life Insurance
Agreement dated the
day of
,
, that the following described
policy of life insurance shall be subject to the provisions of said Agreement:
SCHEDULE B
COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT
THIS ASSIGNMENT is made by the undersigned Owner effective this
day
of
,
.
DEFINITIONS:
RECITALS:
THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises
contained therein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner has executed this Assignment on the date
first above written.
SCHEDULE C
PROJECTIONS FOR INSURANCE POLICY
SCHEDULE D
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SCHEDULE E
DEFINED TERMS
EXHIBIT 1
This form of Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement has been used for, among
others, the following agreements:
Such agreements contain terms substantially identical to this form of
agreement, except for such changes that do not materially deviate from this
form of agreement.
The Thompson #1 Agreement provides for an insurance policy of $3,000,000,
having an Owners Payment of $8,121 per year. In Section 10(f), the blank in
the first sentence is twenty-first and the blank in the second sentence is
twenty-second.
The Thompson #2 Agreement provides for an insurance policy of $7,119,562,
having an Owners Payment of $26,744 per year. In Section 10(f), the blank in
the first sentence is fifteenth and the blank in the second sentence is
sixteenth.
The Jenkins Agreement provides for an insurance policy of $3,000,000, having an
Owners Payment of $13,922 per year. In Section 10(f), the blank in the first
sentence is fifteenth and the blank in the second sentence is sixteenth.
The McMullen Agreement provides for an insurance policy of $3,059,875, having
an Owners Payment of $18,461 per year. In Section 10(f), the blank in the
first sentence is seventeenth and the blank in the second sentence is
eighteenth. In addition, the McMullen Agreement does not provide for an
Employees Spouse benefit.
Policy No.
issued by John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company on
,
, insuring the lives of [Employee] and Employees Spouse] for
$
.
Insurer:
John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company
Insureds:
the Insureds
Policy No.
A.
Assignee: First Union Corporation, a North Carolina
corporation with its principal offices in Charlotte, North Carolina.
B.
Owner:
.
C.
Policy: The following policy of insurance issued by the
Insurer on the life of the Insureds, together with any supplementary
contracts issued in conjunction therewith:
Policy Number
Face Amount
$
D.
Policy Interest: That amount as defined in Section 7 of
the Split Dollar Plan. The Insurer shall be entitled to rely on the
Assignees certification of the amount of the Policy Interest.
E.
Split Dollar Plan: That certain Split-Dollar Life
Insurance Agreement of even date herewith between the Owner and the
Assignee.
A.
Under the Split Dollar Plan, the Assignee has agreed to
assist the Owner in payment of premiums on the Policy.
B.
In consideration of such premium payments by the Assignee,
the Owner here intends to grant the Assignee certain limited
interests in the Policy.
1.
Assignment The Owner hereby assigns, transfers and sets over to the
Assignee, its successors and assigns, the following specific rights in the
Policy subject to the terms and conditions of the Split Dollar Plan:
(a)
The right to realize against the cash value of the Policy, to
the extent of the Policy Interest, in the event the Owner fails for
any reason to pay to the Assignee the Policy Interest when required
pursuant to the provisions of the Split Dollar Plan.
(b)
The right to realize against proceeds of the Policy as set
forth in Section 11 of the Split Dollar Plan, to the extent of the
Policy Interest, in the event of the death of the last Insured to
die.
2.
Retained Rights Except as expressly provided in Section 1 hereof and
the Split Dollar Plan, the Owner retains all rights under the Policy
including, but not limited to, the exclusive right to surrender and to
borrow against the Policy with the consent of the Assignee.
3.
Insurer The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize, and is fully
protected in recognizing:
(a)
The claims of the Assignee to rights hereunder, without
investigating the reasons for such action by the Assignee, or the
validity or the amount of such claims.
(b)
The Owners request for surrender of the Policy without the
consent of the Assignee. Upon the surrender of the Policy and the
payment to the Employer of the Policy Interest, the Policy shall be
terminated and of no further force or effect.
4.
Release of Assignment Upon payment by the Owner to the Assignee of the
Policy Interest pursuant to the terms of the Split Dollar Plan, the
Assignee shall execute a written release of this Assignment and deliver
the Policy to the Owner.
In the presence of
Owner
A.
FILING OF BENEFIT CLAIMS
1.
When a participant, the Employer, the
Owner, an Insured, a beneficiary, or his, her or its
duly authorized representative has a claim which may be
covered under the provisions of the Policy (the
claimant), the claimant should contact the named
fiduciary.
2.
Claim forms and claim information can be
obtained from the named fiduciary.
3.
The claim must be in writing on a Benefit
Claim Form and delivered to the named fiduciary either
in person or by mail, postage prepaid. The named
fiduciary will forward the claim form to the authorized
representative of the Insurer.
B.
INITIAL DISPOSITION OF BENEFIT CLAIMS
1.
Within ninety (90) days after receipt of a
claim, the Insurer shall send to the claimant, by mail,
postage prepaid, a notice granting or denying, in whole
or in part, a claim for benefits.
2.
If a claim for benefits is denied, the
Insurer shall provide to the claimant written notice
setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood
by the claimant:
(a)
The specific reason or reasons
for the denial;
(b)
Specific reference to
pertinent provisions on which the denial is
based;
(c)
A description of any
additional material or information necessary for
the claimant to perfect the claim and an
explanation of why such material or information
is necessary; and
(d)
Appropriate information as to
the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to
submit his or her claim for review.
3.
If the claim is payable, a benefit check
will be issued to the named
fiduciary and forwarded to the claimant.
4.
The ninety-day period may be extended if
special circumstances require an extension of time to
process the claim for benefits.
5.
Written notice of the extension shall be
furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of
the initial ninety-day period.
6.
The extension notice shall indicate the
special circumstances requiring an extension of time
and the date by which the Insurer expects to render the
final decision.
7.
In no event shall such extension exceed a
period of ninety (90) days from the end of the initial
ninety-day period.
8.
If a notice of denial is not received
within ninety (90) days of the claim being filed, the
claim shall be deemed denied and the claimant shall be
permitted to proceed to the review stage.
C.
REVIEW PROCEDURE
1.
Within sixty (60) days of:
(a)
the receipt by the claimant of
written notification denying, in whole or in
part, his or her claim, or
(b)
a deemed denial resulting from
the Insurers failure to provide the claimant
with written notice of denial within ninety (90)
days of the claim being filed, the claimant upon
written application to the Insurer, delivered in
person or by certified mail, postage prepaid, may
request an opportunity to appeal a denied claim
to the Insurer or a person designated by the
Insurer.
2.
The claimant may:
(a)
Request a review upon written
application;
(b)
Review pertinent documents;
and
(c)
Submit issues and comments in
writing.
3.
The decision on review shall be made
within sixty (60) days of the
Insurers receipt of a request for review.
4.
The sixty-day period may be extended if
special circumstances require an extension of time to
process the review.
5.
If an extension is required:
(a)
written notice of the
extension shall be furnished to the claimant
prior to the commencement of the extension, and
(b)
a decision shall be rendered
as soon as possible but no later than one hundred
twenty (120) days after the Insurer received the
request for review.
6.
The decision on review shall be in writing
and shall include specific reasons for the decision,
written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
claimant, as well as specific references to the
pertinent provisions on which the decision is based.
7.
If the decision on review is not rendered
within sixty (60) days of the Insurers receipt of a
request for review or within one hundred twenty (120)
days after the Insurer received the request for review
if an extension is granted, then the claim shall be
deemed denied on review.
D.
OTHER REMEDIES
1.
After exhaustion of the claims procedure,
nothing shall prevent any person from pursuing any
other legal or equitable remedy otherwise available.
Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated
December 19, 1996, between G. Kennedy Thompson (the Employee), the
Employer, and Laura J. Starnes, as Trustee of the Thompson Family
Irrevocable Trust dated December 31, 1996 (the Owner) (such Agreement,
Thompson #1 Agreement)
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated January 25, 2002,
between G. Kennedy Thompson (the Employee), the Employer, and Laura J.
Starnes, as Trustee of the G. Kennedy Thompson 2002 Irrevocable Life
Insurance Trust (the Owner) (such Agreement, Thompson #2 Agreement)
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated February 1995, between
Benjamin P. Jenkins, III (the Employee), the Employer, and Wachovia
Bank, National Association, as Trustee of the Benjamin P. Jenkins, III
Irrevocable Trust (the Owner) (such Agreement, Jenkins Agreement)
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated July 27, 1999, between
Donald A. McMullen, Jr. (the Employee), the Employer, and Donald A.
McMullen, Jr. (the Owner) (such Agreement, McMullen Agreement)
EXHIBIT 10(FF)
FIRST UNION EMPLOYEE RETENTION STOCK PLAN
1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
First Union Corporation, a North Carolina corporation (First Union), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan, which shall be known as the FIRST UNION EMPLOYEE RETENTION STOCK PLAN (the Plan).
The purposes of the Plan are to (a) help align the long-term financial interests of Participants with those of stockholders; (b) reinforce a performance-oriented culture/strategy; (c) incent and reward employees for increasing First Unions common stock price over time; and (d) motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of First Unions operations are dependent.
2. EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF THE PLAN
The Plan shall become effective on April 18, 2000, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to the terms hereof, until all Shares subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Plans provisions. In no event may an Award be granted under the Plan after December 31, 2008.
3. DEFINITIONS
(a) 1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. | |
(b) Award means, individually or collectively, an Option, SAR, Stock Award, any other award made pursuant to the terms of the Plan, or any combination thereof. | |
(c) Award Agreement means an agreement entered into by the Corporation and each Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards. | |
(d) Beneficial Owner or Beneficial Ownership shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the 1934 Act. | |
(e) Board means the Board of Directors of First Union. | |
(f) Change of Control means a change in control of First Union of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires Beneficial Ownership of |
1
Shares that, together with Shares held by such person or group, possesses more than 50 percent of the total Fair Market Value or total voting power of the Shares, (ii) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) Beneficial Ownership of Shares possessing 20 percent or more of the total voting power of the Shares, or (iii) a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of such appointment or election. | |
(g) Committee means the Human Resources Committee of the Board or such other committee as is appointed by the Board to administer the Plan. | |
(h) Corporation means (i) First Union and any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by First Union, or (ii) any entity in which First Union has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee. | |
(i) Date of Termination of Employment means, with respect to an Employee who is terminating employment with the Corporation, (i) the last day such Employee performs actual services for the Corporation as an Employee, (ii) the 91st day of a bona fide leave of absence when such Employees right to continue employment with the Corporation is not guaranteed by law or contract or, if later, on the date that such legal or contractual guarantee lapses, (iii) the date that such Employee is deemed to have a Disability, or (iv) the date of such Employees death, as applicable. | |
(j) Disability, with respect to an Employee, means having received long-term disability benefits under the Corporations Long-Term Disability Plan for a period of 12 consecutive months. | |
(k) Early Retirement means termination of a Participants employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for early retirement under First Unions pension plan. | |
(l) Employee means an employee of the Corporation. | |
(m) Fair Market Value means the closing sales price of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the valuation date, or, if there were no sales on the valuation date, the closing sales price on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the first trading day before such valuation date. | |
(n) First Union is defined in Section 1 herein. | |
(o) Normal Retirement means termination of a Participants employment upon satisfaction of the requirements for normal retirement under the terms of First Unions pension plan. | |
(p) Option means an option to purchase Shares. |
2
(q) Option Price means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option. | |
(r) Participant means an Employee who has been granted an Award under the Plan; provided however, no Employee who is required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 (a) of the 1934 Act shall be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan. | |
(s) Period of Restriction means the period during which the vesting and/or transfer of Stock Awards is limited in some way, and the Shares subject to such Stock Awards are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as provided in Section 7(c) herein. | |
(t) Plan is defined in Section 1 herein. | |
(u) Plan Year means a twelve-month period beginning with January 1 of each year. | |
(v) RSAs means a Stock Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7(c) herein which contains restrictions on vesting and/or transfer. | |
(w) Retirement means either Early Retirement or Normal Retirement. | |
(x) SAR means an Award, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as an SAR, pursuant to the terms of Section 7(b) herein. | |
(y) Shares means the common stock of First Union, par value $3.33 1/3 per share. | |
(z) Stock Award shall represent an Award made in Shares or denominated in units equivalent in value to Shares or any other Award based on or related to Shares, including, but not limited to, RSAs. |
4. PLAN ADMINISTRATION
(a) The Committee. The Committee shall be responsible for administering the Plan. | |
(b) Committee Authority. The Committee may at any time alter, amend, suspend or discontinue the Plan or any or all agreements granted under the Plan to the extent permitted by law. Except as limited by law, or by the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of First Union, and subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full and exclusive power to interpret the Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations, and guidelines for carrying out the Plan as it may deem necessary or proper, all of which powers shall be executed in the best interests of the Corporation and in keeping with the |
3
provisions and objectives of the Plan. These powers include, but are not limited to (i) selecting Award recipients and the extent of their participation; (ii) establishing all Award terms and conditions; (iii) adopting procedures and regulations governing Awards; and (iv) making all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. In addition, except as provided herein, in First Unions Articles of Incorporation or By-laws, or pursuant to applicable law, the Committee shall have authority, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the date that any Award which was not otherwise exercisable or vested shall become exercisable or vested in whole or in part without any obligation to accelerate such date with respect to any other Awards granted to any Participant. All determinations, interpretations or other actions taken or made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons interested herein. | |
The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Corporation the authority to carry out some or all of its responsibilities, provided that the Committee may not delegate its authority and powers in any way which would be inconsistent with the requirements of the Code or the 1934 Act. The Committee may at any time rescind the authority delegated to any such officers. | |
No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination with respect to the Plan, and the members shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in First Unions Articles of Incorporation. In the performance of its functions under the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon information and advice furnished by the Corporations officers, accountants, counsel and any other party the Committee deems necessary, and no member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or not taken in reliance upon any such advice. |
5. PARTICIPATION
The individuals who shall be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan shall be officers or other selected key employees of the Corporation as the Committee shall approve from time to time; provided, however, no officer or employee who is required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 (a) of the 1934 Act shall be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.
In the event of a change in a Participants duties and responsibilities, or a transfer of the Participant to a different position, the Committee may terminate any Award granted to such Participant or reduce the number of Shares subject thereto commensurate with the transfer or change in responsibility, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan or to comply with provisions of laws in other countries in which the Corporation operates or has employees, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to (i) determine which Employees (if any) employed outside the United States are eligible or required to participate in the Plan, (ii) modify the terms and
4
conditions of any Awards made to such Employees, and (iii) establish subplans, modified Option exercise and other terms and procedures to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable.
6. AVAILABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
(a) Share Limitations. The aggregate number of Shares as to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 25,000,000, subject to adjustment as described below. | |
(b) Shares not applied to limitations. The following will not be applied to the share limitations of Section 6(a) above: (i) dividends or dividend equivalents paid in cash in connection with outstanding Awards, (ii) stock denominated Awards which by their terms may be settled only in cash, and (iii) Shares and any Awards that are granted through the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding Awards previously granted to Employees as the result of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition of the employing company as the result of which it is merged with the Corporation or becomes a subsidiary of the Corporation. | |
(c) Adjustments. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of equity securities, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, divestiture or other distribution (other than ordinary cash dividends) of assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting Shares or Share price, such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Committee in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change shall be made with respect to the limitations on the numbers of Shares that may be issued and represented by Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated. Upon the occurrence of any such event, the Committee may also (or in lieu of any of the foregoing adjustments) make such other adjustments as it shall consider appropriate to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available to Participants. | |
The Shares subject to the provisions of the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued Shares. |
7. AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN
The types of Awards set forth in this Article 7 may be granted under the Plan, singly, in combination or in tandem as the Committee may determine.
(a) Options. |
(i) Grant. An Option shall represent a right to purchase a specified number of Shares at a stated Option Price during a specified time, not to exceed ten years from the date of grant, as determined by the Committee. The Option Price per Share for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award |
5
Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Options granted under this Section 7(a) shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve and which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions to exercisability specified in the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in the Award Agreement, the Participant shall be entitled to exercise the Option in whole or in part and to receive, upon satisfaction or payment of the Option Price in the manner contemplated in this Section 7(a), the number of Shares in respect of which the Option shall have been exercised. | |
(ii) Exercise. Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Corporation, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares. The Shares covered by an Option may be purchased by methods designated by the Committee, in its discretion, including, but not limited to (A) a cash payment; (B) tendering Shares owned by the Participant, valued at the Fair Market Value at the date of exercise; or (C) any combination of the above. As soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise and full payment, the Corporation shall deliver to the Participant, Share certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option. | |
(iii) Termination. If the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, any then outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall become immediately exercisable on the Date of Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, any such outstanding Options will be forfeited on the expiration date of such Options. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, (i) any then outstanding but unexercisable Options granted to such Participant will be forfeited on the Date of Termination of Employment, and (ii) any then outstanding and exercisable Options granted to such Participant will be forfeited on the expiration date of such Options or three months after the Date of Termination of Employment, whichever period is shorter. |
(b) SARs. |
(i) Grant. An SAR shall represent a right to receive a payment in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares on the date the SAR is exercised over an amount which shall be no less than the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR was granted (or the Option Price for SARs granted in tandem with an Option) as |
6
set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the SAR exercise price, the duration of the SAR, the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains, whether the SAR is granted in tandem with the grant of an Option or is freestanding, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. SARs granted under this Section 7(b) shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve and which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, which need not be the same for each grant of for each Participant. | |
(ii) Exercise. SARs shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Corporation, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is to be exercised. The date of exercise of the SAR shall be the date on which the Corporation shall have received notice from the Participant of the exercise of such SAR. SARs granted in tandem with the grant of an Option may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option. SARs granted in tandem with the grant of an Option may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable. SARs granted independently from the grant of an Option may be exercised upon the terms and conditions contained in the applicable Award Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may impose such conditions on exercise of an SAR (including, without limitation, the right of the Committee to limit the time of exercise to specified periods) as may be required to satisfy the requirements of Section 16 (or any successor law) of the 1934 Act. In the event the SAR shall be payable in Shares, a certificate for the Shares acquired upon exercise of an SAR shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as practicable following receipt of notice of exercise. No fractional Shares will be issuable upon exercise of the SAR and, unless provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant will receive cash in lieu of fractional Shares. | |
(iii) Termination. If the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate by reason of death, Disability or Normal Retirement, any then outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall become immediately exercisable on the Date of Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, any such outstanding SARs will be forfeited on the expiration date of such SARs. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate for any reason other than death, Disability or Normal Retirement, (i) any then outstanding but unexercisable SARs granted to such Participant will be forfeited on the Date of Termination of Employment, and (ii) any then outstanding and exercisable SARs granted to such Participant will be forfeited on the expiration date of such SARs or three months after the Date of Termination of Employment, whichever period is shorter. |
7
(c) Stock Awards. |
(i) Grant. All or any part of any Stock Award may be subject to conditions and restrictions established by the Committee, and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, which may include, but are not limited to, continuous service with the Corporation, a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each Stock Award, and/or applicable securities laws restrictions. During the applicable Period of Restriction, Participants holding RSAs may exercise full voting rights with respect to such Shares. During the applicable Period of Restriction, Participants holding RSAs shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares while they are so restricted. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, such Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability as the RSAs with respect to which they are paid. | |
(ii) Termination. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate because of Normal Retirement, Disability or death, any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to Stock Awards granted to such Participant shall automatically terminate and, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7(c), such Stock Awards shall be free of restrictions and freely transferable. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant with the Corporation shall terminate for any reason other than death, Disability or Normal Retirement, then any Stock Awards subject to restrictions on the date of such termination shall automatically be forfeited on the Date of Termination of Employment and returned to the Corporation; provided, however, if such employment terminates due to Early Retirement or any involuntary termination by the Corporation, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the automatic forfeiture of any or all such Stock Awards and/or may add such new restrictions to such Stock Awards as it deems appropriate. |
8. DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS
The Committee may provide the Awards under Section 7(c) of the Plan earn dividends or dividend equivalents. Such dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid currently or may be credited to a Participants account. Any crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents may be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may establish, including reinvestment in additional Shares or Share equivalents.
9. PAYMENTS AND PAYMENT DEFERRALS
Payment of Awards may be in the form of cash, Shares, other Awards, or combinations thereof as the Committee shall determine, and with such restrictions as it may impose. The Committee also may require or permit Participants to elect to defer the receipt or issuance of
8
Shares from Options or Stock Awards or the settlement of Awards in cash under such rules and procedures as it may establish under the Plan. It also may provide that deferred settlements of Awards include the payment or crediting of earnings on deferred amounts.
10. TRANSFERABILITY
(a) Options and SARs. Except as otherwise provided in a Participants Award Agreement, no Option or SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participants Award Agreement, all Options and SARs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant. | |
(b) Stock Awards. Stock Awards granted under the Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the applicable Award Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, as specified by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. All rights with respect to a Stock Award granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be available during his or her lifetime only to such Participant. |
11. CHANGE OF CONTROL
In the event of (i) any merger, consolidation, or acquisition where the stockholders of First Union on the effective date of such merger, consolidation, or acquisition do not own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the surviving corporation, or (ii) any Change of Control, each Award granted under the Plan shall immediately be exercisable and/or fully vested and nonforfeitable, as the case may be.
12. AWARD AGREEMENTS
Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement setting forth its terms, conditions, and limitations for each Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participants employment terminates, and the Corporations authority unilaterally or bilaterally to amend, modify, suspend, cancel, or rescind any Award. The Committee need not require the execution of any such agreement by the recipient, in which case acceptance of the Award by the respective Participant shall constitute agreement by the Participant to the terms and conditions of the Awards.
13. TAX WITHHOLDING
The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from any settlement of an Award made under the Plan, including the delivery of Shares, or require the payment of, a sufficient amount to cover withholding of any federal, state or local or other governmental taxes or charges required by law or such greater amount of withholding as the Committee shall determine from time to
9
time and as permitted or required by applicable rules and regulations, or to take such other action as may be necessary to satisfy any such withholding obligations. If the Committee permits or requires Shares to be used to satisfy required tax withholding, such Shares shall be valued at the Fair Market Value as of the tax recognition date for such Award or such other date as may be required by applicable law, rule or regulation. The Corporation shall collect any required withholding from other earnings of the employee. In the absence of other earnings sufficient to satisfy such withholding, the employee shall remit such amounts required to satisfy such withholding obligations to the Corporation within 10 business days of any such notice and request for payment.
14. OTHER BENEFIT AND COMPENSATION PROGRAMS
Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, settlements of Awards received by Participants under the Plan shall not be deemed a part of a Participants regular, recurring compensation for purposes of calculating payments or benefits from the Corporations benefit plans or severance program. Further, the Corporation may adopt other compensation programs, plans or arrangements as it deems appropriate or necessary. The Committee may permit a Participant to defer such Participants receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant by virtue of the exercise of an Option or SAR, or the satisfaction of conditions, lapse or waiver of restrictions with respect to Stock Awards. If any such deferral election is required or permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals.
15. UNFUNDED PLAN
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Plan shall be unfunded and shall not create (or be construed to create) a trust or a separate fund or funds. The Plan shall not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Corporation and any participant or other person. To the extent any person holds any rights by virtue of an Award granted under the Plan, such rights shall constitute general unsecured liabilities of the Corporation and shall not confer upon any participant any right, title, or interest in any assets of the Corporation.
16. REGULATORY APPROVALS
The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any Award under the Plan, and the issuance of Shares upon the exercise or settlement or any Award shall by subject to the Corporations procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the Awards granted under it, or the Shares issued pursuant to it.
17. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER
A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by an Award until the date the Participant or his nominee is the holder of record. No adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such date, except as provided in Section 6(c).
10
18. FUTURE RIGHTS
No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation or to participate in any other compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement of the Corporation. In addition, the Corporation expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss a Participant free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, except as provided herein or in any agreement entered into hereunder.
19. GOVERNING LAW
The Plan and all agreements entered into under the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina.
20. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
The Plan and any applicable Award Agreement entered into under the Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participants creditors.
21. INDEMNIFICATION
Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement thereof, with the Corporations approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him, provided he shall give the Corporation an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under First Unions Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Corporation may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
22. APPLICATION OF FUNDS
The proceeds received by the Corporation from the issuance of Shares pursuant to the exercise of Options will be used for general corporate purposes.
11
EXHIBIT 10(GG)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
SAVINGS RESTORATION PLAN
Effective January 1, 2002
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
Savings Restoration Plan
Effective January 1, 2002
Section 1. Establishment and Purpose
1.1 | Establishment. Wachovia Corporation established, effective as of January 1, 2002 an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of management and highly compensated Employees and their Beneficiaries as described herein, known as the WACHOVIA CORPORATION SAVINGS RESTORATION PLAN (the Plan). | |
1.2 | Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means whereby certain selected Employees may defer the receipt of compensation and the receipt of a Company Matching Contribution that would otherwise be limited due to statutory or governmental regulation in the Savings Plan , and to motivate such Employees to continue to make contributions to the profitable growth of the Company. | |
1.3 | Application of Plan. The terms of this Plan are applicable only to Eligible Employees who are in the employ of an Employer on or after January 1, 2002. Any Eligible Employee who retires or terminates employment with all Employers prior to such date shall not be covered by this plan. |
Section 2. Definitions
2.1 | Definitions. Whenever used hereinafter, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below: |
a. | Applicable Limitations means the statutory and regulatory provisions that reduce benefits and/or contributions under the Savings Plan, including, but not limited to Sections 401(a)(17), 402(g) and 415 of the Code. | ||
b. | Beneficiary means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 7. | ||
c. | Board means the board of directors of the Company. | ||
d. | Change of Control means a change in the control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act); provided that, without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, possesses more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, ( ii) any one person, or more than one |
1
person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 20 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, or (iii) a majority of members of the Companys Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Companys Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. | |||
e. | Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute thereof, as interpreted by the rules and regulations issued thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Code shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections. | ||
f. | Committee means the Management Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board, as appointed annually in accordance with the corporate bylaws of the Company. | ||
g. | Company means Wachovia. | ||
h. | Company Matching Contribution means the amount which an Employer would be obligated to contribute to the Savings Plan but for the Applicable Limitations, subject to all vesting requirements of the Savings Plan. | ||
i. | Compensation means, for any date within a Plan Year, the Participants Salary as it may be adjusted from time to time during the Plan Year. | ||
j. | Death Valuation Date means the Valuation date coincident with or next following a Participants date of death. | ||
k. | Deferral Account means the hypothetical account maintained by the Company for recordkeeping purposes with respect to a Participants deferrals pursuant to Section 5.1. Within each Deferral Account, separate sub-accounts (Deferral Sub-Accounts), shall be maintained to the extent necessary for the administration of the Plan for each different Plan Year deferral election, form of distribution election, or allocation elections among Investment Indexes. | ||
l. | Disability means total disability of a Participant as a result of injury or sickness as defined in the Wachovia Corporation Long Term Disability Plan (plan number 502) (the LTD Plan), as amended from time to time. The determination of whether a Participant has suffered a Disability shall rest with the claims administrator of the LTD Plan. In the case of a Participant who is ineligible to participate in the LTD Plan, the determination shall rest solely with the Committee and such determination shall be final, conclusive and not subject to appeal. | ||
m. | Election Form means the election form which an Eligible Employee files with the Company to participate in the Plan each Plan Year. | ||
n. | Eligible Employee means an Employee who is eligible to participate as provided in Section 3.1, |
2
o. | Employee means any person employed by an Employer who, under an Employers employment classification practices, is considered a regular salaried employee. | ||
p. | Employer means (i) Wachovia and any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by Wachovia, or (ii) any entity in which Wachovia has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee. | ||
q. | Financial Hardship Distribution means the benefit that is payable pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Plan. | ||
r. | Investment Indexes mean one or more mutual funds, investment return benchmarks, interest rate indexes or common trust funds designated as available under the Plan by the Committee from time to time. | ||
s. | Participant means an Eligible Employee who has filed a completed and executed Election Form with the Committee and is participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 4. | ||
t. | Pension Plan means the Wachovia Corporation Pension Plan and Trust (plan number 001), as amended from time to time. | ||
u. | Plan means the Wachovia Corporation Savings Restoration Plan, as amended from time to time. | ||
v. | Plan Year means the Plans accounting year of twelve months commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on the following December 31. | ||
w. | Retirement means the termination of a Participants employment with an Employer upon satisfaction of the eligibility requirements for retirement under the terms of the Pension Plan, determined without regard to eligibility to participate in the Pension Plan. | ||
x. | Retirement Benefit means benefits payable to a Participant when such Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements for Retirement. | ||
y. | Retirement Valuation Date means the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date a Participant ceases to be an Employee or the first Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date the Committee takes action pursuant to Sections 6.3(e) or (f). | ||
z. | Salary means a Participants fixed, basic, straight time, and regularly recurring wages and salary, any payment for overtime hours, vacation pay, compensation paid in lieu of vacation, and holiday pay, but excluding (even if includible in gross income) all (i) bonus, long-term incentive awards, and other forms of incentive compensation, (ii) reimbursements or other expense allowances, (iii) moving expenses, (iv) welfare or fringe benefits (cash or non-cash), (v) deferred compensation, (vi) severance pay, and (vii) any other form of special compensation as designated by the Committee. | ||
aa. | Savings Plan means the Wachovia Corporation Savings Plan (plan number 002), as may be amended from time to time. |
3
bb. | Scheduled Distribution means a distribution of all or a portion of a Participants Deferral Account as elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.6. | ||
cc. | Survivor Benefit means those Plan benefits that become payable upon the death of a Participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.4. | ||
dd. | Termination Benefit means benefits payable to a Participant when such Participant has ceased to be an Employee pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3. | ||
ee. | Termination Valuation Date means the later of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date a Participant ceases to be an Employee or the first Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date the Committee takes action pursuant to Sections 6.3(e) or (f). | ||
ff. | Valuation Date means any day the United States financial markets are open for which a Participants Deferral Account is required to be valued for any purpose under the Plan. | ||
gg. | Wachovia means Wachovia Corporation or any successor that shall maintain this Plan. |
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation
3.1 | Eligibility. The Committee (or its delegatee) shall determine which Employees shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for a given Plan Year; provided, however, any such Employee must be a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. The Committees determination of eligibility for any given Plan Year does not guarantee eligibility in subsequent Plan Years. In the event any Employee is no longer designated as an active Participant eligible to make further deferrals under the Plan, such Employee shall become an inactive Participant and retain all other rights described under this Plan, until the Employee again becomes an active Participant. |
Section 4. Election to Participate
4.1 | Election to Participate . Any Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year, by filing a completed and fully executed Election Form with the Committee during enrollment periods established by the Committee, or in the case of an Employee who is designated as an Eligible Employee after the commencement of a Plan Year, within thirty days of the date on which such Employees becomes eligible. On such Election Form for each Plan Year, the Eligible Employee shall (i) irrevocably elect the amount of Compensation for such Plan Year to be deferred, and (ii) irrevocably elect the form of distribution in which the Deferral Sub-Account for such Plan Year shall be paid in accordance with Section 6.1. |
a. | Deferral Election. A Participant may elect to defer Compensation on a pre-tax basis only, in accordance with the Employee contribution provisions of the |
4
Savings Plan for the applicable Plan Year. Deferrals under the Plan will be credited in accordance with the applicable deferral election to the extent that the Participants deferral elections exceed the Applicable Limitations under the Savings Plan. Any amounts that cannot be credited to the Participants account under the Savings Plan because of the Applicable Limitations shall be credited to the Participants Deferral Account maintained pursuant to Section 5. | |||
b. | Matching Credits. Each Participants Deferral Account who has made a deferral election under Section 4.1(a) will be credited with a Company Matching Contribution for each pay period to the extent any amounts cannot be credited to the Participants account under the Savings Plan because of the Applicable Limitations. |
Section 5. Deferral Accounts
5.1 | Deferral Accounts. The Committee shall establish and maintain a separate Deferral Account for each Participant. The amount by which a Participants Compensation is reduced pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be credited by the Company to the Participants Deferral Account as of the date the amount of the compensation that is deferred otherwise would have been payable. The value of each Participants Deferral Account shall be adjusted each day the financial markets in the United States are open as follows: |
a. | Pursuant to the procedures established by the Committee, a Participant shall elect to have his Deferral Sub-Account for a given Plan Year allocated among Deferral Sub-Accounts to reflect the Participants selection of the Investment Indexes available under the Plan at that time, in 5 percent increments, up to 100 percent of the amount credited to such Deferral Sub-Account. | ||
b. | Such Deferral Sub-Account shall be credited or debited to reflect gains or losses (including dividends and capital gains and losses) as if the Deferral Sub-Account had been invested in an equivalent number of shares or units of the funds or investments referenced by the Investment Indexes available under the Plan from time to time, pursuant to the allocation elections made by the Participant from time to time. | ||
c. | Pursuant to the procedures established by the Committee, a Participant may change the election with respect to the allocation of the Participants Deferral Sub-Accounts among the Investment Indexes available under the Plan from time to time. Unless the Participant indicates otherwise, any such reallocation election shall apply to all such Participants Deferral Sub-Accounts. |
5.2 | Charge Against Accounts. There shall be charged against each Participants Deferral Account any payments made to the Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with Section 6. In addition, the Committee may allocate a portion of any administrative expenses of the Plan to each Participants Deferral Account. |
5
5.3 | Statement of Accounts. The Committee shall submit to each participant, within a reasonable period of time after the close of each calendar quarter of a Plan Year, a statement of the balance in each such Participants Deferral Account as of the last Valuation Date of such quarter, in such form as the Committee deems appropriate. | |
5.4 | Acquired Deferral Accounts. In addition to the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may authorize the transfer to a Participants Deferral Account of such Participants deferred balances held under a deferral plan maintained by any organization acquired by the Company. Such balances transferred will retain the deferral period, vesting provisions and distribution provisions as set forth in the original deferral plan acquired by the Company. |
Section 6. Benefits
6.1 | Retirement Benefit. Upon Retirement of a Participant, the Participants Employer (or another entity as directed by the Committee) shall pay a Retirement Benefit based on the value of the Participants Deferral Account as of the Retirement Valuation Date. Such Retirement Benefit shall be paid in the manner as elected by the Participant on each Plan Years Election Form in the form of either a lump sum or ten (10) annual installments: |
a. | If a Participants Deferral Sub-Account is payable in a lump sum, the Participant shall receive payment of such Retirement Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Retirement Valuation Date. | ||
b. | If a Participants Deferral Sub-Account is payable in installments, the amount to be paid with each installment shall be the value of such Deferral Sub-Account as of the date of the installment Valuation Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the number of installment payments remaining. For purposes of this Section, the installment Valuation Date for the first installment payment shall be the Retirement Valuation Date, and the installment Valuation Date for subsequent installment payments shall be the first Valuation Date of each Plan Year thereafter; provided, however, that in no event shall more than one installment payments be made to a Participant in any one Plan Year, except due to an action by the Committee pursuant to Section 6.3(f). A Participant shall receive each installment payment within ninety (90) days of the applicable installment Valuation Date. | ||
c. | Following receipt of a Participants complete Retirement Benefit, such Participant shall be entitled to no further benefits under the Plan. |
6.2 | Disability. If a Participant suffers a Disability, the value of each of the Participants Deferral Sub-Accounts will continue to be adjusted in accordance with Section 5.1(b). The Participants Deferral Account will be distributed as a Retirement Benefit, Termination Benefit, or Survivor Benefit, whichever is applicable, in the distribution form of benefit elected by the Participant, once the Participant ceases to receive benefits under the Wachovia Corporation Long-Term |
6
Disability Plan (plan number 502). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant returns to employment with the Employer within sixty (60) days following recovery from a Disability, the Participants Deferral Account shall not be distributed until such time as said Participant ceases to be an Employee whereupon such Participant will receive the Participants Deferral Account as a Retirement Benefit, Termination Benefit, or Survivor Benefit commencing at the time said Participant finally ceases to be an Employee. In its sole and absolute discretion, the Committee may alter the timing or manner of payment of all or a portion of the Deferral Account of a Participant who suffers a Disability. | ||
6.3 | Termination Benefit. If a Participant ceases to be an Employee for a reason other than those reasons described in Sections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3 (d), (e) or (f), the Committee shall direct the Participants Employer to pay a Termination Benefit based on the value of the Participants Deferral Account as of the Termination Valuation Date. Such Termination Benefit shall be paid in the manner originally elected by the Participant on each Plan Years Election Form in the form of either a lump sum payment or ten (10) annual installments: |
a. | If a Participants Deferral Sub-Account is payable in a lump sum, the Participant shall receive payment of such Termination Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Termination Valuation Date. | ||
b. | If a Participants Deferral Sub-Account is payable in installments, the amount to be paid with each installment shall be the value of such Deferral Sub-Account as of the date of the installment Valuation Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the number of installment payments remaining. For the purposes of this Section, the installment Valuation Date for the first installment payment shall be the Termination Valuation Date, and the installment Valuation Date for subsequent installment payments shall be the first Valuation Date of each Plan Year thereafter; provided, however, that in no event shall more than one installment payment be made to a Participant in any one Plan Year, except due to an action by the Committee pursuant to Sections 6.3(f). A Participant shall receive each installment payment within ninety (90) days of the applicable installment Valuation Date. | ||
c. | Following receipt of a Participants complete Termination Benefit, such Participant shall be entitled to no further benefits under the Plan. | ||
d. | Lump Sum Payment Upon Voluntary Termination of Employment. If a Participant (i) voluntarily ceases to be an Employee for any reason, or (ii) fails to return to the status of an Employee within sixty (60) days following recovery from a Disability prior to qualifying for Retirement, the Company shall pay to such Participant in a lump sum a Termination Benefit equal to the balance of such Participants Deferred Account as of the Termination Valuation Date. A Participant shall receive such Termination Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Termination Valuation Date. Following receipt of a |
7
Participants complete Terminated Benefit, such participant shall be entitled to no further benefits under the Plan. | |||
e. | Lump Sum Payment Upon Misconduct or Crime. If a Participant is discharged from employment with an Employer for dishonesty, conviction of a felony, willful unauthorized disclosure of confidential material information of an Employer, or other willful, deliberate, or gross misconduct of similar magnitude, such Participants entire Deferral Account shall be paid in a single lump sum as a Termination Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Termination Valuation Date. | ||
f. | Lump Sum Payment Upon Affiliation With Competitor. In the event that a Participant ceases to be an Employee of an Employer for any reason and thereafter becomes a proprietor, officer, partner, employee, or otherwise becomes affiliated with any business that is in competition with an Employer, or becomes an employee of any federal, state, or municipal agency, office, subdivision, or other component having jurisdiction over any activity of any Employer, such Participants entire Deferral Account shall be paid in a single lump sum as a Termination Benefit within ninety (90) days of the Termination Valuation Date. The determination of whether an Employee has become affiliated with a business in competition with an Employer, or with a governmental component having jurisdiction over any activity of an Employer shall rest solely with the Committee and such determination shall be final, conclusive, and not subject to appeal. |
6.4 | Survivor Benefits. |
a. | Pre-Retirement. If a Participant dies before otherwise becoming eligible to receive Retirement Benefits, a Survivor Benefit will be paid to the Participants Beneficiary in a lump sum equal to such Participants Deferral Account as of the Death Valuation Date. A Beneficiary shall receive the Survivor Benefit within ninety (90) days after the Death Valuation Date. If a Participant dies after becoming eligible to receive Retirement Benefits but before such benefits have been paid in full, the Retirement Benefits the deceased Participant would have otherwise received shall be paid to the Participants Beneficiary as a Survivor Benefit pursuant to the Participants prior elections. | ||
b. | Post-Retirement. If a Participant dies after such Retirement Benefits have commenced, the Retirement Benefits the deceased Participant would have otherwise received shall be paid to the Participants Beneficiary as a Survivor Benefit pursuant to the Participants prior elections. | ||
c. | Following receipt of a Participants complete Survivor Benefit, a Beneficiary shall be entitled to no further benefits under the Plan. |
6.5 | Financial Hardship Distribution. In the event that the Committee, upon written petition of the Participant or Beneficiary, determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant or Beneficiary has suffered an unforeseeable financial emergency, the Company shall pay to the Participant or Beneficiary, as soon as practicable |
8
following such determination, an amount necessary to meet the emergency not in excess of the Termination Benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled pursuant to Section 6.3 if said Participant had a termination of service on the date of such determination (the Financial Hardship Distribution). For purposes of this Plan, an unforeseeable financial emergency is an unexpected need for cash arising from an illness, casualty loss, sudden and unforeseeable financial reversal, or such other unforeseeable occurrence. | ||
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final determination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or court of competent jurisdiction, all time for appeal having lapsed, that the Company is not the owner of the assets of any grantor trust established by the Company with respect to this Plan (a rabbi trust), with the result that the income of such trust is not treated as income of the Company pursuant to sections 671 through 679 of the Code, or the final determination by (i) the IRS, (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction, all time for appeal having lapsed or (iii) counsel to the Company that a federal tax is payable by the Participant or Beneficiary with respect to assets of the rabbi trust or the Participants or Beneficiarys Deferral Accounts prior to the distribution of those assets of Deferral Accounts to the Participant or Beneficiary shall in any event constitute an unforeseeable financial emergency entitling such Participant or Beneficiary to a Financial Hardship Distribution provided for in this Section. The amount of benefits otherwise payable under the Plan shall thereafter be adjusted to reflect the reduction of a Deferral Account due to the early payment of the Financial Hardship Distribution. | ||
6.6 | Scheduled Distributions. |
a. | In General. A Participant may, when filing an Election Form with respect to a given Plan Year, elect to receive a distribution while employed of all or a portion of the Participants Deferral Sub-Account for such Plan Year at a specified time or times in the future. The election of such a Scheduled Distribution shall be irrevocable and shall apply only to prospective deferrals for that Plan Year. | ||
b. | Timing and Forms of Distribution. The first year specified for a Scheduled Distribution must be at least five (5) Plan Years after the Plan Year in which commencement of deferrals covered by the Election Form in which a Scheduled Distribution is elected. A Participant will receive such Scheduled Distribution in either a lump sum or ten annual installments as specified by prior elections within ninety (90) days of the first Valuation Date of the Year of distribution specified on the Election Form. | ||
c. | Election Void Upon Death and Termination of Employment. In the event a Participant has elected to receive any Scheduled Distributions and, before said distributions the Participant dies or ceases employment with all Employers, the election with respect to such Scheduled Distributions shall be voided and such Participants Deferral Account shall be paid as a Termination Benefit. |
9
6.7 | Small Benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the total amount owed to a Participant or a Beneficiary after the Participant ceases to be an Employee is $50,000 or less, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to distribute any such amount in a single lump sum payment. | |
6.8 | Withholding; Payroll Taxes. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, a Participants Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder the taxes required to be withheld by the federal or any state or local government. As to any payroll tax that is due from a Participant for Compensation deferred under this Plan, the Employer shall collect such tax from funds paid to such Participant with respect to other compensation not deferred under the Plan unless said other compensation is insufficient to pay such payroll taxes whereupon the shortfall shall serve to reduce the elected deferral amount. |
Section 7. Beneficiary Designation
7.1 | Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom payment under this Plan shall be made in the event of Participants death prior to complete distribution to Participant of the Benefits due under the Plan. Each Beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the Participants lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee. | |
The filing of a new Beneficiary designation form will cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed. | ||
If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above or all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then the Committee shall direct the Participants Employer to distribute such benefits in a lump sum to the Participants estate within ninety (90) days of the applicable Valuation Date. If all designated Beneficiaries die prior to complete distribution of a deceased Participants benefits, then the Committee shall direct the Participants Employer to distribute the balance of such benefits in a lump sum to the last surviving designated Beneficiarys estate within ninety (90) days of the applicable Valuation Date. |
Section 8. Administration of the Plan
8.1 | Administration. The Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power, in its sole and absolute discretion, to construe the terms of the Plan and to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such determination by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The Committee may establish rules and procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purposes of the Plan. |
10
To the extent it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of the Plan, the Committee may (i) delegate all or a portion of its duties to Employees or other persons, and (ii) appoint counsel, accountants, advisers, and other service providers. |
Section 9. Nature of Companys Obligation
9.1 | No Trust. The Companys obligation under this Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay. The Company shall not be obligated under any circumstances to fund its financial obligations under this Plan prior to the date any payments are due, and neither the Company, the Employer, members of the Board or Committee, nor any other person shall be deemed to be a trustee of any amounts to be paid under the Plan; provided, however, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) establish a grantor trust, the income of which is treated as income of the Company pursuant to sections 671 through 679 of the Code, to provide for the accumulation of funds to satisfy all or a portion of its financial liabilities with respect to this Plan, (ii) purchase life insurance policies on the life of a Participant, in which case the Participant shall cooperate with the Company in complying with any underwriting requirements with respect to such a policy, or (iii) both. | |
9.2 | Nature of Participants Rights and Interests. Any assets which the Company may choose to acquire to help cover its financial liabilities, including, but not limited to any assets referred to in Section 9.1, are and will remain general assets of the Company subject to the claims of its general creditors. The Company does not give, and this Plan does not give, any ownership interest in any assets of the Company to a Participant or Beneficiary. All rights of ownership in any assets are and remain in the Company, and the rights of each Participant, any Beneficiary, or any person claiming through a Participant shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Any liability of the Company to any Participant, Beneficiary, or any person claiming through a Participant shall be based solely upon the contractual obligations created by the Plan. |
Section 10. Miscellaneous
10.1 | Nonassignability. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, hypothecate, or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder or any part thereof, or interest therein which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency. |
11
10.2
Employment Not Guaranteed.
Nothing contained in this Plan
nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of
employment or as giving any Employee any right to be retained in the
employ of the Company.
10.3
Amendment or Termination.
The Company expects the Plan to be
permanent but, since future conditions affecting the Company cannot
be anticipated or foreseen, the Company must necessarily and does
hereby reserve the right to amend, modify, or terminate the Plan at
any time by action of the Committee. No amendment or termination of
the Plan shall operate to decrease any Participants accrued benefit
under the Plan as of the date of such action (subject to investment
risk changes in value) provided, however, that in the event of
termination of the Plan, the Company may direct the acceleration of
distribution of Deferral Accounts. Furthermore, in the event of (i)
a merger, consolidation, or acquisition where the Company is not the
surviving corporation or (ii) any other Change of Control, no
amendment or termination of the Plan may be made for the first three
full Plan Years that follow such an event. Prior to such an event
or after the aforesaid three-year Change of Control window, the
Company may terminate the Plan by action of the Committee, whereupon
all Deferral Accounts shall become immediately due and payable.
10.4
Protective Provisions.
Each Participant shall cooperate with
the Employer by furnishing any and all information requested by the
Employer in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder,
taking such physical examinations as the Employer may deem necessary
and taking such other relevant action as may be requested by the
Employer. If a Participant refuses to so cooperate, the Employer
shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan,
other than payment to such Participant of the cumulative reductions
in Compensation theretofore made pursuant to this Plan (subject to
reduction due to change in value as a result of investment
performance).
10.5
Obligations to Company.
If a Participant becomes entitled to
a distribution of benefits under the Plan, and if at such time the
Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation, or other liability
representing an amount owing to the Company or the Participants
Employer, then the Employer may offset such amount owed to it
against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable. Such
determination shall be made by the Committee.
10.6
Gender, Singular, and Plural.
All pronouns and any
variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine,
feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may
require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as
the plural and the plural as the singular.
10.7
Captions.
The captions of the sections and paragraphs of
this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect
the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
12
10.8
Validity.
In the event any provision of the Plan is held
invalid, void, or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the
validity of any other provision of this Plan.
10.9
Applicable Law.
Except to the extent superseded by federal
law, this Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the internal laws of the state of North Carolina, without reference
to the principles of conflict of laws.
13
Exhibit (12)(a)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATIONS OF CONSOLIDATED RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
Years
Ended December 31,
(In
millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
4,667
2,293
632
4,831
3,965
2,500
3,734
4,963
3,751
3,504
(A
)
$
7,167
6,027
5,595
8,582
7,469
$
2,333
3,581
4,828
3,645
3,395
167
153
135
106
109
(B
)
$
2,500
3,734
4,963
3,751
3,504
(A)/
(B)
2.87
X
1.61
1.13
2.29
2.13
$
4,667
2,293
632
4,831
3,965
5,930
8,478
10,232
7,805
7,820
(C
)
$
10,597
10,771
10,864
12,636
11,785
$
5,763
8,325
10,097
7,699
7,711
167
153
135
106
109
(D
)
$
5,930
8,478
10,232
7,805
7,820
(C)/
(D)
1.79
X
1.27
1.06
1.62
1.51
Exhibit (12)(b)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATIONS OF CONSOLIDATED RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
Years Ended December 31,
(In
millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
4,667
2,293
632
4,831
3,965
2,500
3,734
4,963
3,751
3,504
(A
)
$
7,167
6,027
5,595
8,582
7,469
$
2,333
3,581
4,828
3,645
3,395
167
153
135
106
109
19
6
(B
)
$
2,519
3,740
4,963
3,751
3,504
(A)/
(B)
2.85
X
1.61
1.13
2.29
2.13
$
4,667
2,293
632
4,831
3,965
5,930
8,478
10,232
7,805
7,820
(C
)
$
10,597
10,771
10,864
12,636
11,785
$
5,763
8,325
10,097
7,699
7,711
167
153
135
106
109
19
6
(D
)
$
5,949
8,484
10,232
7,805
7,820
(C)/
(D)
1.78
X
1.27
1.06
1.62
1.51
Wachovia Corporation 2002 Annual Report
The Future Is Wide Open
WACHOVIA CORPORATION (NYSE: WB) was built on the ROCK-SOLID STRENGTHS OF THE PEOPLE of First Union Corporation and the former Wachovia, which merged on September 1, 2001.
As the nations FIFTH LARGEST BANKING COMPANY and FIFTH LARGEST FULL-SERVICE RETAIL BROKERAGE FIRM, Wachovia is a customer-driven financial services company, serving 9 MILLION HOUSEHOLDS and 9OO,OOO BUSINESSES throughout the East Coast and the nation. Wachovia is the largest East Coast bank, with banking offices from Connecticut to Florida and retail brokerage offices in 48 of the 50 states. The SHARED WISDOM of this partnership between employees, customers, stockholders and communities will expand the opportunities and enhance the FORWARD MOMENTUM of all stakeholders.
Financial Highlights
Contents
Percent
Years Ended December 31,
Increase
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
2002
2001
(Decrease)
$
10,041
7,934
27
%
8,005
6,296
27
18,046
14,230
27
1,479
1,947
(24
)
10,667
9,202
16
387
106
628
523
20
11,682
9,831
19
4,885
2,452
99
1,306
833
57
3,579
1,619
19
6
$
3,560
1,613
%
$
2.60
1.45
79
%
11.72
%
7.98
1.12
%
0.60
$
75,804
58,467
30
%
163,097
163,801
341,839
330,452
3
191,518
187,453
2
39,662
41,733
(5
)
$
32,078
28,455
13
%
8.22
%
7.04
12.01
11.08
6.77
%
6.19
1.72
%
1.83
161
175
0.73
0.70
1.11
%
1.13
1,369
1,105
24
%
$
1.00
0.96
4
0.20
0.06
23.63
20.88
13
36.44
31.36
16
$
49,461
42,701
16
80,778
84,046
(4
)
3,280
3,434
(4
)
4,560
4,675
(2
)%
Letter to Our Stockholders
Solid Partner With Our Communities
Corporate Overview
Business Line Overview
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Financial Tables
Managements Statement of Responsibility
Independent Auditors Report
Audited Financial Statements
Board of Directors
Stockholder Information
1
Letter to Our Stockholders
19.5% RETURN
to STOCKHOLDERS in 2002,
NUMBER ONE of top 50 banks
This year I am proud to report that we delivered on every single one of our goals.
Ken Thompson
Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
Dear Wachovia Stockholder
The better work we do is always done under stress, as someone once said. The year 2002 was one of those times. Unquestionably, it was an extremely difficult operating environment for Wachovia and other companies the longest bear market in a generation; a steady drumbeat of shameful revelations from a small number, which tainted all of corporate America; declines in industrial production and a rise in the jobless rate. Yet it was the year in which your company showed its immense potential to emerge as best in class in the financial services industry.
In 2002, our research showed we generated the highest customer satisfaction ratings among the large bank competitors in the country. We had the best growth in low-cost core deposits among the same group. In fact, we continued to grow market share in both deposits and investments, attracting $30 billion in new client assets in 2002. This included $6 billion in annuity sales and $14 billion in net mutual fund sales. In addition, we had industry-leading growth in the tier 1 capital ratio.
We are most proud of posting the best total return to stockholders 19.5 percent among the nations 50 largest banking companies. This performance contrasts dramatically with market indices such as the S&P 500 Index, which declined 22 percent, and the KBW Bank Index, which was down 11 percent. This was the second year in a row that your company outperformed virtually all of its peers.
How did we accomplish this? By focusing on the basics and sticking to our plan. As our longtime stockholders know, our company had operational problems in the late 1990s. We faced those problems head-on: We took corrective action to restructure
2
the company in 2000, which enabled us to become more focused on our four core businesses. In 2001, we completed a major, truly transformational merger that made us stronger and created long-term value. And in 2002, we maintained an intense focus on the basics of customer service, expense discipline and risk management. We diligently executed our strategic plan.
Now, we are striving to make our organization great. In fact, our goal is to become the best, most trusted and admired financial services company in the nation.
That may sound like a lofty goal. But let me assure you that our people take their goals very seriously.
Last year we said our strategic priorities were to grow earnings per share by 10 to 12 percent annually, to improve our returns on capital, to improve productivity and to increase economic profit (that is, net income minus the cost of capital used to support the business). We also said we would strengthen our businesses and control expense growth. And we were determined to improve our risk profile by ensuring a smooth merger integration, by applying more vigorous risk management techniques, and by building tier 1 capital above 8 percent. We also wanted to achieve the improbable goal of improving service despite the ongoing merger efforts.
This year I am proud to report that we delivered on every single one of our goals.
As a result, we believe we are better positioned than our competitors. Let me give you a few more details to back up this claim.
Track Record In 2002, Wachovia earned $3.6 billion, or $2.60 per share. On a per share basis, earnings were up 79 percent from 2001. In addition to achieving an industry-leading total return of 19.5 percent, we also increased our common stock dividend 8 percent. We led the industry in rapid growth in our tier 1 capital ratio, increasing the ratio to 8.22 percent. We continued our emphasis on cost control, and we held the line on core expenses even as we invested in our businesses for future growth. We made significant progress on the integration of First Union and the former Wachovia, meeting the major merger milestones we had established on time and on budget.
Management Team Our management team and employees are fired up to continue to grow both for the short term and the long term. We have an energetic, disciplined management team that understands that success means our stockholders, customers, employees and communities succeed. Each member of the 15-member operating committee has a meaningful financial interest in Wachovia common stock (NYSE: WB) and is rewarded for ensuring that stockholders share in our success.
Track Record
| Industry-leading total return of 19.5% | |
| 79% rise in earnings per share | |
| 8% increase in common stock dividends | |
| Industry-leading growth in capital ratio | |
| Major debt rating upgraded to Aa3 | |
| Merger goals completed on time and on budget |
WB Outperformed Throughout 2002
Market Leadership Our core strategy for value creation can be summed up simply: We will consistently and conveniently offer best-in-class products and advice through our balanced business model. And we can deliver. We are both the nations fifth largest banking company and fifth largest full-service retail brokerage company. We have a leading share of retail deposits (3rd largest in the nation); commercial lending (3rd); personal trust (2nd) and mutual funds (3rd among banks, 12th overall).
In 2002, the distribution power in our balanced business model distinguished us from the competition. We generated strong growth in the full array of financial assets deposits, mutual funds, annuities and loans. We were one of only a small handful of mutual fund companies that improved share of financial assets in the marketplace. In terms of deposits (by which bank market share is traditionally measured), we hold the No. 1
3
Letter to Our Stockholders
or No. 2 market share in our core states of Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, Pennsylvania and New Jersey.
Financial Strength Overall, our company made strong progress from a financial standpoint. One of our goals is to maintain a fortress balance sheet and by that I mean maintaining the highest standards for capital levels, credit reserves and liquidity. In 2002, we increased the tier 1 capital ratio more than any other bank, enabling us to regain a double A debt rating, which is something we very much wanted to do. We maintained strong credit reserves during a cycle of worsening credit quality in the industry and we aggressively managed risk out of the company through the sale and securitization of higher risk loans. And our liquidity is in outstanding condition. We believe our balance sheet is well positioned for the future.
We have great strength and flexibility to manage the company going forward in either a growth environment or one with more challenges in the economy. The increase in our debt rating to Aa3 from Moodys in late November was, we believe, an early testament to the markets view of the soundness of our company. In fact, even before the debt rating was increased, our borrowing costs had declined to among the lowest of our peer group.
Merger Integration Now lets take a closer look at our progress on one of our key efforts this year, merger integration. Our number one goal was to meet merger integration milestones in a way that would ensure the least possible disruption for customers. As of this date, the merger integration has gone exceedingly well, with virtually no customer disruption. In fact, through a year of systems conversion and merger integration, and in a difficult economy, our customer service ratings, customer retention and employee attrition improved. We have achieved merger efficiencies at a more rapid pace than we had anticipated when we announced the merger.
Business Lines Strengthened We are proud of the way all four businesses have improved over the past 12 months. Each one of them was much stronger on January 1, 2003, than they were on January 1, 2002.
The General Banking Group (GBG) hit the ball out of the park. Total low-cost core deposits in 2002 compared with 2001 were up 21 percent, consumer loans were up 14 percent and mutual fund and annuity sales were up 13 percent. This tremendous improvement from just a few years ago gives us confidence that our General Bank will soon become the industry model for sales, service and distribution.
Key issues for the General Bank are acquiring new customers, maintaining solid relationships with current customers, improving revenue growth and increasing efficiency. We are confident of success as we face these challenges because we see in our General Bank the tremendous power of the distribution capability we have built over the past decade. By distribution capability, I mean that we offer a broad mix of financial products and services through multiple channels bank and brokerage offices, third parties, online and telephone. In the year ahead, you may expect to see more advertising of our retail products and services; the addition of product alternatives designed to meet customer needs such as free checking; and disciplined expansion through new branches in selected areas.
A balanced business model and tremendous distribution capability also enabled our Capital Management Group (CMG) to have a solid year despite the down market. While the median asset decline for the Top 20 mutual fund competitors was 5 percent, our mutual fund family, the Evergreen Funds, grew assets 9 percent to $113 billion from a year earlier one of only a handful of mutual fund companies to grow assets in 2002.
A key issue for CMG going forward is to continue improving the investment performance of our funds. In 2002, 72 percent of our taxable equity and fixed income funds were ranked in the top two Lipper quartiles an improvement from 58 percent a year earlier. According to Morningstar, 48 percent of our funds are ranked 4 or 5 stars up from 43 percent a year earlier.
Our brokerage company has proved to be more resilient than many of its competitors. Overall, CMG increased its operating profits 8 percent from 2001 despite the challenging conditions. Our brokerage firm will become the third largest in the nation, based on combined client assets of $537 billion, when we join retail brokerage forces with Prudential Financial, as announced in mid-February in a transaction that is expected to close in the third quarter of 2003. Under the terms of the agreement, we will have a 62 percent interest and Prudential will own the remaining 38 percent interest in a new retail brokerage firm that will be headquartered in Richmond, Virginia. More information is in the Business Segment-Capital Management section of this report.
In addition, our Wealth Management division continued to illustrate that it is one of the finest wealth managers in the country. This division grew loans and deposits at high double-digit rates during the year. We continued to hone our team approach to covering this market segment, led by 60 teams on the East Coast poised to provide every financial need our affluent customers could want.
As one of the largest trust providers in the country, we were very successful in 2002 in offering trust products and services through our wealth advisors and also through our brokers, which is a major breakthrough and a strength to build on.
The year perhaps was toughest in our Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB), which has more market-sensitive businesses than other areas of our company. We took substantial write-downs during the year to reduce our exposure, particularly in the telecommunications industry. We also suffered credit losses in certain limited, but sizable areas. Despite the impact of these write-downs and losses, this is the division that best illustrates my point about what can be achieved when the work is hardest to do. This past year, we completely integrated the corporate and investment banking client teams and became very focused on a handful of specific industries. We also saw good growth in Treasury Services (we are one of the top two Treasury Services companies in the country).
In addition, we reorganized the portfolio management capabilities in CIB to improve our ability to distribute and manage risk, and reduced the amount of capital deployed in CIB dramatically. We set the stage for significant improvements in revenues as credit costs and principal investing losses diminish.
4
Corporate Governance One of the biggest issues of 2002 for all companies has been governance. Two years ago, we set a goal to be a leader in financial reporting and transparency, and we took major steps in that direction in 2002. We were among the first companies in the nation to decide to expense the cost of employee stock options, and we started doing so in 2002. We also established stringent stock ownership requirements for the executive management team and for members of the board of directors.
The Year Ahead With 2002s strong foundation, we are extremely enthusiastic about our prospects. While we anticipate good economic growth over the long haul, we also expect continued subdued economic activity in the short term. In such a period of low growth, we know what is needed to distinguish our company: top-line revenue growth and superior execution.
Revenue growth is the most critical challenge facing our industry. We must have superior execution on our growth strategies in each business to attain every dollar of revenue growth that is available to us in the market. The year ahead will be one in which execution differentiates the market leaders. This is a vital issue for Wachovia, because over the past few years, we have lagged our peer group in revenue growth, largely because of the impact on our market-sensitive businesses during the economic downturn. As the economy recovers, however, we expect to see good results again from our market-sensitive businesses.
For several months in 2002, the senior management of your company was engaged in a thorough strategic review and planning process. The result of this process has not been a dramatic change in direction, but refinements and improvements, such as shifting more capital to support our retail operations. Our new strategic plan does not entail some grand vision; rather, it establishes specific tactics that are implementable, achievable and measurable. The plan is funded and budgeted. We have the resources . . . we simply have to do it and do it right.
Competitive Factors We are in a very competitive marketplace. Our competition ranges from the worlds largest financial services companies to small community banks and credit unions to monoline companies. But with our wider product array and vast customer base, we believe we are competing from a position of strength. We have the products, the distribution capability, the talent and the capital strength we need. We have the will and the desire to be extremely successful. We are devoted to being a top-tier producer of stockholder returns, and to providing great service and great value to our customers. We are driven by a desire to prove ourselves and the benefits of the merger that produced the new Wachovia. And I think the early returns are pretty good.
Delivering the Promise In 2003, we intend to demonstrate Wachovia can grow organically as well as anybody in our industry. To do so, our goals are to deliver:
| Best-in-class sales and service excellence. | |
| Best-in-class risk management and financial disclosure. | |
| Top quartile earnings growth. |
We are determined to deliver on our promise to customers, stockholders and employees to be the best place to do business, to invest and to work.
As Bud Baker, my close friend and partner in the creation of the new Wachovia might say, The one word that embodies all the characteristics of an ideal company in the future is trust. Passionately dedicating ourselves to service on behalf of customers and dedicating ourselves to adopting trust as a fundamental component of our corporate character is the most important thing we can do.
Bud has decided that 2003 is the right time for him to retire from Wachovia, with the merger of our two companies going extremely well. His leadership contributed immeasurably to the ease with which the fundamental concept behind combining our two companies has met with success. This is a tremendous legacy for him, upon which those who follow will be inspired to build. On a personal level, I have appreciated Buds clarity of thought in approaching the issues of the day, and I will miss his tremendous sense of humor.
We sincerely appreciate the dedication of our 80,000 employees who have put teamwork and their customers first all year. We are blessed to have the wise counsel and guidance of a hardworking, dedicated board of directors who take their responsibilities very seriously. We are especially grateful for the support of our customers and clients. And we continue to be dedicated to bringing real value to them and to the communities we serve.
We look forward to continuing to serve all of our constituencies to the best of our ability. Thank you for your interest in Wachovia.
Sincerely,
G. Kennedy Thompson
Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
February 20, 2003
5
Solid Partner With Our Communities
Making a Difference
Wachovia was one of the first companies in the nation to answer President George W. Bushs call in 2002 for a corporate-led effort to increase community service and volunteerism. With a long history of both legacy companies encouraging employees to give back to their communities, Wachovia was one of 19 founding members of Business Strengthening America. We have recruited other companies to join the initiative, including Carolinas Healthcare, Duke Energy and the Goodrich Corporation.
CEO Ken Thompson was one of four business leaders invited to join the President in addressing supporters at the public launch of the initiative in early December 2002 in Washington, D.C.
After the project launch, Thompson and approximately 100 other business, government and nonprofit volunteers and community members participated in a community service project in Washington, building a playground for children of the Congress Park Plaza Apartments.
Such activities are good for morale, good for our companys image and result in healthier, more vibrant communities, said Thompson, which ultimately makes for a better business environment for all of us.
Wachovias involvement in Business Strengthening America is an outgrowth of a long-standing commitment to make a difference in the communities it serves. We focus resources on two main priorities strengthening neighborhoods and improving education through corporate contributions, community involvement and community development programs. Our Time Away for Community Service policy, which gives all employees four hours monthly of paid time off to volunteer, is regarded as an industry model.
Wachovia CEO Ken Thompson (far left) participates in the Financial Services
Community Build Day in Charlotte in August 2002. The event, sponsored by the
Financial Services Roundtable, brought together executives from many financial
services companies normally competitors to build homes across the nation for
Habitat for Humanity
In 2002, Wachovia:
| Provided $19 billion in community development loans and investments. | |
| Contributed more than $85 million to charitable organizations through company, foundation and employee giving. | |
| Forged a strong national partnership with Teach for America, which recruits top college graduates to commit to teach for two years in schools in underprivileged areas. Program selected as the primary beneficiary of proceeds from the 2003 Wachovia Championship, a premier new event on the PGA Tour. | |
| Established 2,980 partnerships with local elementary schools in 33 states, and donated 59,600 books through our signature Reading First early childhood literacy program. | |
| Provided financial education and counseling to more than 16,000 seminar attendees. | |
| Helped an average of 450 lower-income families buy homes each week. | |
| Helped revitalize housing and create jobs in more than 650 neighborhoods, and invested $250 million in equity to create 6,000 affordable housing rental units. | |
| Provided $12 million in community development grants and in-kind donations. | |
| Helped more than 66,000 entrepreneurs start or expand their own businesses. |
6
Corporate Overview
FIFTH LARGEST bank holding company
FIFTH LARGEST full-service retail brokerage firm
NUMBER ONE retail banking franchise on the East Coast
THIRD LARGEST commercial lender in the nation
Resilient, diversified businesses
Our balanced business model includes products and services to meet a variety of financial needs and the scale to serve customers on their terms.
Distribution Scale
| 2,700 retail banking offices | |
| 530 brokerage offices | |
| 4,600 automated teller machines | |
| 8,100 registered representatives | |
| 19,000 third-party brokers sell Evergreen Funds | |
| Full online banking capability | |
| Full telephone banking capability |
Powerful Franchise
| 9 million households; 900,000 business relationships | |
| 5 million customers enrolled online | |
| 12th largest mutual fund provider | |
| 2nd largest personal trust provider | |
| 2nd largest treasury services provider | |
| Top 10 fixed income and equity product provider |
7
Corporate Overview
15 QUARTERS
of improving
CUSTOMER SATISFACTION
Don McMullen | Ben Jenkins | David Carroll | Mac Everett |
Head of Capital | Head of the | Co-Head, | Head of Corporate |
Management | General Bank | Merger Integration | and Community Affairs |
Superior Customer Service
Our number one goal is to continually improve service for customers through a degree of caring, unparalleled convenience and superior product knowledge that we believe will set us apart. The strategic approach we have applied to improving service has produced 15 straight quarters of increasing customer satisfaction. And, for the second year in a row, Wachovia led its industry peer group with a score of 73 percent in the University of Michigan Business School s 2002 American Customer Satisfaction Index. In addition to focusing on fast and friendly service, we have also developed new products and enhanced our distribution channels bank and brokerage locations, independent third parties, ATMs, telephone and online with customer satisfaction in mind. In addition, we plan to add at least 30 new branch locations annually over the next three years in attractive growth markets in our footprint.
8
$603 MILLION
in merger expense
efficiencies;
23% above 2002 goal
Jean
Davis
Head of Information
Technology,
eCommerce and Operations
Bob
McCoy
Co-Head,
Merger Integration
Deliberate Execution of Merger Integration
The hard work and thorough planning of our merger integration team enabled us to meet every major merger milestone on time and on budget in 2002 as we executed a multitude of tasks that knit our two companies together. This intense effort helped to minimize any disruption for customers and to rapidly resolve any issues that might arise. In fact, our customer service ratings are at all-time highs; voluntary employee attrition remained low at 12.6 percent, down from 2001 levels of 17 percent; and sales increased in Florida following the final deposit conversion. One of the ways we minimized customer disruption was the early introduction of our streamlined deposit products in advance of deposit systems conversions to help familiarize employees and customers with new product features. We also deployed a new teller system in connection with the Florida integration that improved response time by 20 percent. In addition, more than one million hours of product and systems training were completed.
These efforts build toward the completion of the conversion of retail bank deposit systems and branches by year-end 2003.
More than 62 percent of high-level computer systems activities were completed in 2002, including the conversions of:
| Florida financial centers and deposits, involving 388,000 accounts | |
| Brokerage, involving 600,000 accounts | |
| Personal trust, involving 23,000 customers | |
| Mutual funds, involving 22 funds and $7.5 billion in assets | |
| Investment banking systems, involving 16,000 client accounts | |
| Mortgage banking, with 51,000 client accounts | |
| Consumer and commercial credit accounts | |
| Human resources and other non-deposit systems | |
| Automated clearinghouse systems, which process an average of 63 million items, or $250 billion, monthly | |
| The first of two planned data center consolidations |
9
Corporate Overview
$163 BILLION in loans
broadly diversified by client type,
collateral, geography and industry
Steve
Cummings
Co-Head of Corporate and Investment Bank |
Paul
George
Director of Human Resources |
Bob
Kelly
Chief Financial Officer |
Effective Risk Management
We continued to take decisive action to improve our overall risk profile by reducing excess levels of large corporate loans, by improving profitability, by maintaining solid reserves and by slowing the growth of problem loans during the economic downturn of 2002. Our diversified business model and effective portfolio management actions placed us among the industrys best in capital strength and in credit quality. Nonperforming assets declined 4 percent from 2001, and our charge-off coverage ratio ranked in the top quartile among the nations 20 largest banking companies in the fourth quarter of 2002 compared with 2001. Ninety-eight percent of our $64 billion consumer loan portfolio is secured or guaranteed. Our loan-to-value ratios on residential real estate average 75 percent. The credit quality of our loan portfolio compares favorably with many other banking companies. This is in part because we exited the credit card business and the auto leasing business, and ceased the origination of subprime home equity loans in recent years. Our $109 billion commercial loan portfolio is broadly diversified by client type, collateral, geography and industry concentration as well as loan size.
10
FASTEST GROWTH
in tier 1 capital ratio
among Top 20 peers
Don
Truslow
Chief Risk Management Officer |
Mark
Treanor
General Counsel |
Stan
Kelly
Head of Wealth Management |
Barnes
Hauptfuhrer
Co-Head of Corporate and Investment Bank |
Building Capital Strength and Controlling Expenses
We were in the top quartile of industry peers in building capital strength in 2002 and met our goal of regaining an Aa3 Moody s debt rating, which we regard as strong marketplace affirmation of the turnaround in our company. Tier 1 capital grew by $2.4 billion to $21.4 billion at year-end 2002, and the tier 1 capital ratio improved 118 basis points to 8.22 percent. Improved capital strength reduces our funding costs and provides increased flexibility as we weigh the capital deployment alternatives that would provide the most economic benefit to stockholders, such as stock buybacks, dividend increases, business investment and acquisitions.
We also worked to maximize flexibility by managing core expense growth. This enables us to continue to invest for revenue growth, as well as to make infrastructure improvements such as disaster recovery, business continuity planning and sales force automation support. This discipline and continuing merger expense efficiencies enabled us to improve our cash overhead efficiency ratio steadily in 2002 to 59 percent from 64 percent in 2001.
11
Business Line Overview
The flowing lines of our brandmark capture Wachovias confluence of
cultures, ideas and individuals who WORK TOGETHER AS A TEAM to
support shared success. OUR UNCOMMON PARTNERSHIP OF BANKING AND
BROKERAGE BUSINESSES enables us to leverage the collective
wisdom of our skilled relationship managers and financial
advisors to bridge a lifetime of our customers needs.
12
13
$4 BILLION record
Low-cost core
of $17 BILLION
Walter McDowell
Executive Director,
Wholesale Banking
Ben Jenkins
Head of the General Bank
Reggie Davis
Atlantic Region CEO
Adria Parsons
Gulfcoast Regional
President
Overview Largest domestic retail and commercial bank on the East Coast, serving customers in 11 states from Connecticut to Florida and Washington, D.C. Our strategic focus is on deepening, enhancing, retaining and acquiring long-lasting relationships through exceptional service, in-depth customer knowledge and customized products. We intend to be among the financial industrys best at building relationships that help people manage their funds, buy their homes, send their children to college, and invest to meet retirement and other long-term goals. We would like to be the financial services provider of choice to help small businesses to grow and to help larger businesses with more sophisticated financing and cash management options. If we do these things well, our customers will prosper and stay with us as their needs change and grow.
Profile
| Leading retail and commercial bank on the East Coast | |
| Desirable footprint: a third of the nations deposits | |
| Leading deposit share in attractive markets: Wachovia ranks No. 1 or 2 in core footprint states of Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, North Carolina, Virginia, Pennsylvania and New Jersey | |
| Serves 8 million households, representing nearly one-quarter of households in footprint | |
| Serves 900,000 businesses, representing 13 percent of businesses in footprint | |
| A leading bank provider of annuities |
14
$232 BILLION in assets
under management
Moved up from 19th to 12th
Offices in 48 OF THE
LARGEST mutual fund family
Bill Ennis
President, Evergreen
Investments
Sujatha Avutu
Portfolio Manager,
Evergreen Equity
Income Fund
Don McMullen
Head of Capital
Management
Kim Radford
Head of Carolina
Regional Investment
Services Group
Overview Our balanced group of businesses includes the nations fifth largest full-service retail brokerage firm, a top 25 U.S. investment management company, and a major provider of institutional trust and insurance services. This balance and diversification helped our businesses grow despite the market downturn. In retail brokerage, the goal is to deliver superior advice and service through the brokerage firm of choice. Our flexible business model and varied mix of financial products and services are attractive to highly qualified financial advisors. Asset management s goal is to continue to move up as a top 10 mutual fund company and to grow as a U.S. asset manager through an increased focus in the retirement, wealth and institutional markets. We help retail clients manage their assets and insurance needs at all stages of their lives, whether they are just beginning to build financial assets or already have accumulated substantial wealth. For institutional clients, we also offer a complete range of services including employee benefit plans and institutional custody, and corporate and institutional trust services.
Profile
| Over 3 million accounts and $265 billion in broker client assets | |
| Top 25 U.S. institutional assets manager | |
| 8th largest asset management account provider with $105 billion in assets | |
| 56,000 institutional trust accounts and $570 billion in assets under care | |
| 8,100 registered representatives in 48 states | |
| 2002 DALBAR customer service award winner for 4th straight year | |
| Desirable demographics for investment, insurance and retirement products |
15
60 EAST COAST
80,000 CLIENTS
wealth management teams
Nations 2ND LARGEST
trust company
Leon McLennon
Director of Wealth Management
National Services Group
Stan Kelly
Head of Wealth
Management
Anne Alexander
Florida Wealth
Management Director
Bob Newell
Carolinas Wealth
Management Director
Overview One of the nations largest wealth managers, with $66 billion in managed assets. Relationship managers lead integrated teams of skilled financial advisors and product specialists who are dedicated to helping with their clients specific needs. We have long-lasting relationships that span generations. Our holistic approach provides clients with objective, personalized analysis, planning and execution to build, maximize and preserve financial success. We intend to be the best at helping our clients with financial, trust, estate, gift and tax planning; investment management; private banking; insurance, cash flow and retirement planning; risk management analysis; succession, exit or transfer strategies for corporations and partnerships; and other wealth products and advisory services.
Profile
| 13th largest wealth manager in the U.S. | |
| Oldest trust company in America | |
| Top 15 U.S. insurance brokerage firm, 3rd largest among banks | |
| Nations largest estate settlement provider | |
| One of the nations largest multifamily office practices for families of multi-generational wealth | |
| More than 1,200 team specialists include Chartered Financial Analysts, CPAs, Attorneys, CFPs, Certified Trust and Financial Advisors, and Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriters | |
| A leading East Coast charitable services provider |
16
OVER 2,500 CLIENTS
FULLY BUILT OUT and
2ND LARGEST treasury
integrated corporate and
investment banking PLATFORM
management provider
Steve Cummings
Co-Head of Corporate
and Investment Bank
Bridget-Anne Hampden
Chief Information Officer
of Corporate and Investment Bank
Barnes Hauptfuhrer
Co-Head of Corporate
and Investment Bank
Kevin Roche
Head of Investment
Banking
Julie Bouhuys
Head of Credit
Capital Markets
Overview Offers a range of fixed income and equity products, cash management and other services to corporate and institutional clients. Our corporate finance coverage officers work as an integrated team with our product specialists to deliver financial solutions and superior execution for our clients. Our goal is to build lasting relationships with all of our clients and to be considered as their corporate and investment banking provider of choice.
Our corporate client focus centers on 10 key industry sectors: healthcare; technology; media and communications; information technology and business services; financial institutions; real estate; consumer and retail; industrial growth; defense and aerospace; and energy and power.
Profile
| Strong industry position in core investment banking products (loan syndications, asset securitization, investment grade debt, high yield debt, convertible and equity securities underwriting, fixed income and equity derivatives, currency risk management and various real estate capital markets products) | |
| Top 3 asset-based lending group | |
| Leading international third-party trade processor | |
| No. 1 structured products servicer |
17
Management Perspective
The strategic decisions of recent years have created an uncommon financial services company that is not simply a bank or simply a brokerage firm. Our singular focus is on providing customer-driven products and services that produce relative STABILITY AND STEADY GROWTH in good times and bad. That was the story in 2002. . . .
CONTENTS
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Financial Tables
Managements Statement of Responsibility
Independent Auditors Report
18
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Financial Summary Wachovias diversified mix of businesses produces both the interest income traditionally associated with a banking company and fee income generated by such businesses as brokerage, asset management and investment banking. Although all of these businesses, to varying degrees, are affected by fluctuations in the financial markets and other external events, our goal is to produce a relatively stable and growing revenue stream over the course of an economic cycle.
The benefit of this balanced business model in a challenging economic environment was clear in 2002. Despite the environment, Wachovia earned $3.6 billion in net income, or $2.60 per share. On a per share basis, earnings were up 79 percent from 2001. This earnings per share increase was driven primarily by lower principal investing losses, lower provision expense and earnings from the addition of the former Wachovia. Earnings also benefited from continuing declines in interest rates that produced wider margins on loans and securities. We also benefited from a rapidly increasing proportion of core deposits, compared with higher cost products such as certificates of deposits. This outcome was a result of focusing our sales force specifically on attracting lower cost core deposits, as well as market trends that favored deposits over equity investments. The resulting growth in low-cost core deposits and a decline in higher-cost certificates of deposit and other time deposits also improved margins.
The weak financial markets of 2001 and 2002 dampened results in certain market-sensitive areas of business such as principal investing, equity underwriting, merger and acquisition advisory services and loan syndications in our Corporate and Investment Bank segment as well as brokerage commissions and fees relating to assets under management in our Capital Management and Wealth Management segments. We estimate that about 25 percent of our revenue in 2002 was generated by market-sensitive businesses, which we expect to rebound when the markets recover.
In addition, provision expense, while remaining high, decreased toward
the end of the year. While the weak economy continued to put a strain on
certain commercial and consumer clients, our overall credit quality improved
as we actively managed down potential problem loans and certain large
corporate loans. We will continue to actively manage risk in the portfolio by
selling or transferring at-risk credits to loans held for sale when we deem it
to be prudent.
Summary of Results of Operations
Years Ended
December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)
2002
2001
2000
$
10,041
7,934
7,536
8,005
6,296
6,712
18,046
14,230
14,248
1,479
1,947
1,736
10,667
9,202
9,159
387
106
2,190
628
523
361
11,682
9,831
11,710
1,306
833
664
3,579
1,619
138
(46
)
19
6
$
3,560
1,613
92
$
2.60
1.45
0.07
(a)
Tax-equivalent.
In addition to the external environment, our reported results in recent years reflect a short-term negative effect from steps we have taken internally to strategically reposition for future growth. This includes restructuring and streamlining our core businesses and investing in selected acquisitions that support this strategic goal. We incur various costs directly related to strategic repositioning and acquisitions immediately, while revenue growth may take longer to generate as marketing strategies await the full integration of the sales force. Strategic repositioning costs were largely reflected in the $2.2 billion merger-related and restructuring expense in 2000 shown above. These costs were incurred to streamline and focus more strategically on our four core business segments where we had competitive strength and already promising results. Additionally, the merger of First Union and the former Wachovia combined two companies with a similar strategic vision of building a company intent on gathering financial assets by delivering hallmark customer service, a wide selection of services, and best in class products and advice. This merger moved the combined company much further along on its growth plan than either company could have achieved alone.
Other noninterest expense increased in 2002 due to the addition of expenses related to the former Wachovia, increased amortization of intangibles, merger-related and restructuring expense recorded in connection with the merger, legal actions and additions to legal reserves.
Despite the increase in expense, our continued emphasis on cost control, expense efficiencies gained from the merger integration and the elimination of goodwill amortization in 2002 enabled us to limit core expense growth.
Additionally, results in 2002 reflected a significantly lower tax provision due primarily to a tax benefit recognized in the second half of 2002 related to a loss on our investment in The Money Store Inc. This tax benefit was fully offset by credit and legal actions taken in the second half of 2002 as part of our ongoing strategies to reduce risk.
Wachovias results in 2002 reflect the merger of First Union and the former Wachovia, which closed on September 1, 2001. Because this merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, information before September 1, 2001, has not been restated. Therefore, the results for 2001 include eight months of First Union and four months of the combined company.
19
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Our board of directors increased the quarterly common stock dividend in 2002 by two cents per share, to 26 cents per quarter, or $1.04 annualized. This represents a cash dividend payout ratio of 33 percent, in line with the corporate goal of 30 percent to 35 percent of cash earnings per share. Cash earnings per share exclude merger-related and restructuring expense, goodwill and other intangible amortization. Our current quarterly cash dividend on Wachovias Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEPs), as described below, is four cents per share.
First Union-Wachovia Merger The merger of the former Wachovia and First Union closed on September 1, 2001, and the combined company adopted the name Wachovia Corporation. The merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results for the year ended December 31, 2001, include eight months of First Union and four months of the combined company.
In connection with the merger, shareholders of the former Wachovia received two First Union shares for each former Wachovia common share and were also given the right to choose either a one-time cash payment of 48 cents per common share of the former Wachovia or two shares of the DEPs, which are a new class of preferred shares that pay dividends equal to the difference between the last dividend paid by the former Wachovia of 30 cents per share and the common stock dividend declared by the combined company. This dividend will cease once Wachovias total dividends paid to common stockholders for four consecutive quarters equal at least $1.20 per common share. Wachovias annualized dividends to common stockholders equaled $1.00 per share in 2002. More information is in the Stockholders Equity section.
The consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2001, include the assets and liabilities of the former Wachovia, which were recorded at their respective fair values as of September 1, 2001. Based on the former Wachovia ending tangible assets of $70 billion, liabilities of $64 billion and tangible equity of $5.5 billion, an aggregate purchase price of $13.0 billion and net purchase accounting adjustments of $2.1 billion, the merger resulted in total intangible assets of $9.6 billion. Of the $9.6 billion, $1.9 billion was assigned to deposit base intangible and $340 million was assigned to other intangibles, primarily related to the customer relationships and trade name of the former Wachovia. Under new accounting standards that became effective on July 1, 2001, the $7.4 billion of goodwill recorded in connection with this merger is not subject to amortization. Deposit base and customer relationship intangibles are being amortized using accelerated methods and the trade name intangible, because of its indefinite life, is not subject to amortization. More information is in the Accounting and Regulatory Matters section.
In 2002, we recorded additional goodwill associated with the Wachovia merger of $131 million from additional information we obtained relative to the fair values of certain assets and liabilities of the former Wachovia that resulted in refinements to the initial estimates. Of the $131 million, we recorded $110 million of exit costs of the former Wachovia, including employee termination costs and facilities-related costs net of branch sale gains.
Outlook
We continue to make excellent progress in meeting our corporate objectives of quality earnings growth, increased distribution, improved customer service, tight expense control and a strengthened balance sheet. Financial performance has been enhanced by increased attention to customer service, underscored by the 15th consecutive quarter of improved customer satisfaction rankings. This level of service and our broad distribution capability have contributed to growth in low-cost core deposits, where we are among the industrys leaders in our markets. At the same time, our balanced business model positions us well to attract our customers investment business when the financial markets ultimately recover. We also continue to invest in building our businesses, including upgrading branch automation and making selected investments to enhance our distribution in retail brokerage, insurance and investment management. Expense management discipline and merger efficiencies continue to enable us to hold the line on core expense growth, although in 2003 we anticipate a 2 percent to 4 percent expense increase as we continue to invest in our businesses for future revenue growth. In addition, the tier 1 capital ratio improved 118 basis points from year-end 2001 to 8.22 percent at December 31, 2002, ahead of our year-end 2002 goal of 8.00 percent. In 2003, we expect to maintain a tier 1 capital ratio in the 8.25 percent to 8.35 percent range, while paying out 30 percent to 35 percent of cash earnings in dividends, and otherwise using excess capital to settle a remaining forward purchase contract, to buy back stock or to pursue financially attractive acquisitions, as discussed below.
The year 2002 was marked by recent lows and extreme volatility in the equity markets. The pace of economic growth in 2003 is uncertain, although we anticipate somewhat more favorable conditions in the economy and more stability in the financial markets. We expect modest revenue growth in our core banking businesses, and remain cautious about revenue growth in certain market-sensitive businesses. In addition, in 2003, we anticipate moderate revenue growth that will exceed expense growth of 2 percent to 4 percent from 2002 levels, low- to mid-single digit percentage loan growth from 2002 levels, some margin compression and continued improvement in credit quality trends.
We are optimistic about the future due to strategies in place and demographic trends that favor our core businesses of the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank. The General Bank continues to build momentum with a strong increase in low-cost core deposits, record sales of consumer and small business loans and good investment sales production. Our Corporate and Investment Bank, Capital Management and Wealth Management businesses also performed well relative to trends in their respective industries in light of the challenging financial markets.
We will continue to evaluate our operations and organizational structures to ensure they are closely aligned with our goal of maximizing performance through increased efficiency and competitiveness in our four core businesses. When consistent with our overall business strategy, we may consider the disposition of certain assets, branches, subsidiaries or lines of business. We continue to routinely explore acquisition opportunities in areas that would complement our core businesses, and frequently conduct
20
Managements Discussion and Analysis
due diligence activities in connection with possible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations frequently take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities could occur.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and they conform to general practices within the applicable industries. The application of certain of these principles involves a significant amount of judgment and the use of estimates based on assumptions that involve significant uncertainty at the time of estimation. We have identified seven policies as being particularly sensitive in terms of judgments and the extent to which estimates are used: allowance for loan losses, retained interests in securitizations, principal investing, pensions, stock options, goodwill impairment and contingent liabilities. We periodically review these policies, the estimation process involved and these disclosures with the Audit & Compliance Committee of our board of directors.
The sensitivity analyses provided below are hypothetical scenarios and generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of a change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Additionally, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on fair value is calculated without changing any other assumptions, when in reality, changes in any one assumption may result in changes in other factors.
Our Corporate and Investment Bank segment holds certain of our retained interests in securitizations and all of our principal investments. The Parent holds the rest of our retained interests in securitizations. Our allowance for loan losses applies principally to our Corporate and Investment Bank, General Bank and Parent segments. All of our operating segments incur expenses for pension and contingent liabilities. In 2002, stock option expense was recorded in the Parent; in future years this expense will be allocated to the individual segments. For segment reporting purposes, goodwill is recorded in the Parent; for the goodwill impairment assessment discussed below, goodwill has been allocated to each of our segments.
Allowance for Loan Losses We believe we have developed appropriate policies and procedures for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that reflect our evaluation of credit risk after careful consideration of all information available to us. In developing this assessment, we must necessarily rely on estimates and exercise judgment regarding matters where the ultimate outcome is unknown such as economic factors, developments affecting companies in specific industries and issues with respect to single borrowers. Depending on changes in circumstances, future assessments of credit risk may yield materially different results, which may require an increase or a decrease in the allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. We employ a variety of statistical modeling and estimation tools in assessing the adequacy of the allowance. Our allowance consists of formula-based components for both commercial and consumer loans, allowance for impaired commercial loans, and allowance related to additional factors that are indicative of the potential for loss. The following provides a description of each of these components of the allowance and the techniques we use and the estimates and judgments inherent therein. In certain cases, we have noted the effect of a change in an assumption or estimate, but we believe that those changes are captured in other model components.
The formula-based component for the commercial portfolio is calculated by stratifying the portfolio by credit grade and applying loss rates specific for each credit grade to each strata. The Credit Risk Management section discusses the processes and controls over assignment and review of credit grades. Historical loss rates are calculated using three years of actual credit losses. At December 31, 2002, the formula-based component of the allowance for commercial loans was $875 million.
Due to the variable nature of large-balance commercial loans, actual losses for a year may be higher or lower than the average implied by the historical loss rates. To address this risk, we use a simulation model to develop a range of additional allowance, which enables us to mitigate a specific degree of uncertainty in the formula-based component for commercial loans. At December 31, 2002, we continued to use a conservative position in this range, which added $344 million to the allowance. Increasing the confidence level by 5 percent mitigates more uncertainty and would increase this component of the allowance by $108 million.
Impaired loans consist of commercial loans on nonaccrual status. Impaired loans over a certain size are individually reviewed and the allowance is determined based on the difference between the loans carrying value compared with the loans fair value. Fair value is measured on either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans effective interest rate, the loans observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. No other allowance is provided on impaired loans. At December 31, 2002, this component of the allowance was $185 million.
For consumer loans, the formula-based component of the allowance is a function of the delinquency profile of pools of homogeneous loans and the loss rates for each delinquency category. The loss rates are based on historical delinquency migration, vintage analyses, credit score-based forecasting methods and loss data. An additional amount is calculated to ensure that we are adequately reserved for product-specific trends that are not accounted for in the normal analysis. For example, a collateral devaluation from a real estate downturn increases losses in the consumer portfolio. The allowance for consumer loans amounted to $392 million at December 31, 2002.
The final component of the allowance represents the impact of factors that are not fully captured elsewhere in the model, and includes factors for deteriorating industries, macroeconomic factors and imprecision in the models used to develop the allowance.
Our commercial portfolio is affected by industry trends and events. In an economic downturn, some industries deteriorate more than others. We evaluate deteriorating industries by obtain-
21
Managements Discussion and Analysis
ing current, external information on default probabilities. For those industries with a median default probability above a certain threshold, we apply an additional factor to our allowance for borrowers in those industries. The factor used varies depending on our estimate of the degree of deterioration in that industry. At December 31, 2002, this factor totaled $457 million. If we were to increase the factor by 25 percent, we would recognize an additional $114 million for this component of the allowance.
We also consider macroeconomic factors to estimate the impact of certain events on our borrowers ability to repay their loans including adverse trends in macroeconomic variables, such as unemployment rates, income growth, inflation and political events. To gain insight on these qualitative factors, we consult with our chief economist and review recent risk assessment reports. At December 31, 2002, this component of the allowance was $302 million.
In addition, we realize that a certain level of imprecision will always exist in any model. We have accounted for model imprecision in our allowance by calculating a percentage of the formula-based component of the allowance, which is typically between 10 percent and 25 percent. At December 31, 2002, this component of the allowance was $243 million. If we were to increase the percentages used by 25 percent, we would recognize an additional $60 million in allowance.
We continuously monitor qualitative and quantitative trends in the loan portfolio, including changes in the levels of past due, criticized and nonperforming loans. The distribution of the allowance as described above does not diminish the fact that the entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses in the loan portfolio. Our principal focus is, therefore, on the adequacy of the total allowance for loan losses. The companys Allowance for Loan Losses Committee, chaired by our chief risk management officer, meets quarterly and is responsible for the review and approval of the allowance for loan losses as well as policies and procedures surrounding the calculation of the allowance.
Retained Interests in Securitizations Fair values of retained interests in securitizations are based on quoted market prices, quoted prices for sales of similar assets, or if market prices are not available, then the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses with assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates. The valuation of retained interests in securitizations where there is little or no liquidity is a subjective process involving a high degree of judgment and small changes in assumptions can result in significant changes in valuation. Assumptions for losses are adjusted as a result of actual performance of the assets. Prepayment and discount rate assumptions are adjusted as a result of changes in the interest rate environment. In 2002, updates for credit loss assumptions were the most significant impact to the valuation of retained interests.
Retained interests are primarily accounted for as securities available for sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded net of tax as a component of other comprehensive income unless the loss is deemed to be other-than-temporary. In these situations, which occur when the cash flow estimates indicate that the holder of the beneficial interest will not collect all estimated cash flows, then the security is considered impaired and written down to fair value through a charge to securities gains (losses). At December 31, 2002, we had $20 billion of retained interests from securitization transactions, including $14 billion of retained interests for which there are no quoted market prices. Of the $14 billion of retained interests for which there are no quoted market prices, $11 billion are collateralized by residential real estate assets. A 10 percent adverse change in prepayments speeds, expected credit losses or the discount rate in the discounted cash flow analyses would reduce the $11 billion collateralized by real estate assets by $34 million, $57 million or $132 million, respectively. Note 6 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provides additional information regarding the valuation of residual interests and the sensitivity of the assumptions used in the estimate of fair value.
We believe that we have the appropriate policies and procedures in place and that we use the appropriate technology in terms of modeling and projections to enable us to value these investments in a reasonable and consistent manner. However, valuations are subject to change as a result of external factors beyond our control, which have a substantial degree of uncertainty. An internal, independent valuation team, using inputs validated by extensive market assessments, performs the valuation of our retained interests. The companys Securities Retention Committee, consisting of management from our treasury, finance, credit and business units, reviews all of the valuations developed by this valuation team.
Principal Investing Principal investments, which are classified in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet, are recorded at fair value, with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in principal investing income in the results of operations. The carrying value of the principal investing portfolio at December 31, 2002, was $2.1 billion, consisting of $81 million in direct equity investments that are publicly traded, $524 million of direct investments in mezzanine securities (typically subordinated debt), $647 million of direct private equity investments and $846 million in private equity funds.
For public equity investments, fair value is based on quoted market prices, net of applicable discounts for trading restrictions and liquidity. We have an established policy that stipulates the specific discounts to be used when valuing these investments.
There is a lack of relevant market data on our direct investments in non-public securities. Therefore, our estimate of fair value is generally reflected as our original cost basis unless the investee has raised additional debt or equity capital, and we believe that such a transaction, taking into consideration differences in the terms of securities, is a better indicator of fair value; or we believe the fair value is less than our original cost basis. All of our investments are evaluated quarterly for declines in fair value. Factors that have an impact on our analysis include subjective assessments about a fair market valuation of the investee, including but not limited to assumptions regarding expected future financial performance of the investee and our assessment of the future prospects of the investees business model, the financial performance and market valuations of comparable companies in the investees industry, the investees liquidity, as well
22
Managements Discussion and Analysis
as its ability to access additional sources of capital if needed. Within our privately held direct investment portfolio, we have access to management or directors of such companies, which provides us with information and insights to validate our assumptions used in these fair value estimates.
For investments in private equity funds, we rely on information provided by the fund managers in initially determining estimated fair value. We interact with representatives of fund sponsors regularly and review quarterly fund reports to determine a given funds outlook and the need to record any write-downs. We also consider valuation factors such as the age of the fund and industry concentrations to derive our final estimated fair value. Due to the significant subjectivity of these factors and the impact they have on fair value estimates, it is our policy to recognize gains on our fund investments only when they have been realized through fund distributions. We do not record unrealized gains on funds where a fund sponsors valuation of our investment is in excess of our carrying value. Reductions in fair value of our fund investments, based on this valuation process, are recorded when identified.
Our valuation assessments of non-public securities and private equity fund investments involve numerous factors, many of which are unique to an individual investment. Therefore, it is not meaningful to present the impact on valuations from changes in one or more valuation factors.
The carrying value of our principal investing portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis by our Principal Investing Valuation Oversight Committee, which includes senior management representatives from our Corporate and Investment Bank, our finance group, risk management division and our Principal Investing group.
The principal investing portfolio is diversified from both a size of investment and industry perspective. The average size of our direct investments is approximately $15 million. The average size of our indirect investments in companies in which other private equity funds are invested is estimated to be under $1 million as we are currently invested in over 200 different funds that hold collectively over 2,000 different portfolio investments. No single industry accounts for more than 20 percent of outstanding investments. Our maximum risk of loss from principal investing activities is represented by the carrying value of $2.1 billion and our undrawn legal commitments to private equity funds of $972 million at December 31, 2002.
In 2002, principal investing net losses were $266 million, consisting of $162 million in gross gains and $428 million in gross losses recognized during the year. Net losses were attributable to both our direct investment portfolio and our investments in private equity funds, which accounted for $105 million and $161 million of net losses, respectively.
Over the past two years, our principal investing portfolio has been adversely affected by the significant decline of the public equity market, the collapse of the new economy and the lack of new capital available to earlier stage venture investments as well as later stage leveraged investments.
Our principal investing strategy entering 2003 contemplates minimal new commitments to private equity funds and a significantly reduced pace of direct investing activity compared with the investment pace of 1999 and 2000. While we expect near-term market conditions to remain difficult, we believe our future investing complements our corporate strategy and will create longer-term profitability.
Pensions We have a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees with at least one year of service. Pension expense is determined by an actuarial valuation, and it is based on assumptions that are evaluated annually as of September 30, the measurement date for our pension obligations. The most significant assumptions are the long-term expected rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate used to determine the present value of the pension obligations, and the weighted average rate of expected increase in future compensation levels. We have completed our annual review of the assumptions related to the accounting for these plans, which includes consultation with our external actuaries, and adjusted the assumptions to reflect current market conditions and our view of anticipated long-term market conditions. We refer to high quality, fixed-income investments in establishing the discount rate. The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets reflects the current and expected mix of our plan assets, which consist of U.S. Government and Government agency securities, equity securities, including 4.7 million shares of our common stock, and other investments. The weighted average rate of increase in future compensation levels reflects our expectation of salary trends.
Pension expense for 2002 and the assumptions used in that calculation are presented in Note 14 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In 2003, we will use an expected rate of return of 8.50 percent, compared with 10.00 percent in 2002; a discount rate of 6.75 percent, compared with 7.25 percent in 2002; and a weighted average rate of increase in future compensation levels of 3.75 percent, compared with 4.25 percent in 2002. We estimate that changes in these rates, along with the impact of other changes in actuarial assumptions, will increase pension expense in 2003 by approximately $90 million to $100 million, before consideration of any contributions we make to the plan. Further, we estimate that each 25 basis point increase or decrease in the long-term rate of return or the discount rate would change pension expense by approximately $11 million and $23 million, respectively, before income taxes, with reductions in these rates leading to higher pension expense. We also estimate that each 25 basis point increase or decrease in the weighted average rate of increase in future compensation levels would change pension expense by approximately $12 million, with a reduction in this rate leading to lower pension expense.
In 2002, we made contributions of $703 million to our qualified pension plan. As of September 30, 2002, the accumulated benefit obligation was $3.1 billion, which was less than the fair value of the plan assets at that date of $3.5 billion. Accordingly, our plan is overfunded in relation to accumulated benefits, and as a result, there is no minimum pension obligation to record. As disclosed in Note 14 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the total benefit obligation, which includes the impact of future compensation levels, is $3.7 billion.
23
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Stock Options We have stock option plans under which incentive and nonqualified stock options may be granted periodically to certain employees. The options are granted at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying shares at the date of grant, they generally vest one to three years following the date of grant, and they have a term of ten years.
In July 2002, we adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock options effective for grants made in 2002 and thereafter. Under the fair value method of accounting, expense is measured as the fair value of the stock options as of the grant date and is recognized evenly over the vesting period.
The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of stock options. This option pricing model has certain limitations, such as not factoring in the non-transferability of employee options, and is generally used to value options with terms shorter than the contractual ten-year life of our awards. Because of these limitations, and the use of highly subjective assumptions in the model, this and other option pricing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our stock options. The more significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options include the risk-free interest rate, the dividend yield, the weighted average expected life of the stock options and the expected price volatility of our common stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury securities with a term equal to the expected life of the stock options. The dividend yield is based on our expected dividend payout level. The expected life is based on historical experience adjusted for changes in terms and the amount of awards granted. The expected volatility, which is the assumption where the most judgment is used, is based on historical volatility, adjusted to reflect factors such as significant changes that have occurred in our company that lead to a different expectation of future volatility.
Using this model, the grant date fair value of options awarded in 2002 was $10.39 per share. The assumptions used in determining the fair value of these options included a risk-free interest rate of 4.65 percent, a dividend yield of 2.53 percent, a weighted average expected life of 6.0 years and a volatility of 29 percent. Each increase or decrease of one percent in the expected volatility assumption would change the fair value of an option by approximately 28 cents, or 2.7 percent. Additional information related to stock options is presented in Note 1 and Note 12 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill Impairment We test our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. This test involves assigning tangible assets and liabilities, identified intangible assets and goodwill to reporting units and comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, a second test is required to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. The second test of the overall goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Fair values of reporting units were determined using discounted cash flow models. The discounted cash flow fair values were calculated by taking the net present value of estimated cash flows from future revenues and expenses. In estimating future revenues and expenses, we used our internal forecasts. The cash flows were discounted using market-based discount rates ranging from 8.2 percent to 12.4 percent.
As we discuss in the Business Segment section, we operate in four core business segments, the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank. We determined our reporting units for testing goodwill are our lines of business that are one level below core business segments, if applicable. These reporting units are General Bank Retail and Small Business; General Bank Commercial; Capital Management Retail Brokerage Services; Capital Management Asset Management; Wealth Management; Corporate and Investment Bank Corporate Banking; Corporate and Investment Bank Investment Banking; and Corporate and Investment Bank Principal Investing.
Our impairment evaluations as of January 1, 2002, and for the year ended December 31, 2002, indicated that none of our goodwill was impaired. If we were to decrease our estimates of net cash flows from future revenues and expenses by 20 percent and increase our discount rates by 20 percent, the fair value of each reporting unit would continue to be in excess of its carrying value, indicating that none of our goodwill would be impaired.
Note 1 and Note 9 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provide additional information related to the valuation of goodwill and to the carrying amounts by core business segments.
Contingent Liabilities We are subject to contingent liabilities, including judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings, tax and other claims arising from the conduct of our business activities. These proceedings include actions brought against us and/or our subsidiaries with respect to transactions in which we and/or our subsidiaries acted as lender, underwriter, financial advisor, broker or related activities. Reserves are established for legal and other claims when it becomes probable that we will incur an expense and the amount can be reasonably estimated. We involve internal and external experts, such as attorneys, consultants and other professionals, in assessing probability and in estimating any amounts involved. Throughout the life of a contingency, we or our experts may learn of additional information that can impact our assessments about probability or about the estimates of amounts involved; changes in these assessments can lead to changes in recorded reserves. In addition, the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved for those claims.
Corporate Results of Operations
Net Interest Income and Margin
The interest rate environment in 2002, which saw
average rates on federal funds decline 199 basis points year over year, was
very favorable for net interest income and the margin, which increased 33 basis
points to 3.92 percent in 2002. Our interest rate risk position generally
benefits in a declining rate environment because liabilities reprice more
quickly than assets. The increase in net interest income and in
24
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates
the margin also was due to the increase in the proportion of low-cost core
deposits and the addition of earning assets from the former Wachovia. These
benefits were partially offset by the sale and securitization of home equity
loans, as well as branch divestitures that took place in 2002. If interest
rates continue to remain low into 2003, we expect to experience very modest
margin compression from the fourth quarter 2002 net interest margin of 3.86
percent due to a narrowing of spreads from continued prepayments of higher
coupon mortgages in both the loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. We
employ balance sheet management strategies designed to minimize margin
compression while maintaining an appropriate interest rate risk profile.
The contribution of hedge-related derivatives to the net interest margin
increased from 18 basis points in 2001 to 41 basis points in 2002. In order to
maintain our targeted interest rate risk profile, derivatives are used to hedge
the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities. In a declining
rate environment, an increase in the contribution of derivatives, primarily
interest rate swaps on fixed rate debt, and floating rate loans, offsets
declining net interest income from our balance sheet positions. However, it is
important to evaluate hedge-related derivative income within the overall
context of interest rate risk management. Our derivatives activity is
undertaken as part of a program to manage interest rate risk and maintain a
stable net interest margin. As one example, we use derivatives to swap our
fixed-rate debt issuances to floating rate debt. We do this rather than issue
floating rate debt because there is a broader market for fixed rate debt. The
Risk Governance and Administration
section provides additional information on
our methodology for interest rate risk management.
Premiums and discounts that resulted from recording the interest-earning
assets and the interest-bearing liabilities of the former Wachovia at their
respective fair values at September 1, 2001, are being accreted and amortized
using methods that result in a constant effective yield over the terms of the
assets and liabilities. This net accretion increased net interest income by $258
Fee and Other Income
million, or 10 basis points, in 2002. When the assets and liabilities subject
to purchase accounting mature, they will be replaced by new
assets and liabilities with market yields. Therefore, we do not expect this
reduction in net accretion to have a material effect on net interest income.
The average rate on earning assets declined 119 basis points from 2001 to
6.17 percent in 2002, and the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities
decreased 162 basis points from 2001 to 2.54 percent in 2002.
Fee and Other Income
Traditionally banks have earned fee and other income from
service charges on deposit accounts and other banking products and services,
and these continue to be the largest components of our fee income. In addition,
we have balanced our earnings stream with a diversified mix of businesses that
provide alternative products and services for the more sophisticated needs of
our clients. These alternative products produce income in our brokerage, asset
management and investment banking businesses from commissions and fees for
financial advice, custody, asset management, insurance and sophisticated
financing alternatives such as loan syndications and asset securitizations.
Additionally, we realize gains from selling our investments in securities such
as bonds and equities. The fees on many of these products and services are
based on market valuations, and therefore have been sensitive to downturns in
the financial markets of the past two years. When the markets ultimately
recover, we expect these market-sensitive businesses to rebound as well.
Fee and other income increased from 2001 largely due to the addition of
fee and other income from the former Wachovia. Fee and other income also
benefited from significantly lower net principal investing losses, partially
offset by lower trading results. The weak economic environment limited growth
in market-related revenue, such as brokerage, asset management, and advisory,
underwriting and other investment banking fees.
Service charges and other banking fees increased due to the addition of
the former Wachovia. Growth in commissions, which include brokerage and
insurance commissions, and fiduciary and asset management fees, also was due
primarily to the addition of the former Wachovia. Advisory, underwriting and
other investment banking fees primarily include fees from unused commitments,
asset securitizations, loan syndications and debt underwriting. In these
businesses, we act as the agent
25
Managements Discussion and Analysis
between our clients and the investors who provide financing. With much
uncertainty over the course of the year, the markets for many of these agency
businesses were sluggish. Despite this environment, advisory, underwriting and
other investment banking fees increased $161 million in 2002. These fees in
2002 included an incremental $42 million in fees related to the securitization
of assets from one of the multi-seller commercial paper conduits that we
administer.
The decline in trading account profits from 2001 was due to the increased
volatility experienced by our fixed income and equity groups, widening credit
spreads and credit-related losses in certain trading accounts. This included
$67 million of losses related to liquidity agreements we have with the conduits
that we administer. Trading account profits in 2001 included losses of $122
million primarily related to the purchase of assets from one of the conduits.
Principal investing, which includes the results of investments in equity
and mezzanine securities, had net losses of $266 million in 2002, a significant
improvement from $707 million in net losses in 2001. The $266 million of net
losses in 2002 was attributable to both our direct investment portfolio and our
investments in private equity funds that accounted for $105 million and $161
million of net losses, respectively. The $707 million net losses in 2001
included write-downs largely to reflect declines in equity market valuations,
particularly in the 1999 and 2000 vintage private equity investments in the
telecommunications and technology sectors.
Net portfolio securities gains of $169 million included net gains from
portfolio sales of $341 million offset by $172 million in impairment losses.
These net securities gains partially offset net trading losses in the third
quarter of 2002 and the write-down of Argentine loans in the second quarter of
2002. Net portfolio securities losses of $67 million in 2001 included net gains
from portfolio sales of $173 million offset by $240 million in impairment
losses.
Other income, including results from asset securitizations and sales,
increased $241 million from 2001. This included a $128 million increase in
asset securitization and sales income, of which $15 million was related to
mortgage securitization and sales and $113 million was related to
securitization and sales of prime equity lines. Market value adjustments or
sales of loans held for sale were a net gain of $64 million in 2002 compared
with a net loss of $86 million in 2001. Other income in 2002 included an
increase of $99 million from investments classified as other assets primarily
due to additions from the former Wachovia. Other income in 2001 included a $75
million gain recorded in connection with the sale of our investment in Star
Systems, Inc., as well as $73 million related to branch sale gains.
Noninterest Expense
The increase in noninterest expense from 2001 was due to
the addition of expenses related to the former Wachovia, increased amortization
related to intangibles and net merger-related and restructuring expenses
recorded in connection with the merger. The increase in noninterest expense was
partially offset by the impact of expense control initiatives, merger
efficiencies and the elimination of goodwill amortization. Salaries and
employee benefits in 2002 included $58 million
Noninterest Expense
related to the adoption of the fair value method of accounting for stock
options. The increase in sundry expense included $161 million associated with
legal settlements and additions to legal reserves in the second half of 2002,
fully offset by the recognition of tax benefits discussed previously. The
Accounting and Regulatory Matters-Business Combinations
section has further
information related to goodwill and other intangible assets.
Merger-Related and Restructuring Expenses
We are executing a number of plans to
integrate the operations of First Union and the former Wachovia. Certain costs
of the merger integration, such as employee termination benefits for employees
of First Union and system integration costs, are recorded as merger-related and
restructuring expenses in the results of operations. The merger-related and
restructuring expenses in the results of operations will continue to be
recognized throughout our previously announced three-year integration period.
Additionally, in accordance with the purchase method of accounting, certain
other costs associated with the integration plans, such as employee termination
benefits for employees of the former Wachovia, were treated as adjustments to
goodwill. We finalized all integration plans that would affect goodwill by
September 1, 2002. After that date, all former Wachovia exit costs are recorded
as merger-related and restructuring expenses.
In 2002, we recorded $387 million pre-tax in net merger-related and
restructuring expenses. These expenses consisted of $508 million primarily
related to systems conversion, occupancy and equipment, advertising, and
employee termination costs, which were partially offset by gains of $121
million from the sale of 27 First Union branch offices. Net merger-related and
restructuring expenses included $45 million of incremental advertising expense
specifically related to merger activity such as branch conversions. We expect
these advertising expenses to increase significantly in conjunction with branch
conversions and rebranding.
In 2001, we recorded $106 million pre-tax in net merger-related and
restructuring expenses primarily in connection with the Wachovia merger and
with the completion of our strategic repositioning announced in June 2000. Net
expenses in connection with the Wachovia merger were $178 million and consisted
primarily of employee termination costs, costs associated with defending a
hostile bid for the former Wachovia and other merger-related personnel costs.
In addition, we recorded net reversals of $83 million of previously recorded
restructuring expenses principally related to the finalization of estimates for
employee terminations, contract cancellations and occupancy
26
Managements Discussion and Analysis
costs in connection with the 2000 strategic repositioning. Also included in the
$106 million were $25 million in systems integration costs related to other
mergers and $14 million in reversals of costs from a prior year restructuring
based on finalization of employee terminations and benefits.
Income Taxes
Income taxes were $1.1 billion in 2002, an increase of $414
million from 2001. The effective tax rates were 23.29 percent and 29.39 percent
in those respective periods. In 2002, income taxes included a benefit of $338
million largely due to a loss on our investment in The Money Store Inc., and,
to a lesser extent, to the public issuance in the fourth quarter of 2002 of
$450 million in tax-deductible preferred stock by a Real Estate Investment
Trust (REIT) subsidiary. In June 2000, we recorded a $1.8 billion write-down
for impairment of goodwill to reflect the lower fair value of our investment in
The Money Store for financial reporting purposes, but did not record any
related tax benefit. In the third quarter of 2002, The Money Store issued
preferred stock to unrelated third parties resulting in the recognition of the
tax benefit. This tax benefit was fully offset by credit and legal actions
taken in the last half of 2002 as part of our ongoing strategies to reduce
risk. Based on current projections, we expect an effective tax rate for the
full year 2003 of approximately 32 percent.
Business Segments
Wachovia provides a diversified range of banking and non-banking financial
services and products primarily through our four core business segments, the
General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth Management, and the Corporate and
Investment Bank. The following
Business Segment
discussion covers the results
for these four core business segments plus the Parent, and is on a segment
earnings basis, which excludes net merger-related and restructuring expenses.
Segment earnings are the basis upon which we manage and allocate capital to our
business segments.
In 2001, we reported other charges and gains, in addition to
merger-related and restructuring expenses, that were also excluded from
individual segment earnings. Most of these other charges and gains were related
to corporate actions taken in 2001, including:
General Bank
Performance Summary
We use cash earnings to measure our progress against our targeted goals,
such as earnings per share growth, overhead efficiency ratios and dividend
payout ratios. Segment and cash earnings exclude after-tax net merger-related
and restructuring expenses, other charges and gains, and preferred stock
dividends from our consolidated results of operations prepared using generally
accepted accounting principles. Segment and cash earnings for each of the four
core business segments also exclude after-tax deposit base intangible, goodwill
and other intangible amortization. The cash overhead efficiency ratio is the
result of dividing noninterest expense, excluding net merger-related and
restructuring expenses and deposit base intangible, goodwill and other
intangible amortization by the total of tax-equivalent net interest income and
fee and other income. Additional information is also included in
Note 13
to
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
General Bank
The General Bank serves 8 million retail households and 900,000
small and middle-market businesses in 11 East Coast states and Washington,
D.C., through 2,700 financial centers, 4,600 automated teller machines and
online and telephone banking. Customized retail deposit and lending products
include checking, savings and money market accounts, time deposits and IRAs,
home equity, residential mortgage, student loans, credit cards and personal
loans; and investment products include mutual funds and annuities.
Small-business banking includes a full range of deposit, credit and investment
products and services. Middle-market customers receive comprehensive commercial
deposit, lending and commercial real estate solutions, as well as access to
asset management, global treasury management and capital markets products and
services through partnerships with Capital Management, Wealth Management, and
the Corporate and Investment Bank.
Our strategic focus is on providing exceptional customer service combined
with leveraging in-depth customer knowledge to acquire, deepen, enhance and
retain customer relationships through tailored products and services. Our goal
is to reduce the number of single-service customers and to increase the
proportion of our customers who transact, save, invest and borrow with
27
Managements Discussion and Analysis
us. The General Bank is particularly focused on providing excellent service to
customers throughout the merger integration process, growing low-cost core
deposits, and improving both loan spreads and efficiency.
The General Bank segment includes Retail and Small Business, and
Commercial. General Bank earnings increased $682 million in 2002 from 2001 due
to strong growth in consumer real estate-secured loans and core deposits, as
well as the addition of the former Wachovia. The increase in total revenue was
due to wider spreads driven by strong growth in core deposits and
mortgage-related revenue, as well as the addition of revenue from the former
Wachovia.
The rise in net interest income reflected increases in average loans and
average core deposits due to organic growth as well as the addition of the
former Wachovia. This growth excludes the impact of $195 million of commercial
loans and $265 million of consumer loans divested in connection with branch
sales in February 2002. Fee and other income rose due to mortgage-related
revenue as well as revenue from the addition of the former Wachovia.
Noninterest expense increased $937 million in 2002 from 2001, reflecting
the addition of the former Wachovia, as well as an increase in investments in
branch sales and service technology and infrastructure. Strong expense
management and the realization of merger efficiencies were evident in an
improved cash overhead efficiency ratio of 55.00 percent in 2002, down from
57.62 percent in 2001.
Capital Management
Our Capital Management
Group (CMG) has created a growing and
diversified business with a balanced mix of products and multiple channels of
distribution. Through these channels, we offer a full line of investment
products and services, including retail brokerage services, fixed and variable
annuities, defined benefit and defined contribution retirement services, mutual
funds, other customized investment advisory services and corporate and
institutional trust services. These products and services are available through
more than 8,100 registered representatives operating in our national retail
brokerage network of 533 offices in 48 states; full-service retail financial
centers in our East Coast marketplace; and online brokerage.
CMG lines of business are Retail Brokerage Services, which includes the
retail brokerage and insurance groups; and Asset Management, which includes
mutual funds, customized investment advisory services and corporate and
institutional trust services.
CMG earnings increased in 2002 due to relatively stable revenues despite
the weak equity markets, as well as the addition of the former
Wachovia. CMG
total revenue increased $246 million from 2001 and noninterest expense rose
$194 million from 2001, primarily due to the addition of the former Wachovia.
Assets under management were a record $232 billion at December 31, 2002,
as strong net sales in mutual funds offset the effects of the declining equity
markets. Mutual fund assets grew to $113 billion at December 31, 2002, due
primarily to strong fixed
Capital Management
Performance Summary
income and money market inflows. The decline in equity market values was
reflected in lower broker client assets of $265 billion at December 31, 2002,
compared with $285 billion in 2001.
CMG 2002 results also reflected the acquisition of certain assets of
E-Risk Services, LLC, a leading agency provider of management liability
insurance, and J.L. Kaplan Associates, LLC, a privately held investment
management firm with $3 billion in assets under management, both of which
closed in the fourth quarter of 2002.
On February 19, 2003, we announced that Wachovia and Prudential Financial
Inc. plan to join retail brokerage forces in a transaction that is expected to
close in the third quarter of 2003. Under the terms of the agreement, Wachovia
will have a 62 percent interest in the new retail brokerage firm, and
Prudential will own the remaining 38 percent interest. This will create the
third largest retail brokerage firm in the country, based on combined client
assets of $537 billion and 2002 estimated combined net revenue of $4.2 billion.
The firm will have a national footprint of more than 3,500 brokerage locations,
including 791 dedicated retail offices in 48 states and Washington, D.C. The
new full-service firm will provide advice to clients based on research from
multiple providers and have access to a broad suite of financial products and
services from its parent organizations. The transaction is expected to be
accretive to earnings per share in the first full year following closing, not
including the effect of one-time expenses.
Wealth Management
Wealth Management provides a comprehensive suite of private
banking, trust and investment management, financial planning and insurance
services primarily to high net worth individuals and families through 60 teams
of relationship managers and product specialists. Strategic partnerships with
the General Bank, Capital Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank
ensure that a comprehensive array of financial solutions is available to
clients across the entire Wachovia franchise. Products and services offered
through Wealth Management include cash management; online account aggregation,
banking and bill payment; credit and debt management products; risk
28
Managements Discussion and Analysis
management services including insurance; investment management and advisory
including equity, fixed income and alternative investment management;
financial, tax and estate planning services; philanthropy management including
charitable trusts, foundation and planned giving services; and legacy
management including personal trust and estate settlement services.
The $40 million increase in Wealth Management earnings in 2002 from 2001
primarily reflected the addition of the former Wachovia. The increase in total
revenue of $307 million from 2001 reflected higher net interest income and
insurance commissions, as well as the addition of revenue from the former
Wachovia. The $227 million increase in noninterest expense year over year
similarly was due to the addition of expenses from the former Wachovia.
Strong loan and deposit production throughout the year, combined with the
addition of the former Wachovia, drove average loans up 54 percent to $8.7
billion and average core deposits up 37 percent to $10.0 billion in 2002.
Assets under management declined 14 percent from year-end 2001 to $66 billion
at December 31, 2002, due to the decline in equity market valuations and
attrition of certain large institutional accounts.
Wealth Managements acquisition of Cameron M. Harris & Company, a
privately held insurance brokerage firm, closed on August 30, 2002.
Corporate and Investment Bank
Our Corporate and Investment Bank serves more
than 2,500 domestic and international corporate clients primarily in 10 key
industry sectors: healthcare; technology; media and communications; information
technology and business services; financial institutions; real estate; consumer
and retail; industrial growth; defense and aerospace; and energy and power.
The Corporate and Investment Bank segment includes Corporate Banking,
Investment Banking and Principal Investing lines of business.
The increase in Corporate and Investment Bank total revenue and earnings
from 2001 was due to lower Principal Investing net losses of $266 million in
2002 compared with net losses of $707 million in 2001 and to the inclusion of a
full year of merged company results. Principal Investing results continued
Wealth Management
Performance Summary
Corporate and Investment Bank
Performance Summary
to reflect weak equity markets. This was offset somewhat by a decline in
trading profits, which were $49 million in 2002 and $302 million in 2001.
Trading account profits declined $253 million from 2001 due to increased market
volatility, widening credit spreads and certain credit-related losses.
Additional information about Principal Investing is included in the
Critical
Accounting Policies
section.
The provision for loan losses increased from 2001 due to three factors: a
larger loan portfolio as a result of the merger; net charge-offs of $443
million related to the telecommunications sector, Argentina and the energy
services sector; and an additional provision of $287 million associated with
the transfer of $1.3 billion of exposure to loans held for sale.
Noninterest expense increased $69 million from 2001 due to the addition
of the former Wachovia, offset by lower incentive expense due to weak
markets.
29
Managements Discussion and Analysis
The revenue from the Principal Investing and Investment Banking businesses
is typically more volatile than revenue from more traditional banking
businesses and can vary significantly from period to period with market
conditions. In addition, Corporate Banking results may vary significantly from
period to period as the credit quality of the loan portfolio changes.
Parent
Parent includes all of our asset and liability management functions, as well as:
Earnings in the Parent were $426 million in 2002 compared with a loss of
$5 million in 2001. Total revenue in the Parent increased $169 million from
2001 to $834 million in 2002. In addition to revenue from former Wachovia
corporate investments, this increase was the result of net securities gains
that offset the impact of trading losses and credit actions taken during the
year. Net securities gains in 2002 were $241 million compared with $52 million
in 2001. As discussed in the
Fee and Other Income
section, fee and other income
in 2002 included an incremental $42 million in fees related to the
securitization of assets from a multi-seller commercial paper conduit that we
administer. Also included was a $42 million loss related to liquidity
agreements we have with the conduit. Fee and other income in 2001 included a
$75 million gain recorded in connection with the sale of our investment in Star
Systems, Inc.
Noninterest expense of $933 million in 2002 increased $309 million from
2001 due to incremental deposit base intangible amortization expense as a
result of the merger, costs associated with legal settlements, additions to
legal reserves and $58 million of expense related to stock options as discussed
in the
Noninterest Expense
section. The increase was partially offset by
expense efficiencies resulting from merger integration, expense control
initiatives and the elimination of goodwill amortization in 2002.
Parent earnings in 2002 included a significantly lower tax provision than
in 2001. The lower tax provision in 2002 was due primarily to the recognition
of a tax benefit recorded in the second half of 2002 related to a loss on our
investment in The Money Store and, to a lesser extent, to the public issuance
in the fourth quarter of 2002 of $450 million in tax deductible preferred stock
by a REIT subsidiary. This tax benefit was fully offset by credit and legal
actions taken in the second half of 2002 as part our ongoing strategies to
reduce risk.
The
Funding Sources and Risk Governance and Administration
sections
provide information about our funding sources and asset and liability
management functions.
Balance Sheet Analysis
Earning Assets
The primary types of earning assets for our company are
securities and loans. Year-end 2002 earnings assets were $285 billion, a 6
percent increase from $268 billion in 2001. Average earning assets in 2002 were
$256 billion, which represented a 16 percent increase from 2001.
Securities
The securities portfolio, all of which is classified as available
for sale, consists primarily of U.S. Government agency and asset-backed
securities. Activity in this portfolio is undertaken primarily to manage
liquidity, interest rate risk and regulatory capital, and to take advantage of
market conditions that create more economically attractive returns on these
investments. We had securities available for sale with a market value of $76
billion at December 31, 2002, with the increase from $58 billion at December
31, 2001, reflecting the addition of retained interests from securitizations of
loans and the purchase of shorter duration agency and other asset-backed
securities in the open market partially offset by sales. The average rate
earned on securities available for sale was 6.08 percent in 2002 and 7.02
percent in 2001.
In 2002, we securitized certain residential mortgage loans to reduce
funding costs, diversify funding sources and achieve more efficient capital
levels. Residential mortgage loans of $4.4 billion were securitized into agency
and other asset-backed securities, substantially all of which we retained as
securities available for sale. In addition, we securitized and sold $5.6
billion of prime equity lines, retaining $2.2 billion in the form of
asset-backed securities and $168 million in the form of residual interests.
In connection with certain securitizations, we retain interests in the
form of either bonds or residual interests. The retained interests resulted
primarily from the securitization of residential mortgage loans and prime
equity lines. Included in securities available for sale at December 31, 2002,
were residual interests with a market value of $1.3 billion, which included an
unrealized gain of $491 million, and retained bonds from securitizations with a
market value of $18 billion, which included a net unrealized gain of $649
million. At December 31, 2001, securities available for sale included residual
interests with a market value of $1.0 billion, which included a net unrealized
gain of $205 million and retained bonds from securitizations with a market
value of $15.9 billion, which included a net unrealized gain of $303 million.
Other assets at December 31, 2001, also included residual interests with a book
value and market value of $112 million.
At December 31, 2002, retained bonds with an amortized cost of $11.6
billion and a market value of $11.9 billion were rated as investment grade
based on external ratings. Retained bonds with an amortized cost and market
value of $10.9 billion and $11.2 billion as of December 31, 2002, respectively,
have external credit ratings of AA and above.
The increase in retained interests in securities available for sale from
December 31, 2001, was primarily due to retained interests from 2002
securitizations. In 2002, we realized $26 million in
30
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Loans On-Balance Sheet
Loans Managed Portfolio
(Including on-balance sheet)
Year-End 2002 Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases (a)
Industry Classification
Year-End 2002 Commercial Real Estate Loans
Project Type
Distribution by Facility Size
(Percent)
Asset Quality
Year-End 2002 Nonaccruing
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
Industry Classification
31
Managements Discussion and Analysis
interest income related to revisions in cash flow estimates for certain
retained interests to reflect our intent to terminate the related
securitizations at the earliest possible date because of their high funding
costs. This action will have an ongoing benefit to interest income. See
Note 6
to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for additional information on
retained interests.
Loans
While consumer loan originations were robust, the $704 million decline in
net loans from 2001 represented reductions related to commercial portfolio
management actions to reduce risk and to improve returns, weak commercial loan
demand, and consumer loan sales and securitizations of $4.9 billion. In
addition, branch sales and runoff of the discontinued indirect auto leasing
portfolio reduced loans by $1.0 billion from 2001. Commercial loans represented
63 percent and consumer loans 37 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31,
2002.
The $4.2 billion decline in managed loans from 2001 was primarily driven
by planned reductions from commercial portfolio management actions and weak
commercial loan demand as discussed above, coupled with the sale of a portfolio
management platform. The managed loan portfolio includes the on-balance sheet
loan portfolio, loans securitized for which the assets are classified in
securities on-balance sheet, loans held for sale that are classified in other
assets on-balance sheet and the off-balance sheet portfolio of securitized
loans sold where we service the loans. The average rate earned on loans
decreased 120 basis points from 2001 to 6.71 percent in 2002, which was in line
with reductions in interest rates.
Nonperforming Assets
The 4 percent decline in nonperforming assets from 2001
included the effect of a $113 million loan that was restructured to an equity
position. Nonperforming assets related to the telecommunications sector and
Argentina were also reduced by net charge-offs and write-downs in the loans
held for sale portfolio in 2002.
Past Due Loans
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due, excluding loans that
are classified as loans held for sale, increased 6 percent from December 31,
2001. Of these past due loans in 2002, $32 million were commercial loans or
commercial real estate loans and $272 million were consumer loans.
Net Charge-offs
Net charge-offs increased 20 percent from 2001, due mainly to
net charge-offs of $263 million in the telecommunications sector, $123 million
related to Argentina, $57 million related to an energy services company, and
net charge-offs related to loans acquired in the Wachovia merger. We expect net
charge-offs to be in the 0.50 percent to 0.60 percent range for the full year
2003.
Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses
The provision for loan losses declined
$468 million, or 24 percent, from 2001. The provision for loan losses was
higher in 2001 primarily due to steps we took in the third quarter of 2001 to
reduce the risk inherent in a larger loan portfolio resulting from the merger
by transferring higher risk and overlapping loans to loans held for sale, as
well as to reflect deterioration in our loan portfolio driven by a weakened
economic environment.
Year-End 2002 Nonaccruing Loans Held for Sale
Industry Classification
In 2002, we continued to mitigate risk and strengthen our balance sheet by
transferring many at-risk credits to loans held for sale. The provision for
loan losses in 2002 included $297 million associated with the transfer of $1.4
billion of exposure, including emerging telecommunications exposure, to loans
held for sale. The emerging telecommunications sector includes competitive
local exchange carriers; affiliated wireless and broadband providers; and data
centers. The provision for loan losses in 2001 included $284 million related to
loans sold or transferred to loans held for sale and $726 million in excess of
net charge-offs. The provision related to the transfer of loans to loans held
for sale was recorded to reduce the carrying value of these loans to their
respective fair values. In addition, the provision included $2 million related
to sales of consumer loans and $58 million related to sales of commercial loans
directly out of the loan portfolio.
Loans transferred to loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost
or market value, and accordingly, they are not included in the evaluation of
the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses subsequent to the initial
transfer.
The allowance for loan losses declined from 2001 reflecting reduced risk
in the corporate loan portfolio as a result of loan portfolio actions and the
increase of lower risk, real-estate-secured consumer loans in the portfolio.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale include loans originated for sale or
securitization as part of our core business strategy as
well as the activities related to our ongoing portfolio risk management to
reduce exposure to areas of perceived higher risk, such as the textile,
technology, telecommunications and asbestos-related sections.
In 2002, we sold or securitized $25.6 billion in loans out of the held for
sale portfolio. Of the $25.6 billion, $1.8 billion were commercial loans and
$23.8 billion were consumer loans, primarily residential mortgages and prime
equity lines. Substantially all of the consumer loan sales and securitizations
represented normal core business activity, which means we originate the loans
with the intent to sell them to third parties. Of the loans sold, $74 million
were nonperforming. Additionally, in the third quarter of 2002, we made the
decision not to sell certain loans classified as loans held for sale because
changes in market conditions made their yields more attractive, and
accordingly, we transferred $3.6 billion of student loans back to the loan
portfolio.
32
Managements Discussion and Analysis
As part of our ongoing portfolio management activities, we transferred a
net $2.2 billion of loans to held for sale in 2002, including $1.4 billion of
consumer home equity loans. Substantially all of the home equity loans were
subsequently sold in the second half of 2002. In addition, we transferred $859
million of largely telecommunications loans and $422 million of additional
exposure to loans held for sale. In connection with this transfer to loans held
for sale, these loans were written down to the lower of cost or market value,
and in the aggregate these loans were recorded in loans held for sale at 60
percent of their original face value at December 31, 2002. Following these
credit actions, the telecommunications portfolio, excluding loans held for
sale, at December 31, 2002, contained $3.1 billion of exposure, of which $928
million was outstanding. Approximately 64 percent of the $3.1 billion was
investment grade or equivalent. The $3.1 billion also included $244 million of
emerging telecommunications exposure, of which $125 million was outstanding.
Our telecommunications exposure, excluding loans held for sale, has declined
$1.5 billion since year-end 2001.
Table 8
includes more information related to
loans held for sale.
In 2002, we also sold $1.5 billion of loans directly out of the loan
portfolio. Of these nonflow loans, $1.2 billion were performing and $340
million were nonperforming at the time of the sale. Loan sales are recorded as
sales directly out of the loan portfolio in situations where the sale is closed
in the same period in which the decision to sell was made. We will continue to
look for market opportunities to reduce risk in the loan portfolio by either
selling loans directly out of the loan portfolio or by transferring loans to
loans held for sale.
Funding Sources
Core Deposits
Deposits are our primary source of funding. We are one of the
nations largest core deposit-funded banking institutions with a deposit base
that is spread across the economically strong South Atlantic region and high
per-capita income Middle Atlantic region. We believe this geographic diversity
creates considerable funding diversity and stability. The stability of this
funding source is affected by other factors including returns available to
customers on alternative investments, the quality of customer service levels
and competitive forces. Core deposits include savings, negotiable order of
withdrawal (NOW), money market, noninterest-bearing and other consumer time
deposits. In 2002, core deposits increased 4 percent from 2001 to $176 billion
despite our decision to allow higher cost consumer certificate of deposit
balances to run off as we focus on increasing the proportion of low-cost core
deposits. Average low-cost core deposits grew 42 percent to $117 billion in
2002 from 2001.
In both 2002 and 2001, average noninterest-bearing deposits were 23
percent of average core deposits. The portion of core deposits in higher-rate,
other consumer time deposits was 19 percent at December 31, 2002, and 23
percent at December 31, 2001. Other consumer time and other noncore deposits
usually pay higher rates than savings and transaction accounts, but they
generally are not available for immediate withdrawal. They are also less
expensive to service.
Purchased Funds
Average purchased funds, which include wholesale borrowings
with maturities of 12 months or less, were $60 billion in 2002 and in 2001.
Purchased funds were $63 billion at December 31, 2002, and at December 31,
2001.
Long-term Debt
Long-term debt declined 5 percent from 2001 to $40 billion at
December 31, 2002, due to scheduled maturities. In 2003, scheduled maturities
of long-term debt amount to $5.1 billion. We anticipate either extending the
maturities of these obligations or replacing the maturing obligations.
Long-term debt included $3 billion of trust preferred securities at both
December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2001. Subsidiary trusts issued these
preferred securities and used the proceeds to purchase junior subordinated
debentures from the Parent. These preferred securities are considered tier i
capital for regulatory purposes.
In 2002, we issued $2.0 billion of floating rate, collateralized notes
that are secured by asset-backed securities.
Wachovia Bank has available a global note program for the issuance of up
to $45 billion of senior or subordinated notes. The sale of any notes under
this program will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and other
factors.
Under a current shelf registration statement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, we have $11 billion of senior or subordinated debt
securities, common stock or preferred stock available for issuance. In
addition, we have available for issuance up to $4 billion under a medium-term
note program covering senior or subordinated debt securities. The sale of debt
or equity securities will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and
other factors.
Stockholders Equity
The management of capital in a regulated banking
environment requires a balance between optimizing leverage and return on equity
while maintaining sufficient capital levels and related ratios to satisfy
regulatory requirements. Our goal is to generate attractive returns on equity
to our stockholders while maintaining sufficient regulatory capital ratios.
Stockholders equity increased 13 percent from 2001 to $32 billion at
December 31, 2002. Common shares outstanding amounted to 1.4 billion at both
December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2001. At December 31, 2002, we had
authority to repurchase up to 98 million shares of our common stock.
In October 2002, we settled our remaining equity forward contract and one
forward purchase contract. The aggregate number of shares settled was 12
million, at an aggregate cost of $536 million. At December 31, 2002, we had one
outstanding forward purchase contract involving 24 million shares at an
aggregate cost of $753 million. In January 2003, we partially settled our
remaining forward purchase contract by purchasing 15 million shares at a cost
of $485 million. We plan to settle the remaining portion in the first half of
2003.
In the third quarter of 2002, we entered into transactions involving the
simultaneous sale of put options and the purchase of call options on 4.9
million shares of our common stock with
33
Managements Discussion and Analysis
expiration dates from late October 2003 to mid-November 2003. We entered into
these collar transactions to manage the potential dilution associated with
employee stock options. The put options were sold to offset the cost of
purchasing the call options.
We paid $1.4 billion in dividends to common stockholders in 2002 and $1.0
billion in 2001. This represented a dividend payout ratio on cash earnings of
32.68 percent in 2002 and 38.40 percent in 2001.
In connection with the Wachovia merger, we issued 97 million shares of
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEPs), which were recorded at their
fair value as of September 1, 2001, of 24 cents per share or $23 million.
Dividends of 20 cents per DEP share, or $19 million, were paid to holders of
the DEPs in 2002 representing the difference between the Wachovia dividends
paid to common stockholders in 2002 of $1.00 per share and the last common
stock dividend paid by the former Wachovia of $1.20 per share on an annualized
basis. Since September 1, 2001, DEPs dividends of $25 million, or 26 cents per
DEP share, have been paid.
In connection with preferred stock issued by The Money Store, as discussed
in the
Income Taxes
section, we agreed that we could declare or pay a dividend
on our common stock only after quarterly distributions of an estimated $1.8
million have been paid in full on the preferred units for each quarterly
distribution period occurring prior to the proposed common stock cash dividend.
Subsidiary Dividends
Wachovia Bank is the largest source of subsidiary
dividends paid to the Parent. Capital requirements established by regulators
limit dividends that this subsidiary and certain other of our subsidiaries can
pay. Under these and other limitations, which include an internal requirement
to maintain all deposit-taking banks at the well capitalized level, at December
31, 2002, our subsidiaries had $1.3 billion available for dividends that could
be paid without prior regulatory approval. Our subsidiaries paid $1.5 billion
in dividends to the Parent in 2002.
Regulatory Capital
Our tier 1 and total capital ratios were 8.22 percent and
12.01 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2002, and 7.04 percent and 11.08
percent, respectively, at December 31, 2001. Our leverage ratio at December 31,
2002, was 6.77 percent and at December 31, 2001, 6.19 percent. The $450 million
of tax-deductible preferred stock issued by our REIT subsidiary, Wachovia
Preferred Funding Corp., in the fourth quarter of 2002 qualifies as
tier 1
capital for regulatory reporting purposes. At December 31, 2002, our
deposit-taking bank subsidiaries met the capital and leverage ratio
requirements for well capitalized banks. The 118 basis point improvement in our
tier 1 capital ratio enabled us to exceed our year-end 2002 goal of achieving
an 8.00 percent tier 1 capital ratio.
Off-Balance Sheet Transactions
In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial
transactions that, under generally accepted accounting principles, either are
not recorded on the balance sheet or are recorded on the balance sheet in
amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amounts. These
transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity
risk. These transactions fall under two broad categories: corporate transactions and
customer transactions. Corporate transactions are designed to diversify our
funding sources; reduce our credit, market or liquidity risk; and optimize
capital. Customer transactions are executed to facilitate customers funding
needs or risk management objectives. Within these two categories, there are
many types of transactions, which for purposes of the table on the next page,
we have grouped into lending commitments, conduit transactions, asset
securitizations, other credit enhancements, leasing and other transactions.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation (FIN) No. 45,
Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including
Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,
and FIN No. 46,
Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities,
will affect the accounting for some of these
transactions. The
Accounting and Regulatory Matters
section has additional
information.
Lending Commitments
Lending commitments include unfunded loan commitments and
standby and commercial letters of credit. A large majority of loan commitments
and standby letters of credit expire without being funded, and accordingly,
total contractual amounts are not representative of our actual future credit
exposure or liquidity requirements. Loan commitments and letters of credit
expose us to credit risk in the event that the counterparty draws on the
commitment and subsequently fails to perform under the terms of the lending
agreement.
This risk is incorporated into our overall evaluation of on-and
off-balance sheet credit risk, and to the extent necessary, we record reserves
on these commitments. The
Credit Risk Management
section describes how we
manage on- and off-balance sheet credit risk.
Uncertainties around the timing and amount of funding under these
commitments expose us to liquidity risk. The
Liquidity Risk Management
section
describes the way in which we manage liquidity with respect to both on- and
off-balance sheet exposures.
We make loan commitments to customers in the normal course of our
commercial and retail lending businesses. For commercial customers, loan
commitments generally take the form of revolving credit arrangements to finance
customers working capital requirements. For retail customers, loan commitments
generally are lines of credit secured by residential property. These
instruments are not recorded on the balance sheet until we advance funds under
the commitment. For loan commitments, the contractual amount of a commitment
represents the maximum potential credit risk that could result if the entire
commitment had been funded, the borrower had not performed according to the
terms of the contract and no collateral had been provided. Loan commitments
were $149 billion at December 31, 2002, and $148 billion at December 31, 2001.
Loan commitments include revolving loan commitments available to a
customer in the event that the customer is unable to issue additional
commercial paper for the repayment of maturing amounts of commercial paper
outstanding. These commitments were $9 billion at December 31, 2002, and $10
billion at December 31, 2001.
34
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Summary of Off-Balance Sheet Exposures
For commercial loan commitments, we typically charge a fee for making the
commitment plus a fee based on the percentage of the commitment that is
unfunded. Generally no fees are associated with unfunded retail commitments.
We also issue commercial and standby letters of credit to customers in the
normal course of our commercial lending businesses. Commercial or trade letters
of credit are used to support international and domestic trade activities.
Standby letters of credit are guarantees of performance primarily issued to
support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper,
bond financings and similar transactions. Undrawn letters of credit amounted to
$15 billion at December 31, 2002, and $13 billion at December 31, 2001.
For letters of credit, we typically charge a fee equal to a percentage of
the unfunded commitment. We recognized fee income on unfunded letter of credit
commitments of $238 million in 2002 and $197 million in 2001.
Conduit Transactions
We arrange financing for certain customer transactions
through multi-seller commercial paper conduits that provide the customers with
access to the commercial paper market. Conduits purchase a variety of
asset-backed loans and receivables, trade receivables, securities and other
assets from borrowers and issuers, and issue commercial paper to fund those
assets.
At December 31, 2002, we administered two off-balance sheet conduits with
combined commercial paper outstanding of $13 billion. We provide liquidity
facilities on substantially all of the commercial paper issued by the conduits
that we administer. All transactions are governed through our Credit Policy
Committee and we maintain a credit relationship with all clients with assets
financed through the conduits. The
Credit Risk Management
section describes how
we manage on- and off-balance sheet credit risk.
Under liquidity facilities, we are obligated to purchase an interest in
the assets that are financed by the conduits in the event the conduits are
unable to continue to issue commercial paper to finance those assets. The
ability to market commercial paper is affected by general economic conditions
as well as the credit rating of the party providing the liquidity facility.
From the time these conduits began issuing commercial paper, we have never been
required to provide liquidity because the conduit could not issue commercial
paper.
This risk is incorporated in the overall assessment of our liquidity risk
as described in the
Liquidity Risk Management
section. Off-balance sheet
conduit liquidity facilities were $18 billion at December 31, 2002, and $23
billion at December 31, 2001. The excess exposure to loss over the total
liabilities of these conduits represents unfunded customer purchase facilities.
We received $38 million in 2002 and $34 million in 2001 in fees for providing
liquidity facilities.
In addition, at the discretion of the conduit administrator, the liquidity
facilities may be drawn to require that we purchase assets from the conduit. In
some cases, the par value of the assets may be less than their fair value and
consequently, we will record a loss for the difference between the par value
and the fair value. In 2002 and 2001, we purchased $843 million and $178
million of assets from the conduits we administered and recorded $67 million
and $122 million of losses, respectively.
Asset Securitizations
From time to time, we securitize assets originated
through our normal loan production channels or purchased in the open market. In
securitization transactions for assets originated through our normal loan
production channels, assets are typically sold to a qualifying special purpose
entity (QSPE), which then issues beneficial interests in the form of senior and
subordinated interests, including residual interests, collateralized by the
assets. The QSPE is a legally distinct, bankruptcy remote entity that is used
in these transactions to isolate the assets cash flows from originator
default. This legal isolation and the allocation of risk to different tranches
of securities issued by the QSPE allow securitization transactions to generally
receive cost-advantaged funding rates.
These securitizations are also used to provide an alternative funding
source, to reduce credit risk and to manage capital. Certain securitization
transactions result in a complete transfer of risk to investors, and in others,
we retain risk in the form of senior or subordinated notes or residual
interests in the securities issued by the QSPE.
35
Managements Discussion and Analysis
In certain cases, the investors in the debt issued by the QSPE are
conduits that are administered by other parties. We provide liquidity
guarantees on the commercial paper issued by the conduits to fund the purchase
of the QSPEs debt. Similar to the discussion above in
Conduit Transactions,
under these liquidity facilities, we are obligated to purchase asset interests
that are financed by the conduits in the event the conduits are unable to
continue to issue commercial paper to finance those assets. To date, we have
not been required to provide liquidity under these agreements because the
conduit could not issue commercial paper. These off-balance sheet liquidity
guarantees amounted to $7.9 billion at December 31, 2002, and $7.7 billion at
December 31, 2001. We received $13 million in 2002 and $2 million in 2001 in
fees for providing liquidity facilities.
In addition, at the discretion of the conduit administrator, the liquidity
facilities may be drawn to require us to purchase assets from the conduit. In
some cases, the par value of the assets may be less than their fair value and
consequently, we will record a loss for the difference between the par value
and the fair value. In 2002 and 2001, we did not have significant losses
associated with these purchases.
Generally, we are paid fees by the QSPE for servicing the assets owned by
the QSPE. We received $23 million in fees in 2002 and $6 million in fees in
2001.
In 2002, we securitized residential mortgage loans of $4.4 billion into
agency and other asset-backed securities, and retained substantially all as
securities available for sale. In addition, we securitized and sold $5.6
billion of prime equity lines, retaining $2.2 billion in the form of
asset-backed securities and $168 million in the form of residual interests.
Included in other income were gains of $159 million in 2002 related to these
securitizations. Retained interests from securitizations, recorded as either
available for sale securities, trading account assets or other assets, were $20
billion at December 31, 2002, and $18 billion at December 31, 2001.
We also structure collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and
collateralized debt obligations (CDOs). In these transactions, securities or
loans are purchased in the open market or transferred to special purpose
entities (SPEs). These SPEs are capitalized with equity contributed by third
parties in an amount driven by market conditions but not less than 3 percent of
the fair value of the financial assets held by the SPE. In certain
transactions, we also may invest in non-controlling interests in the form of
equity and/or senior or subordinated notes in the entities. These retained
interests are recorded as available for sale securities and were $151 million
at December 31, 2002, and $46 million at December 31, 2001. Impairment losses
included in other income related to retained interests in CLOs and CDOs were
$42 million in 2002 and $29 million in 2001. We have varying levels of credit,
interest and prepayment rate risk associated with our investment in these debt
securities and residual interests as described in the
Critical Accounting
Policies
section. We are also paid fees on these transactions, primarily
structuring fees.
We also securitize fixed rate municipal bonds. Similar to other
securitization transactions, the bonds are sold to a QSPE, which issues
short-term tax-exempt debt securities and residual interests collateralized by
the assets. Investors purchase the tax-exempt debt securities, and generally,
we retain the residual interests. At December 31, 2002, retained interests were
$318 million and at December 31, 2001, $342 million. We also provide liquidity
guarantees on the debt securities issued by the QSPEs. The market for
tax-exempt securities is generally very liquid, but in the event the debt
securities could not be remarketed due to market conditions, the liquidity
guarantee would require us to purchase the debt securities from the QSPE at par
value. Off-balance sheet liquidity guarantees were $5.0 billion at December 31,
2002, and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2001.
Other Credit Enhancements
We also assist commercial, municipal, nonprofit and
other customers in obtaining long-term tax-exempt funding through municipal
bond issues, by providing credit enhancement in the form of standby letters of
credit or liquidity facilities. Under these agreements and in certain
conditions, in the event the bonds are put back to the issuer by the bondholder
prior to maturity and cannot be remarketed, we are obligated to provide funding
to finance repurchase of the bonds. We have not been required to provide any
funding under these agreements in 2002. Other off-balance sheet credit
enhancements were $11 billion at December 31, 2002, and $12 billion at December 31,
2001. Fees from these agreements are included in the letter of credit fees
above.
This risk is incorporated in the overall assessment of our liquidity risk
as described in the
Liquidity Risk Management
section. The
Credit Risk
Management
section describes how we manage on- and off-balance sheet credit
risk.
Leasing Transactions
We have leasing transactions similar to synthetic leases.
Synthetic leases generally involve leasing assets from a trust and providing a
residual value guarantee to support non-recourse borrowings of the trust. Our
leasing transactions are not with trusts, but with a leasing subsidiary of a
major financial institution. We provide residual value guarantees in these
transactions. Our synthetic leases involve certain corporate assets, primarily
real estate. These assets were previously held in legally distinct special
purpose entities (trusts) to which a third party provided some or all of the
equity investment. In 2002, these trusts were acquired by a leasing subsidiary
of a large financial institution and the various leases were amended and
restated.
In December 2002, we entered into a sale and leaseback transaction with a
large financial institution under which we committed to sell $1.3 billion of
railcars and lease them back over a six-year period. In December 2002, we sold
$600 million of railcars and leased them back. The remaining railcars are
expected to be sold and leased back early in 2003. The purchase was financed by
the purchaser/lessor through the issuance of non-recourse debt to independent
third parties. No gain or loss was recognized in these transactions.
Total assets within these off-balance sheet lease structures were $876
million at December 31, 2002. Assets of $198 million have been classified as
capital leases; accordingly, the present value of the minimum lease payments,
including the present value of the maximum
residual guarantee at the end of the lease term, has been recorded as a
capital asset and as long-term debt.
36
Managements Discussion and Analysis
We provided residual guarantees to the lessors of $767 million at December
31, 2002, with $595 million representing assets under operating leases.
Included in this amount are residual value guarantees of $370 million related
to the operating leases of railcars. The residual value guarantees protect the
lessor from loss on sale of the property at the end of the lease term. To the
extent that a sale results in proceeds less than a stated percent (generally 80
percent to 89 percent) of the propertys cost less depreciation, we will be
required to reimburse the lessor under our residual value guarantee.
Principal Investing
Our Principal Investing business involves investments
primarily in private equity and mezzanine securities and in investments in
funds sponsored by selected private equity and venture capital groups. These
investments were recorded on the balance sheets at a fair value of $2.1 billion
at December 31, 2002, and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2001. These investments
are subject to all the risks of the equity markets and many of these
investments are illiquid. Direct investments in public and private companies
typically do not involve legally binding commitments to participate in
subsequent equity or debt offerings. Fund investments do however involve
legally binding commitments to contribute capital pursuant to the terms of
limited partnership agreements. At December 31, 2002, we had unfunded
commitments to more than 200 fund sponsors amounting to $972 million. We expect
that these commitments will be drawn over the next three to five years.
Transactions in Our Own Stock
Since 1999 we have entered into derivative
transactions in our own stock, including forward purchase contracts and equity
collars.
The Stockholders Equity
section has a detailed description of these
transactions. We use forward purchase contracts as part of our stock repurchase
program. Under the forward purchase contracts, a counterparty purchased shares
from us or in the open market. Simultaneously, we entered into a forward
contract with the same counterparty to repurchase the shares at the same price
plus a premium that accrues over the term of the contract. This allowed us to
set the price of a share repurchase without reducing stockholders equity. At
December 31, 2002, we had a forward contract involving 24 million shares at a
cost of $753 million. We use equity collars to offset potential dilution from
stock options. Under the collar transactions, we purchased a call option and
sold a put option to the same counterparty. At December 31, 2002, we had collar
transactions involving 12 million shares at a cost of $402 million.
We have the option to settle these contracts by purchasing the shares for
cash or by settling on a net cash or net share basis. If we settle the
contracts by purchasing the shares, we will pay cash and realize a
corresponding reduction to stockholders equity. Net cash and net share
settlement would involve a counterparty selling the shares they hold, with the
remaining obligation settled in cash or shares, respectively. Depending on the
market price of our stock relative to the price of the contracts at settlement,
we may either receive or pay cash or issue shares under net settlement.
Contingent Consideration
As part of our
acquisition activity, we often negotiate
terms in which a portion of the purchase price is contingent on future events,
typically related to the acquired businesses meeting revenue or profitability
targets. The additional consideration may be cash or stock. Contingent
consideration is paid when the contingency is resolved and recorded as
additional goodwill. At December 31, 2002, we had $263 million in cash and $18
million of our common stock committed under such agreements that may be paid
through 2011 if the contingencies are met.
Risk Governance and Administration
We have adopted a comprehensive approach to managing risk, allocating
economic capital and measuring risk-adjusted returns. Our risk management
activities are administered by the chief risk management officer and chief
financial officer. Risk management governance is provided through various
executive and board level oversight committees. Our risk management objectives
include evaluating the inherent risks in our business strategies, establishing
appropriate risk and return guidelines, and effectively managing those risks to
minimize the probability of future negative outcomes.
Our chief risk management officer reports directly to the chief executive
officer and is responsible for credit, market and operational risk governance.
The chief risk management officer provides loan portfolio, market risk and
other information to appropriate management and board of directors oversight
committees on a regular basis. These management committees include the Credit
Policy Committee, the Asset and Liability Management Committee and the Market
Risk Committee, all of which meet monthly. The Credit & Finance Committee and
Audit & Compliance Committee of the board of directors, composed of outside
directors, also meets bimonthly. An Operational Risk Committee, headed by our
chief risk management officer, meets at least quarterly and is responsible for
oversight of all operational risk issues. The Allowance for Loan Losses
Committee, also chaired by the chief risk management officer, meets quarterly
and is responsible for the review and approval of the level of the allowance
for loan losses.
Our risk management practices include key elements such as independent
checks and balances, formal authority limits, well-defined policies and
procedures, quantitative modeling, diversification, active portfolio management
and experienced risk management personnel. Our internal audit department also
evaluates risk management activities. These activities include performing
internal audits, the results of which are reviewed with management and the
Audit & Compliance Committee, as appropriate.
Credit Risk Management
Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes
in a borrowers ability to meet its financial obligations under agreed upon
terms. We are subject to credit risk in our lending, trading, investing,
liquidity/funding and asset management activities. The nature and amount of
credit risk depends on the types of transactions, the structure of those
transactions and the parties involved. In general, credit risk is incidental to
our trading, liquidity/funding and asset management activities, while it is
central to the profit strategy in lending. As a result, the majority of our
credit risk is associated with our lending activities.
37
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Credit risk is managed through a combination of policies and procedures
and risk-taking or commitment authorities that are tracked and regularly
updated in a centralized database. All credit authorities are delegated through
the independent risk management organization. Most officers who are authorized
to incur credit exposure are in the risk management organization and are
independent of the officers who are responsible for generating new business.
The maximum level of credit exposure to individual commercial borrowers is
limited by policy guidelines. These guidelines are based on the default
probabilities associated with the credit facilities extended to each borrower
or related group of borrowers.
Concentration risk is managed through geographic and industry
diversification, country limits and loan quality factors.
Commercial Credit
All commercial loans are assigned internal risk ratings
reflecting the probability of the borrower defaulting on any obligation, the
probability of a default on any particular Wachovia credit facility and the
probable loss in the event of a default.
Commercial credit extensions are also evaluated using a Risk Adjusted
Return on Capital (RAROC) model that considers pricing, internal risk ratings,
loan structure and tenor, among other variables. This produces a risk/return
analysis, enabling the efficient use of economic capital attributable to credit
risk. The same credit processes and checks and balances are used for unfunded
commitments as well as for funded exposures.
Economic capital for all credit risk assets is calculated by the portfolio
management group within the risk management organization. As part of their
annual capital level review, this group analyzes factors that are used to
determine the amount of economic capital needed to support credit risk in the
loan portfolio.
Credit Risk Review is an independent unit that performs risk process
reviews and evaluates a representative sample of credit extensions after the
fact. Credit Risk Review has the authority to change internal risk ratings and
is responsible for assessing the adequacy of credit underwriting and servicing
practices. This unit reports directly to the Credit & Finance Committee of the
board of directors.
Credit approvals are based, among other factors, on the financial strength
of the borrower, assessment of the borrowers management, industry sector
trends, the type of exposure, the transaction structure and the general
economic outlook. There are two processes for approving credit risk exposures.
The first involves standard approval structures (e.g., rapid approval grids)
for use in retail, certain small business lending and most trading activities.
The second, and more prevalent approach, involves individual approval of
exposures consistent with the authority delegated to officers experienced in
the industries and loan structures over which they have responsibility.
In commercial lending, servicing of credit exposure may be as often as
weekly for certain types of asset-based lending, to annually for certain term
loans. Some term loans having characteristics similar to retail loans are
monitored for delinquencies only. In general, quarterly servicing is normal for all significant exposures. The
internal risk ratings are confirmed with each major servicing event. In
addition, portfolio modeling is employed to verify default probabilities and to
estimate losses.
Borrower exposures may be designated as watch list accounts when
warranted by either environmental factors or individual company performance.
Such accounts are subjected to additional quarterly reviews by the business
line management, risk management and credit risk review staff and our chief
risk management officer in order to adequately assess the borrowers credit
status and to take appropriate action. In addition, projections of both
nonperforming assets and losses for future quarters are performed monthly.
We have also established special teams composed of highly skilled and
experienced lenders to manage problem credits. These teams handle commercial
recoveries, workouts and problem loan sales.
Commercial credit checks and balances, the independence of risk management
functions and specialized processes are all designed to avoid problems where
possible and to recognize and address problems early in the cycle when they do
occur.
Retail Credit
In retail lending, we manage credit risk from a portfolio view
rather than by specific borrower as in commercial lending. The risk management
division, working with the line of business, determines the appropriate
risk/return profile for each portfolio, utilizing a variety of tools including
quantitative models and scorecards tailored to meet our specific needs.
By incorporating these models and policies into computer programs or
decisioning engines, much of the underwriting is automated. Once a line of
credit or other retail loan is extended, it is included in the overall
portfolio, which is continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends
and other asset quality indicators. Delinquency action on individual credits is
taken monthly or as needed if collection efforts are necessary. The independent
credit risk review unit also has a retail component to ensure adequacy and
timeliness of retail credit processes. The portfolio management group also
calculates economic capital for retail credit assets.
Market Risk Management
We trade a variety of debt securities, foreign exchange
instruments and derivatives in order to provide customized solutions for the
risk management needs of our customers and for proprietary trading. Risk is
controlled through the use of Value-at-Risk (VAR) methodology with limits
approved by the Asset and Liability Management Committee and an active,
independent
monitoring process. Our 1-day VAR limit for 2002 was $30 million.
The VAR methodology uses recent market volatility to estimate within a
given level of confidence the maximum trading loss over a period of time that
we would expect to incur from an adverse movement in market rates and prices
over the period. We calculate 1-day VAR at the 97.5 percent confidence level.
The VAR model uses historical data from the most recent 252 trading days. The
Daily VAR Backtesting table shows the daily trading profit and loss, and
compares this to the daily VAR. The VAR model is supplemented by stress testing
on a daily basis. The analysis captures all financial instruments that are
considered trading positions. The total 1-day
38
Managements Discussion and Analysis
VAR was $13 million at December 31, 2002, and $11 million at December 31, 2001,
and primarily related to interest rate risk and equity risk. The high, low and
average VARs in 2002 were $18 million, $9 million and $13 million,
respectively.
High, low and
average 1-day VARs by major risk category and on an
aggregate basis are shown in the
VAR Profile by Risk Type
table. The
Histogram
of Daily Profit and Loss in 2002
table shows the distribution of daily trading
revenues versus 1-day VAR projections and the consistency of the trading
pattern in terms of daily profitability.
Operational Risk Management
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from
inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external
events. This risk is inherent in all of our businesses.
Our corporate governance structure for the management of operational risk
is composed of the Credit & Finance Committee of the board of directors, an
enterprise-wide operational risk executive committee and functional risk
committees focused on managing a specific risk such as vendor, compliance,
technology and business continuity planning. Outside our governance process, we
devote significant emphasis and resources to continuous refinement of processes
and tools that aid us in proactive identification and management of material
operational risks. Additionally, we focus on training, education and
development of a risk management culture that reinforces the message that
management of operational risk is the responsibility of all our employees.
We manage operational risk under the leadership of the chief risk
management officer. An enterprise-wide operational risk team, reporting to the
chief risk management officer, is composed of professionals who work with
business line and risk management resources to deploy and improve operational
risk management competencies, processes and technologies. Additionally, this
group is responsible for corporate operational risk governance and information
reporting to executive management and to the board of directors, including the
Audit & Compliance Committee and Credit & Finance Committee.
Clearly, managing merger integration risk and change in general is a key
component of operational risk. To manage this risk, our merger integration
team, led by experienced merger executives, is following a paced, methodical
and deliberate integration plan for the conversion and integration of the
former Wachovia and First Union. A disciplined process to assess organizational
readiness for change has been implemented. This process provides readiness/risk
information relative to staffing, training, customer communication, compliance,
vendors, corporate real estate, technology infrastructure, application systems,
operational support and balancing/reconcilement.
We are also focused on operational risks outside the merger context such
as business continuity, reliance on vendors and privacy/information security.
These risks are not unique to our institution and are inherent in the financial
services industry.
The management of business continuity and availability risk includes
consideration of the people, processes and technologies that support our
day-to-day operations, as well as specific contin-
gency plans for business disruptions such as natural disasters, terrorism or
failure of systems. We manage this risk by developing business continuity plans
and periodic testing and validation.
Vendor risks include the strategic, reputation, financial, compliance or
transaction impact that might result from reliance on third-party vendors and
alliance partners for delivery of services to our customers. We manage this
risk by performing both initial and periodic assessments of each third-party
relationship to ensure that the delivery of products and services to our
customers is not negatively affected. Additionally, we require that
39
Managements Discussion and Analysis
service providers implement appropriate measures to meet the objectives of our
security guidelines. We continue to refine our governance structure, processes
and training in order to manage this risk more effectively.
Privacy and information security risks include threats of improper access
to data and threats to the integrity of data. We manage this risk by a
comprehensive information security program that includes administrative,
technical and physical safeguards for customer records and information. This
program requires periodic training of our employees and the continual
enhancement of security tools and processes. Our security systems use the most
current technologies such as firewalls, intrusion detection and encryption.
These systems are also subject to periodic internal and external testing.
Our strategy continues to link business performance measurements to
operational risk through risk profiles and capital allocation.
Liquidity Risk Management
Liquidity risk involves the risk of being unable to
fund assets with the appropriate duration and rate-based liability, as well as
the risk of not being able to meet unexpected cash needs. Liquidity planning
and management are necessary to ensure we maintain the ability to fund
operations cost-effectively and to meet current and future potential
obligations such as loan commitments, lease obligations, contingent liquidity
commitments and unexpected deposit outflows. In this process, we focus on both
assets and liabilities and on the manner in which they combine to provide
adequate liquidity to meet our needs. However, the
Liquidity Risk Management
table focuses only on future obligations.
In the table that follows, all deposits with indeterminate maturities such
as demand deposits, checking accounts, savings accounts and money market
accounts are presented as having a maturity of one year or less.
Funding sources primarily include customer-based core deposits, purchased
funds, collateralized borrowings, cash flows from operations, and asset
securitizations and sales.
Cash flows from operations are a significant component of liquidity risk
management and consider both deposit maturities and the scheduled cash flows
from loan and investment maturities and payments. Deposits are our primary
source of liquidity. We are one of the nations largest core deposit-funded
banking institutions with a deposit base that is spread across the economically
strong South Atlantic region and high per-capita income Middle Atlantic region.
We believe this geographic diversity creates considerable funding diversity and
stability. The stability of this funding source is affected by other factors,
including returns available to customers on alternative investments, the
quality of customer service levels and competitive forces.
We purchase funds on an unsecured basis in the federal funds, commercial
paper, bank note, national certificate of deposit and long-term debt markets.
In addition, we routinely use securities in our trading portfolio and in our
available for sale portfolio as collateral for secured borrowings. In the event
of severe market disruptions, we have access to secured
Liquidity Risk Management
borrowings through the Federal Reserve Bank. Our ability to access unsecured
funding markets and the cost of funds acquired in these markets is primarily
dependent upon our credit rating, which is currently P-1/A-1 for short-term
paper and Aa3/A for senior debt (Moodys and Standard & Poors, respectively).
Our goal is to maintain a long-term AA credit rating. We believe a long-term
credit rating of AA will provide us with many benefits, including access to
additional funding sources at lower rates (assuming a static interest rate
environment). Conversely, a downgrade from our current long-term debt ratings
would have an adverse impact, including higher costs of funds, access to fewer
funding sources and possibly the triggering of liquidity agreements such as
those with the multi-seller commercial paper conduits. Providing funding under
liquidity agreements may result in our forgoing more profitable lending and
investing opportunities because of funding constraints.
Asset securitizations provide an alternative source of funding. Outside
the customer-oriented conduit activities, we do not rely heavily on the
securitization markets as a source of funds but instead we use securitizations
to diversify risk and manage regulatory capital levels. Widening of the credit
spreads in the securitization market may make accessing these markets
undesirable. If securitizations become undesirable, we may discontinue certain
lending activities and/or increase our reliance on alternative funding sources.
The Asset and Liability Management Committee is responsible for liquidity
risk management. This Committee approves liquidity limits and receives thorough
periodic reports on our liquidity position. The liquidity reporting details
compliance with limits and with guidelines. It includes a review of forecasted
liquidity needs based on scheduled and discretionary asset and liability
maturities. It evaluates the adequacy of funding sources to meet these needs.
In addition, stress scenario tests are evaluated to ensure adequacy of funding
in an adverse environment. These stress tests include reduced access to
traditional funding sources in addition to expected drawdowns of contingent
liquidity exposures (for example, liquidity agreements with conduits).
Derivatives
We use derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, to
generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist our customers with
their risk management objectives. All derivatives are recorded on the balance
sheet at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included
either in the
40
Managements Discussion and Analysis
results of operations or in other comprehensive income, depending on the nature
and purpose of the derivative transaction. Derivative transactions are often
measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the
balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the
risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is not usually exchanged,
but is used only as the basis upon which interest or other payments are
calculated.
For interest rate risk management, we use derivatives as a cost-and
capital-efficient way to hedge on-balance sheet assets, liabilities and
forecasted transactions. Derivatives used for interest rate risk management
include various interest rate swap, futures, forward and option structures with
indices that relate to the pricing of specific on-balance sheet instruments.
Trading and customer derivatives include a wide array of interest rate, foreign
currency, credit and equity derivatives.
Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a future date or
dates, which may range from a few days to a number of years, based on
differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional
principal amount. Futures and forward contracts are commitments to buy or sell
at a future date a financial instrument, commodity or currency at a contracted
price and may be settled in cash or through delivery. Option contracts give the
purchaser, for a fee, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within
a limited time, a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that
may also be settled in cash, based on differentials between specified indices.
Credit derivatives are contractual agreements that provide insurance against a
credit event including bankruptcy, insolvency and failure to meet payment
obligations of one or more referenced credits in exchange for a fee.
We measure the credit exposure on our derivative contracts by taking into
account both the current market value of each contract in a gain position,
which is reported on the balance sheet, plus a prudent estimate of potential
change in value over each contracts life. The measurement of the potential
future exposure for each credit facility is based on a simulation of market
rates and generally takes into account legally enforceable risk mitigating
agreements for each obligor such as netting and collateral.
We manage the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way that
we manage credit risk of our loan portfolios, by establishing credit limits for
each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions.
For nondealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an
individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial
strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by
entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When we have more
than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable
master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain
and loss positions with that counterparty. The
Credit Risk Management
section
has more information on the management of credit risk.
The market risk associated with interest rate risk management derivatives
is fully incorporated into our earnings simulation model in the same manner as
financial instruments for which the interest-bearing balance is reflected on
the balance sheet. The
Interest Rate Risk Management
section describes the way
in which we manage this risk. The market risk associated with trading and
customer derivative positions is managed using the VAR methodology, as
described in the
Market Risk Management
section.
Detailed information on our derivatives used for interest rate risk
management is included in
Table 17
through
Table 19.
Additional information is
also included in
Note 1, Note 4
and
Note 18
to
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Interest Rate Risk Management
Managing interest rate risk is fundamental to
banking. The inherent maturity and repricing characteristics of our day-to-day
lending and deposit activities create a naturally asset-sensitive structure. By
using a combination of financial instruments, we manage the sensitivity of
earnings to changes in interest rates within our established policy guidelines.
The Asset and Liability Management Committee oversees the interest rate risk
management process and approves policy guidelines. Balance sheet management and
finance personnel monitor the day-to-day exposure to changes in interest rates
in response to loan and deposit flows. They make adjustments within established
policy guidelines as needed to manage overall risk exposure.
In analyzing interest rate sensitivity for policy measurement, we compare
our forecasted earnings per share in both a high rate and low rate scenario
to base-line scenarios. Our base-line scenario is our estimated most likely
path for future short-term interest rates over the next 24 months. The second
base-line scenario holds short-term rates flat at their current level over our
forecast horizon. The high rate and low rate scenarios assume gradual 200
basis point increases or decreases in the federal funds rate from the beginning
point of each base-line scenario over the next 12-month period. Our policy
limit for the maximum negative impact on earnings per share resulting from
high rate or low rate scenarios is 5 percent. The policy limit applies to
the most likely rate and the flat rate base-line scenarios. The policy
measurement period is 12 months in length, beginning with the first month of
the forecast.
Earnings Sensitivity
Our flat rate scenario holds the federal funds rate
constant at 1.25 percent through December 2003. Based on our December 2002
outlook, if interest rates were to follow our high rate scenario (i.e., a 200
basis point increase in short-term rates from our flat rate scenario), our
earnings sensitivity model indicates earnings during the policy measurement
period would decline by 0.9 percent. Typically, we analyze a 200 basis point
decline for our low rate scenario. However, because of the current federal
funds rate level, we believe a 50 basis point decline in rates is more
appropriate. If rates were to follow the low rate scenario relative to flat
rates, earnings would decline by 0.1 percent.
For our most likely rate scenario, we believe the market forward implied
rate (market rate) is the most appropriate. This scenario assumes the federal
funds rate remains level at 1.25 percent through the second quarter of 2003 and
gradually rises to 2.00 percent by December 2003. Sensitivity to the market
rate scenario is measured using a gradual 200 basis point increase over a
12-month period.
Our model indicates that earnings would
41
Managements Discussion and Analysis
be negatively affected by 1.9 percent in a high rate scenario relative to the
market rate over the policy period. Additionally, we measure a scenario where
rates gradually decline 50 basis points over a 12-month period relative to the
most likely rate scenario. The model indicates that earnings would be
negatively affected in this scenario by 0.1 percent.
In addition to the standard scenarios used to analyze rate sensitivity
over the policy measurement period, we regularly analyze the potential impact
of other more extreme interest rate scenarios. These alternate what if
scenarios may include interest rate paths that are higher, lower and more
volatile than those used for policy measurement. For example, based on our
December 2002 outlook, if short-term rates rise by 300 basis points over the
course of 2003, earnings in 2003 would decline by 1.6 percent.
While our interest rate sensitivity modeling assumes that management takes
no action, we regularly assess the viability of strategies to reduce
unacceptable risks to earnings and we implement such strategies when we believe
those actions are prudent. As new monthly outlooks become available, we
formulate strategies aimed at protecting earnings from the potential negative
effects of changes in interest rates.
Financial Disclosure
We have always maintained internal controls over financial
reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation
of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America. As a bank holding company, we are
subject to the internal control reporting and attestation requirements of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, and therefore, we are
very familiar with the process of maintaining and evaluating our internal
controls over financial reporting. In connection with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, management focused its attention in 2002 on our disclosure controls and
procedures, which as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
are generally those controls and procedures designed to ensure that financial
and non-financial information required to be disclosed in our reports filed
with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules
and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including
our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In light of new
regulatory requirements, we engaged in a process of reviewing our disclosure
controls and procedures. As a result of our review, and although we believed
that our pre-existing disclosure controls and procedures were effective in
enabling us to comply with our disclosure obligations, we implemented minor
enhancements to our disclosure controls and procedures. These enhancements,
which included the establishment of a disclosure committee, generally
formalized and documented the disclosure controls and procedures that we
already had in place.
The disclosure committee, which includes senior representatives from our
treasury, accounting and investor relations departments, as well as from our
four core business segments, assists senior management in its oversight of the
accuracy and timeliness of our disclosures, as well as in implementing and
evaluating our overall disclosure process. As part of our disclosure process,
accounting representatives in our finance division and representatives from our
four core business segments, the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth
Management, and the Corporate and Investment Bank, prepare and review monthly,
quarterly and annual financial reports, which also are reviewed by each of the
business segments chief financial officers and senior management. Accounting
representatives in our finance division also conduct further reviews with our
senior management team, other appropriate personnel involved in the disclosure
process, including the disclosure committee and internal audit, and our
external auditors and counsel, as appropriate. Financial results and other
financial information also are reviewed with the Audit & Compliance Committee
of the board of directors on a quarterly basis. In addition, accounting
representatives in our finance division meet with representatives of our
primary federal banking regulators on a quarterly basis to review, among other
things, income statement and balance sheet trends, any significant or unusual
transactions, changes in or adoption of significant accounting policies, and
other significant non-financial data, as identified by our representatives. The
chief executive officer and the chief financial officer also meet with the
federal banking regulators on a semiannual basis. As required by applicable
regulatory requirements, the chief executive officer and the chief financial
officer review and make various certifications regarding the accuracy of our
periodic public reports filed with the SEC and our disclosure controls and
procedures. With the assistance of the disclosure committee, we will continue
to assess and monitor our disclosure controls and procedures and will make
refinements as necessary.
Accounting and Regulatory Matters
The following information addresses new or proposed accounting
pronouncements related to our industry as well as new or proposed legislation
that will continue to have a significant impact on our industry.
Consolidations
In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, which addresses
consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs), certain of which are also
referred to as SPEs. VIEs are entities in which equity investors do not have
the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have
sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without
additional subordinate financial support from other parties. Under the
provisions of FIN 46, a company will consolidate a VIE if the company has a
variable interest (or combination of variable interests) that will absorb a
majority of the VIEs expected losses if they occur, receive a majority of the
VIEs expected residual returns if they occur or both. The company that
consolidates a VIE is called the primary beneficiary. The provisions of FIN 46
are applicable to variable interests in VIEs created after January 31, 2003.
Variable interest in VIEs created before February 1, 2003, are subject to the
provision of FIN 46 no later than July 1, 2003. In addition, if it is
reasonably possible that a company will consolidate or disclose information
about a VIE when FIN 46 becomes effective, the company is required to disclose
the nature, purpose, size and activities of the VIE and the companys maximum
exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIE in its December
31, 2002, financial statements.
42
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Because of the extensive analysis that is required to adopt FIN 46, we
have not fully assessed the impact of adopting this standard, including whether
any cumulative effect of an accounting change will be recognized in the results
of operations in the period of adoption, which will be no later than the
quarter ended September 30, 2003. Certain entities that are preliminarily
considered VIEs in which we have a significant or majority variable interest
may change before adoption of FIN 46. We have provided the required disclosures
in
Note 6
to
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
In December 2002, the FASB issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 148,
Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure,
which amended SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.
SFAS 148 provides three methods for
transition to the fair value method of accounting for stock options for those
companies that elect the fair value method under SFAS 123. The three methods
include: the prospective method for new stock options awarded after the date of
the adoption of the fair value method, which is the method originally required
by SFAS 123; the modified prospective method for all stock options unvested as
of the date of adoption of the fair value method; and the retroactive
restatement method of all periods presented. In 2002, we adopted the fair value
method of accounting using the prospective method. SFAS 148 also requires more
prominent disclosures about the method of accounting for stock options and the
impact on the results of operations of the method used. We have provided these
required disclosures in
Note 1
to
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Guarantees
In November 2002, the FASB issued FIN 45. FIN 45 requires a company
to record as a liability the fair value of certain guarantees initiated by the
company. The offsetting entry is dependent on the nature of the guarantee, with
an asset generally being recorded, such as the consideration received for
providing a letter of credit or prepaid rent for a residual value guarantee in
an operating lease. The liability recorded will typically be reduced by a
credit to the results of operations as the guarantee lapses, which generally
will occur on a systematic basis over the term of the guarantee or at
settlement of the guarantee.
The initial measurement and recognition provisions of FIN 45 are effective
for applicable guarantees written or modified after December 31, 2002. The
adoption of these recognition provisions will result in recording liabilities
associated with certain guarantees that we provide. These include the residual
value guarantees issued in conjunction with the railcar sale/leaseback
discussed in the
Off-Balance Sheet Profile
section, standby letters of credit
for which the consideration is received at periods other than at the beginning
of the term, and certain liquidity facilities we provide to the conduits we
administer. The impact of the initial measurement and recognition provisions of
FIN 45 is dependent on the number and size of applicable future guarantees that
we provide; however, we do not anticipate that the impact will have a material
effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In addition, FIN 45 requires disclosures beginning with the December 31,
2002, financial statements of these and other guarantees. We have provided the
disclosure required by FIN 45 in
Note 18
to
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements,
for all applicable guarantees in effect at December 31, 2002.
Exit Costs
In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146,
Accounting for Costs
Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.
Under the provisions of SFAS 146,
a liability for costs associated with exit or disposal activities is recognized
only when a liability has been incurred. Previously, a liability was recognized
when management committed to a plan of disposal and the plan met certain
criteria, even though commitment to a plan did not, by itself, necessarily
result in a liability.
Specifically, under SFAS 146, involuntary employee termination costs will
be recorded on the date that employees are notified, if the period between
notification and termination is the lesser of 60 days or the legally required
notification period. Otherwise, these costs will be recognized evenly over the
period from notification to termination. Costs associated with terminating a
contract, including leases, will be recognized when the contract is legally
terminated or the benefits of the contract are no longer being realized.
SFAS 146 is effective for exit plans initiated after December 31, 2002.
The impact this standard will have is dependent on the number and size of any
exit or disposal activities that we undertake, and the effect will be largely
on the timing of expense recognition.
Asset Impairment
In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for
the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,
which supercedes both SFAS
121,
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed Of,
and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB
Opinion No. 30,
Reporting the Results of Operations Reporting the Effects of
Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and
Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions,
for the disposal of a segment
of a business. SFAS 144 retains the fundamental provisions in SFAS 121 for
recognition and measurement of impairment losses on long-lived assets held for
use and long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale and resolves significant
implementation issues associated with SFAS 121. Unlike SFAS 121, an impairment
assessment under SFAS 144 does not result in a write-down of goodwill. Rather,
goodwill is evaluated for impairment under SFAS 142, as described below.
We adopted SFAS
144 on January 1, 2002. The adoption of SFAS 144 for
long-lived assets held for use had no material impact on our consolidated
financial position or results of operations. The provisions of SFAS 144 for
assets held for sale or other disposal generally are required to be applied
prospectively after the adoption date to newly initiated disposal activities.
Business Combinations
In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141,
Business
Combinations,
and SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
SFAS 141
requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, be
accounted for using the purchase method. Also under SFAS 141, identified
intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination must be
sep-
43
Managements Discussion and Analysis
arately valued and recorded on the balance sheet if they meet certain
requirements. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite
useful lives acquired in purchase business combinations completed before July
1, 2001, are subject to amortization through December 31, 2001, at which time
amortization ceases. We adopted SFAS 141 and the provisions of SFAS 142
relating to amortization of intangible assets on July 1, 2001.
Under the provisions of SFAS 142, goodwill and identified intangible
assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization. Rather
they are subject to impairment testing on an annual basis, or more often if
events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Identified
intangible assets that have a finite useful life are amortized over that life
in a manner that reflects the estimated decline in the economic value of the
identified intangible asset. Identified intangible assets that have a finite
useful life are periodically reviewed to determine whether there have been any
events or circumstances to indicate that the recorded amount is not recoverable
from projected undiscounted net operating cash flows. If the projected
undiscounted net operating cash flows are less than the carrying amount, a loss
is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, and when
appropriate, the amortization period is also reduced. Unamortized intangible
assets associated with disposed assets are included in the determination of
gain or loss on sale of the disposed assets.
The merger of First Union and the former Wachovia was accounted for using
the purchase method, and in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 141, the
goodwill recorded in connection with the merger was never subject to
amortization.
Under the provisions of SFAS 142, all goodwill and identified intangible
assets with an indefinite useful life must be tested for impairment as of
January 1, 2002, and annually thereafter. This test involves assigning tangible
assets and liabilities, identified intangible assets and goodwill to reporting
units and comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying
value. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, a further test is
required to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. Under SFAS 142, a
reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment.
We determined that lines of business were our reporting units. Our impairment
evaluations as of January 1, 2002, and for the year ended December 31, 2002,
indicated that none of our goodwill was impaired.
Derivatives Used in Trading Activities
In November 2002, the FASBs Emerging
Issues Task Force (EITF) concluded in EITF Issue 02-3,
Issues Involved in
Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts
Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities,
that a company could
not recognize an unrealized gain at the inception of a derivative contract
unless the fair value of that contract was based on either quoted market prices
in an active market, observable prices of other current market transactions or
valuation models where the variables in the models were based on observable
data. The impact of EITF 02-3 does not change the actual gain or loss over the
life of a contract. Rather, it affects the timing of the recognition of
unrealized gains and losses over the life of a contract. EITF 02-3 was
effective for all transactions entered into after November 21, 2002. We have an
insignificant number of contracts subject to EITF 02-3, and accordingly, this
consensus had no impact on our 2002 results of operations. The impact in 2003
and thereafter will depend on the type and volume of contracts subject to EITF
02-3.
Regulatory Matters
On October 26, 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 became law.
This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial
Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the IMLAFA). The IMLAFA contains anti-money
laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions, broker-dealers
and certain other financial institutions. The IMLAFA requires U.S. financial
institutions to adopt new policies and procedures to combat money laundering
and grants the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to establish
regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial
institutions operations. As of the date of this filing, the impact of the
IMLAFA on our operations is not expected to be material. We are establishing
policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the IMLAFA.
In 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999
(Modernization Act) became law. The Modernization Act allows bank holding
companies meeting management, capital and Community Reinvestment Act standards
to engage in a substantially broader range of nonbanking activities than was
permissible before enactment, including underwriting insurance and making
merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies. It also
allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;
removes various restrictions that applied to bank holding company ownership of
securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and establishes the
overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also
engage in insurance and securities activities. This part of the Modernization
Act became effective in March 2000. In 2000, we became a financial holding
company pursuant to the Modernization Act and are thereby permitted to engage
in the broader range of activities that the Modernization Act permits.
The Modernization Act also modifies current law related to financial
privacy and community reinvestment. The new privacy provisions generally
prohibit financial institutions, such as ours, from disclosing nonpublic
personal financial information to non-affiliated third parties unless customers
have the opportunity to opt out of the disclosure.
On July 30, 2002, President George W. Bush signed the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002 into law. The intent of this law is to reform specific matters
pertaining to public accounting oversight, auditor independence and corporate
responsibility. Requirements in the act will affect certain of our corporate
governance policies and certain of our business lines, such as securities
analysis. We continue to assess and refine our corporate governance policies in
response to this law. We do not believe this law will negatively affect our
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
Various legislative and regulatory proposals concerning the financial
services industry are pending in Congress, the legislatures in
states in which we conduct operations and before various regulatory
agencies that supervise our operations. Given the
44
Managements Discussion and Analysis
uncertainty of the legislative and regulatory process, we cannot assess the
impact of any such legislation or regulations on our consolidated financial
position or results of operations.
Earnings Analysis for Fourth Quarter 2002
Fourth quarter 2002 net income available to common stockholders was $891
million, or 66 cents per share, up 22 percent from $730 million, or 54 cents in
the fourth quarter of 2001. These results included after-tax net merger-related
and restructuring expenses of $92 million, or six cents per share, in 2002, and
$63 million, or four cents, in 2001. Total revenues were down from the fourth
quarter of 2001 primarily due to weak trading results and higher net principal
investing losses, partially offset by gains on the sale of loans and
securities. The provision for loan losses declined from the fourth quarter of
2001, primarily due to charge-offs on exposure to an energy services company
that filed for bankruptcy in the fourth quarter of 2001. The fourth quarter
2002 provision did, however, exceed net charge-offs by $109 million due to the
transfer of exposure to loans held for sale and the sale of loans directly out
of the portfolio. Additionally, income tax expense for the fourth quarter of
2002 included the recognition of a tax benefit primarily related to a loss on
our investment in The Money Store. This tax benefit was fully offset by credit
and legal actions taken as part of our ongoing strategies to reduce risk. See
Table
5 for additional information.
Earnings and Balance Sheet Analysis for Prior Year
Net income available to common stockholders was $1.6 billion in 2001
compared with $92 million in 2000. Results in each period were diminished by
after-tax net merger-related, restructuring and other net expenses, which
amounted to $737 million in 2001 and $2.8 billion in 2000. Also in 2000, we
recorded a $46 million after-tax charge for the cumulative effect of a change
in the accounting for beneficial interests.
Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis increased 5 percent from
2000 to $7.9 billion in 2001. This increase was due to the lower interest rate
environment, an increase in the proportion of low-cost core deposits and the
addition of earning assets from the former Wachovia. This was offset by a
number of factors in the second half of 2000 and in 2001. Actions taken in the
second half of 2000 as a result of our strategic repositioning negatively
affected net interest income, including the sale of the credit card portfolio,
securitization of home equity loans and branch divestitures. Because these
actions were taken late in the year, they had a partial impact in 2000 but
affected the full year of 2001. Additionally, derivative positions that
contributed positively to the margin matured in December 2000. Actions taken in
2001 that negatively affected net interest income included branch divestitures
and home equity securitizations.
The contribution of hedge-related derivative income to the net interest
margin declined from 23 basis points in 2000 to 18 basis points in 2001 largely
due to derivatives that matured in December 2000. The average rate earned on
earning assets declined 96 basis points from 2000 to 7.36 percent in 2001 and
the average rate paid on liabilities decreased 115 basis points from 2000 to
4.16 percent in 2001.
Fee and other income was $6.3 billion in 2001, down 6 percent from 2000.
The decline largely reflected a $707 million net loss in principal investing
compared with principal investing net gains of $395 million in 2000, which was
partially offset by the addition of four months of fee and other income related
to the former Wachovia.
Service charges increased 19 percent to $1.4 billion and other banking
fees increased 4 percent to $806 million from 2000 due in part to the addition
of the former Wachovia. Commissions, which include brokerage and insurance
commissions, decreased $23 million to $1.6 billion in 2001 reflecting the
weakened trading environment. Fiduciary and asset management fees increased 9
percent to $1.6 billion primarily due to increased asset-based fees in
brokerage asset management accounts and to the addition of fee income from the
former Wachovia. Advisory, underwriting and other investment banking fees
increased 20 percent to $492 million primarily due to strength in the fixed
income businesses in the Corporate and Investment Bank.
Trading account profits were $344 million in 2001, up from $308 million
in 2000. Securities transactions resulted in a net loss of $67 million in
2001, including impairment losses of $240 million offset by realized gains.
In 2000, securities transactions resulted in a net loss of $1.1 billion,
including impairment losses of $80 million.
Other income, including results from asset sales and securitizations,
decreased $846 million from 2000 to $856 million in 2001. Asset sales and
securitization gains amounted to $282 million in 2001 and $265 million in 2000.
Net market value write-downs on loans held for sale were $86 million in 2001
and $217 million in 2000. In 2001, we recorded a $21 million loss on the
discontinued indirect auto lending and leasing business, and in 2000, a $73
million loss principally related to reserves on auto lease residuals.
Other income also included affordable housing write-downs of $99 million
in 2001 compared with $111 million in 2000. Offsetting these affordable housing
write-downs were related tax credits amounting to $163 million and $187 million
in 2001 and 2000, respectively, which are included in income taxes. Other
income in 2001 also included a $75 million gain recorded in connection with the
sale of our investment in Star Systems, Inc. In 2000, other income included
gains on the sale of the credit card portfolio of $937 million, $71 million on
the sale of servicing and $357 million in branch sale gains.
Noninterest expense was $9.8 billion in 2001, down 16 percent from 2000.
The decrease in noninterest expense from 2000 primarily
reflected a 2000 net restructuring expense of $2.2 billion offset by the
addition of four months of expenses from the former Wachovia in 2001, as well
as amortization of intangibles other than goodwill recorded in connection with
the merger. The decrease in noninterest expense also reflected our expense
control initiatives, divestitures of certain businesses in late 2000 and lower
variable compensation expense.
Income taxes were $674 million in 2001 and $565 million in 2000 and the
effective tax rate was 29.39 percent in 2001 and 80.37 percent in 2000. Net
income in 2000 included a $1.8 billion
45
Managements Discussion and Analysis
write-down for impairment of intangible assets, primarily goodwill. This
charge is not deductible for federal or state income tax purposes.
Accordingly, this charge had the effect of significantly increasing the
effective tax rate in 2000.
General Bank total revenue was $7.0 billion in 2001 and $5.8 billion in
2000. The increase was due to improved sales production, increased core
deposits and to four months of revenue related to the former Wachovia. Net
interest income was $5.1 billion in 2001 and $4.4 billion in 2000, reflecting
increases in average loans and average core deposits. Fee and other income,
which reflected improved service charge income, higher mortgage-related income
and strong debit card revenues, was $1.7 billion in 2001 and $1.3 billion in
2000. The provision for loan losses was $425 million in 2001 and $219 million
in 2000. The higher provision was due to increased charge-offs related to the
normal aging of the home equity portfolio, increased commercial provisions and
provisions recorded in connection with loan sales and transfers to loans held
for sale. Noninterest expense, excluding the addition of four months of
noninterest expense from the former Wachovia, was essentially flat, reflecting
solid expense control.
Loan growth was largely due to across-the-board strength in consumer loans
and the addition of loans from the former Wachovia. General Bank average core
deposits were $110 billion in 2001, an increase of $12 billion from 2000,
including core deposits from the former Wachovia. Both consumer and commercial
deposits increased, primarily in interest checking, savings and money market
accounts, reflecting our focus on acquiring low-cost core deposits.
Capital Management total revenue remained steady at $2.9 billion in both
2001 and 2000, as the effects of the declining financial markets were
essentially offset by strong product sales and revenue from the former
Wachovia. The continued focus on expense control was apparent, as noninterest
expense remained essentially flat with 2000 levels, despite the higher
noninterest expense base associated with the addition of the former Wachovia.
Wealth Management total revenue was $646 million in 2001 and $509 million
in 2000 reflecting the addition of four months of revenue from the former
Wachovia. Net interest income was $251 million in 2001 and $190 million in
2000. Fee and other income amounted to $394 million in 2001 and $319 million in
2000. The increase in noninterest expense year over year reflects the addition
of four months of noninterest expense from the former Wachovia.
Overall Corporate and Investment Bank results were adversely affected by a
$1.1 billion decline in principal investing results with a $707 million net
loss in principal investing in 2001 compared with principal investing net gains
of $395 million in 2000. Our principal investing business was negatively
affected by the significant decline in equity market valuations, particularly
in the telecommunications and technology sectors, and the related change in
debt and private equity capital availability afforded to venture capital-backed
companies in 2001. Excluding principal investing, the Corporate and Investment
Banks 2001 revenue increased $763 million from 2000, partly due to the
addition of four months of revenue from the former Wachovia. Noninterest
expense increased $153 million from 2000 due to the addition of four months of
noninterest expense from the former Wachovia.
Net interest income in the Parent decreased $883 million due to divested
businesses. The $224 million decline in fee and other income was also primarily
related to the divested businesses. Noninterest expense declined $277 million
due to the divested businesses, reduced management expenses and other
reductions in corporate expenses.
We had securities available for sale with a market value of $58 billion at
December 31, 2001, compared with $48 billion at December 31, 2000. Investment
securities were $1.6 billion at December 31, 2000.
Included in securities available for sale at December 31, 2001, were
residual interests with a market value of $1.0 billion, which included a net
unrealized gain of $205 million. At December 31, 2000, securities available for
sale included residual interests with a market value of $298 million, which
included a net unrealized gain of $43 million.
Net loans were $164 billion at December 31, 2001, and $124 billion at
December 31, 2000. This increase included loans from the former Wachovia,
offset by consumer portfolio loan sales and securitizations, transfers to loans
held for sale, the sale of specific commercial loans and strategic reductions
in less profitable commercial loans in connection with loan portfolio
management actions in 2001. Commercial loans represented 67 percent and
consumer loans 33 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2001. Managed
loans were $216 billion at December 31, 2001, and $168 billion at December 31,
2000. The average rate earned on loans decreased 98 basis points from 2000 to
7.91 percent in 2001, which was in line with reductions in interest rates.
At December 31, 2001, nonperforming assets, including non-performing loans
classified as loans held for sale, were $1.9 billion and at December 31, 2000,
$1.6 billion. The increase in 2001 was due largely to the addition of
nonperforming assets from the former Wachovia. The increase also included $200
million of nonperforming assets related to an energy services company that
filed for bankruptcy in 2001 and to the transfer to nonperforming assets of
part of our Argentinean exposure. Nonperforming loans classified as loans held
for sale in 2001 amounted to $228 million compared with $334 million in 2000.
As a percentage of net loans, foreclosed properties and loans held for sale,
nonperforming assets improved to 1.13 percent at December 31, 2001, compared
with 1.22 percent at December 31, 2000.
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due, excluding loans that are
classified as loans held for sale, amounted to $288 million at December 31,
2001, compared with $183 million at December 31, 2000. Substantially all of the
increase was the result of the addition of loans from the former Wachovia. Of
these past due loans at December 31, 2001, $82 million were commercial loans or
commercial real estate loans and $206 million were consumer loans.
46
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Net charge-offs were 0.70 percent of average net loans in 2001 and 0.59
percent in 2000. Net charge-offs were $937 million in 2001 and $751 million in
2000. The $186 million increase in net charge-offs year over year reflected a
$97 million charge-off related to the energy services company referred to above
and to net charge-offs related to loans from the former Wachovia.
The provision for loan losses was $1.9 billion in 2001 and $1.7 billion in
2000. Components of the provision in 2001 included $937 million equal to net
charge-offs, $284 million related to loans sold or transferred to loans held
for sale and $726 million in incremental provision. The incremental provision
was recorded in response to the deterioration in the credit environment as well
as to the integration of the loan portfolios as a result of the merger.
Components of the provision in 2000 included $751 million equal to net
charge-offs, $657 million related to loans transferred to loans held for sale
and $328 million in incremental provision.
As a result of these actions and the addition of $766 million in allowance
from the former Wachovia, the allowance for loan losses increased $1.3 billion
to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2001. The allowance rose to 1.83 percent of net
loans at December 31, 2001, from 1.39 percent at December 31, 2000.
At December 31, 2001, loans held for sale amounted to $7.8 billion
compared with $8.1 billion at December 31, 2000. In 2001, we transferred a net
$1.3 billion of loans to loans held for sale; $968 million of these were
performing and $291 million were nonperforming at the time of the transfer. Of
the $335 million allowance associated with the loans transferred to loans held
for sale, $87 million represented existing reserves and $248 million
represented additional provision to adjust the loans to the lower of cost or
market value at the date of transfer. This activity included the post-merger,
third quarter 2001 transfer to loans held for sale of $1.5 billion of
overlapping loans and loans representing areas of perceived higher risk. Of
these overlapping and higher risk loans, $1.4 billion were performing loans and
$113 million were nonperforming.
In 2001, we sold $23 billion in loans out of the loans held for sale
portfolio. Of this total, $1.8 billion were commercial loans and $21 billion
were consumer loans, primarily mortgages sold to agencies. Substantially all of
the consumer loan sales represented normal flow business, which is originated
directly into the loans held for sale portfolio. A total of $378 million of the
loans sold were nonperforming. Included in the $23 billion was the
securitization of $3.2 billion of The Money Store home equity loans that were
transferred into loans held for sale in connection with our June 2000 strategic
repositioning.
Core deposits were $169 billion at December 31, 2001, and $122 billion at
December 31, 2000. The majority of this increase was the result of the addition
of deposits from the former Wachovia. Our renewed focus on gathering deposits
stemmed a negative growth trend and led to deposit growth in low-cost core
deposits in 2001, more than offsetting a decline in higher cost consumer
certificate of deposit balances. In 2001 and 2000, average noninterest-bearing
deposits were 23 percent and 24 percent, respectively, of average core
deposits. The portion of core deposits in higher-rate, other consumer time
deposits was 23 percent at December 31, 2001, and 29 percent at December 31,
2000.
Average purchased funds, which include wholesale borrowings with
maturities of 12 months or less, were $60 billion in 2001 and $66 billion in
2000. The decrease from 2000 was due to lower funding needs, primarily the
result of the sale of $13 billion in securities in connection with our 2000
strategic repositioning and an increase in low-cost core deposits. Purchased
funds were $63 billion at December 31, 2001, and $61 billion at December 31,
2000.
Long-term debt was $42 billion at December 31, 2001, and $36 billion at
December 31, 2000. Long-term debt included $3 billion of trust preferred
securities at December 31, 2001, and $2 billion at December 31, 2000.
Stockholders equity was $28 billion at December 31, 2001, including $13
billion from the issuance of shares in connection with the merger with the
former Wachovia, and $15 billion at December 31, 2000. Common shares
outstanding amounted to 1.4 billion at December 31, 2001, and 980 million at
December 31, 2000, with the increase attributable to the 407 million shares
issued in the Wachovia merger. In 2001, we repurchased 2 million shares of
common stock in the open market at a cost of $64 million. We also retired 16
million shares at a cost of $568 million held by the former Wachovia. In
addition, we retired 12 million shares at a cost of $652 million by settling a
forward purchase contract and an equity forward contract. In 2000, we
repurchased in the open market 15 million shares of common stock at a cost of
$479 million.
We paid $1.0 billion in dividends to common stockholders in 2001 and $1.9
billion in 2000. The decline from 2000 reflected a 50 percent reduction in the
dividend rate to 24 cents per share, offset by dividends paid on the shares
issued in connection with the merger. This represented a cash earnings dividend
payout ratio of 38.40 percent in 2001 and 58.18 percent in 2000.
At December 31, 2001, our tier 1 and total capital ratios were 7.04
percent and 11.08 percent, respectively, and 7.02 percent and 11.19 percent,
respectively, at December 31, 2000. Our leverage ratio at December 31, 2001,
was 6.19 percent and at December 31, 2000, 5.92 percent.
47
Financial Performance
U.S. BANK of the YEAR
Wachovia was honored in 2002 to be named U.S. Bank of the Year
by the prestigious international finance magazine,
The Banker,
based
in London. The award represents one of the HIGHEST ACCOLADES
in the GLOBAL BANKING WORLD, reflecting OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENT and
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE.
CONTENTS
48
Financial Tables
Table 1
SELECTED STATISTICAL DATA
49
Financial Tables
Table 2
SUMMARIES OF INCOME, PER COMMON SHARE AND BALANCE SHEET DATA
50
Financial Tables
Table 3
FEE AND OTHER INCOME CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK (a)
Table 4
SELECTED RATIOS
51
Financial Tables
Table 5
SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA
52
Financial Tables
Table 6
SECURITIES
53
Financial Tables
54
Financial Tables
Table 7
LOANS ON-BALANCE SHEET, AND MANAGED AND SERVICING PORTFOLIOS
55
Financial Tables
Table 8
LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Table 9
COMMERCIAL LOAN MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES (a)
56
Financial Tables
Table 10
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND NONPERFORMING ASSETS
57
Financial Tables
Table 11
ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
58
Financial Tables
Table 12
NONACCRUAL LOAN ACTIVITY (a)
Table 13
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Table 14
TIME DEPOSITS IN AMOUNTS OF $100,000 OR MORE
59
Financial Tables
Table 15
DEPOSITS (a)
Table 16
CAPITAL RATIOS
60
Financial Tables
Table 17
RISK MANAGEMENT DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (a)
61
Financial Tables
62
Financial Tables
Table 18
RISK MANAGEMENT DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS EXPECTED MATURITIES
63
Financial Tables
64
Financial Tables
Table 19
RISK MANAGEMENT DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS ACTIVITY
Table 20
INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
65
Financial Tables
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NET INTEREST INCOME SUMMARIES (a)
66
Financial Tables
67
Statement of Responsibility
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENTS STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
Management of Wachovia Corporation and its subsidiaries (the
Company) is committed to the highest standards of quality customer
service and the enhancement of stockholder value. Management expects
the Companys employees to respect its customers and to assign the
highest priority to customer needs.
Management of the Company is responsible for the preparation and
fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other
financial information contained in this report. Management of the
Company is also responsible for establishing and maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting, including the safeguarding
of assets. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were
prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America and include, as necessary, best estimates
and judgments by management. Other financial information contained in
this annual report is presented on a basis consistent with the
consolidated financial statements unless otherwise indicated.
To ensure the integrity, objectivity and fairness of the
information in these consolidated financial statements, management of
the Company has established and maintains internal controls
supplemented by a program of internal audits. The internal controls are
designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded
and transactions are executed, recorded and reported in accordance with
managements intentions and authorizations and to comply with
applicable laws and regulations. The internal control system includes
an organizational structure that provides appropriate delegation of
authority and segregation of duties, established policies and
procedures, and comprehensive internal audit and loan review programs.
To enhance the reliability of internal controls, management recruits
and trains highly qualified personnel, and maintains sound risk
management practices.
There are inherent limitations in any internal control, including
the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of
controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide
only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement
preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the
effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time. The Internal
Audit Division of the Company reviews, evaluates, monitors and makes
recommendations on policies and procedures, which serves as an
integral, but independent, component of internal control.
The consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG
LLP, independent auditors, in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America. In performing its
audit, KPMG LLP considers the Companys internal control structure to
the extent it deems necessary in order to issue its opinion on the
consolidated financial statements. KPMG LLP reviews the results of its
audit with both management and the Audit & Compliance Committee of the
Board of Directors.
The Companys financial reporting and internal controls are under
the general oversight of the Board of Directors, acting through the
Audit & Compliance Committee. The Audit & Compliance Committee is
composed entirely of independent directors. KPMG LLP and internal
auditors have direct and unrestricted access to the Audit & Compliance
Committee at all times. The Audit & Compliance Committee meets
periodically with management, internal auditors and KPMG LLP to
determine that each is fulfilling its responsibilities and to support
actions to identify, measure and control risks and augment internal
controls.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
Average Balance
Rate
Average Balance
Rate
$
3,312
1.90
%
$
2,359
3.92
%
10,702
3.13
9,458
4.23
14,774
4.89
12,965
6.03
62,253
6.08
51,681
7.02
97,285
6.63
84,943
7.83
56,912
6.86
48,905
8.03
154,197
6.71
133,848
7.91
10,790
5.12
10,683
7.28
256,028
6.17
220,994
7.36
142,172
2.41
120,711
3.93
32,031
2.87
28,055
4.86
3,061
1.08
2,912
3.84
9,901
2.42
9,719
2.68
39,683
2.88
38,538
4.79
226,848
2.54
199,935
4.16
$
10,041
3.92
%
$
7,934
3.59
%
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1,698
1,361
1,142
945
806
778
1,876
1,568
1,591
1,809
1,643
1,511
653
492
410
24
344
308
(266
)
(707
)
395
169
(67
)
(1,125
)
1,097
856
1,702
$
8,005
6,296
6,712
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
6,597
5,810
5,659
786
730
622
946
879
870
80
66
114
545
480
503
421
359
348
628
523
361
387
106
2,190
1,292
878
1,043
$
11,682
9,831
11,710
A $549 million provision for loan losses to provide for deterioration in our loan portfolio as a result of a weakening
economy, and a $331 million provision for loan losses representing the impact of integrating the two loan portfolios of the
former Wachovia and First Union, and of transferring $1.5
billion of higher risk loans to loans held for sale. These adjustments to the provision are a significant component of the
$1.9 billion provision for loan losses in 2001 discussed in the
Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses
section.
A $73 million gain on the sale of branches offset primarily by
a net market value write-down of certain loans held for sale.
This gain is included in the $6.3 billion of fee and other
income in 2001 discussed in the
Fee and Other Income
section.
$166 million in noninterest expense primarily due to
employee termination costs, professional fees, premises consolidation costs and system deconversion costs. These
expense items are included in the $9.8 billion of noninterest
expense in 2001 discussed in the
Noninterest Expense
section.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
6,854
5,138
4,382
2,095
1,724
1,314
162
143
100
9,111
7,005
5,796
471
425
219
5,011
4,074
3,790
1,325
884
608
$
2,304
1,622
1,179
$
1,651
1,191
762
40.96
%
40.53
33.01
$
5,512
4,173
3,629
55.00
%
57.62
64.40
$
101,631
75,552
59,100
$
140,487
109,959
97,606
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
181
166
160
3,032
2,799
2,820
(72
)
(70
)
(50
)
3,141
2,895
2,930
2,595
2,401
2,342
200
174
198
$
346
320
390
$
274
246
286
52.87
%
51.60
45.16
$
654
622
862
82.65
%
82.95
79.88
$
165
212
98
$
1,343
1,618
2,179
Corporate Banking products and services include large
corporate lending, commercial and rail leasing, treasury
services, domestic and international correspondent banking
operations and trade services.
Investment Banking products and services include fixed
income and convertible bond underwriting, sales, trading
and research activities; equity underwriting, sales, trading
and research activities; fixed income and equity derivatives;
currency risk management; loan syndications; merger and
acquisition advisory services; various real estate capital
markets products and services; and asset securitizations.
Principal Investing includes direct investments primarily
in private equity and mezzanine securities and investments in funds sponsored by select private equity and
venture capital groups.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
399
251
190
548
394
319
6
1
953
646
509
17
6
671
444
317
97
68
66
$
168
128
126
$
123
98
102
47.16
%
59.60
75.54
$
341
205
160
70.44
%
68.37
62.24
$
8,730
5,672
4,151
$
10,031
7,331
5,682
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
2,379
2,132
1,674
1,715
924
1,708
(87
)
(62
)
(49
)
4,007
2,994
3,333
993
543
422
2,085
2,016
1,863
351
144
219
$
578
291
829
$
173
(325
)
277
13.39
%
7.15
16.73
$
7,246
6,707
5,861
52.05
%
67.21
52.59
$
40,946
43,057
41,883
$
12,824
10,692
9,107
The goodwill asset, funding cost and in 2001, the associated
amortization expense;
The deposit base intangible asset and funding cost;
Certain revenue items not recorded in the business segments discussed in the
Fee and Other Income
section;
Certain expenses that are not allocated to the business segments;
Branch sale gains and the results of The Money Store home
equity lending, mortgage servicing, indirect auto leasing and
credit card businesses that have been divested or are being
wound down; and
The results of our HomEq Servicing business, which is
responsible for loan servicing for the former Money Store loans and
home equity loans generated by our mortgage company.
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
56,501
61,258
54,207
6,849
7,969
3,104
16,655
17,234
9,218
22,667
21,958
15,465
6,425
7,653
5,453
109,097
116,072
87,447
24,979
22,139
17,708
38,817
34,666
22,972
80
618
2,115
63,876
57,423
42,795
172,973
173,495
130,242
9,876
9,694
6,482
$
163,097
163,801
123,760
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
112,455
123,377
93,277
34,247
29,903
22,274
65,279
62,402
50,208
80
618
2,115
$
212,061
216,300
167,874
Committed
(In millions)
Outstanding
Exposure(b)
$
1,325
5,326
871
3,639
765
3,190
1,041
3,060
829
2,939
713
2,906
1,225
2,869
5,168
18,423
11,937
42,352
7,515
37,769
10,918
32,988
5,181
14,284
4,927
12,331
1,247
10,279
2,458
9,573
4,958
7,889
5,037
7,463
2,147
5,179
462
5,056
1,282
3,370
1,326
3,360
928
3,093
887
1,609
517
1,180
13,675
13,784
$
75,402
211,559
(a)
Net of unearned income.
(b)
Commitment includes amount
outstanding.
(c)
Leases included in Other category.
Committed
(In millions)
Outstanding
Exposure(a)
$
4,741
5,663
4,169
4,739
3,215
3,621
1,750
1,926
1,170
2,371
1,148
1,226
852
1,245
899
1,132
379
845
5,181
6,035
$
23,504
28,803
(a)
Commitment includes amount outstanding.
60
%
56
26
28
12
13
2
3
100
%
100
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
163,097
163,801
123,760
$
2,798
2,995
1,722
1.72
%
1.83
1.39
177
195
146
161
%
175
135
$
1,122
937
751
0.73
%
0.70
0.59
$
1,585
1,534
1,176
150
179
103
138
228
334
$
1,873
1,941
1,613
1.11
%
1.13
1.22
(In millions)
$
360
163
162
94
73
57
38
322
$
1,269
(In millions)
$
45
17
14
14
6
42
$
138
(a)
Includes consumer home equity loans.
December 31,
Business Segments
Total
Corporate and
(In millions)
General Bank
Wealth Management
Investment Bank
Parent
2002
2001
$
26,076
2,486
88,354
15,211
132,127
129,744
31,282
802
32,084
30,780
57,358
3,288
88,354
15,211
164,211
160,524
17,604
17,604
23,481
3,256
9,601
12,857
11,463
7,084
3,939
11,023
11,934
595
595
972
972
1,209
1,155
1,155
1,252
281
281
$
64,442
3,288
114,720
26,248
208,698
209,863
VAR Profile by Risk Type
(In millions)
2002
2001
Risk Category
High
Low
Avg
High
Low
Avg
16.6
2.7
11.2
14.3
5.3
9.8
4.7
0.2
1.3
5.3
0.4
1.4
11.0
3.3
6.9
11.8
2.2
5.2
l7.8
9.4
13.5
15.5
6.5
11.3
December 31,
2002
Over One
Over
One Year
Year Through
Three
(In millions)
Total
or Less
Three Years
Years
$
191,518
176,535
11,159
3,824
47,093
47,093
39,662
5,078
12,387
22,197
2,548
356
611
1,581
228
10
19
199
2,382
2,382
$
283,431
231,454
24,176
27,801
(2001 Compared with 2000)
49
Financial Tables
66
Five-Year Net Interest Income Summaries
68
Management's Statement of Responsibility
69
Independent Auditors' Report
70
Consolidated Balance Sheets
71
Consolidated Statements of Income
72
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
73
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
74
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
11.72
%
7.98
0.59
20.23
18.21
3.92
3.59
3.55
3.79
3.81
44.36
44.24
47.11
47.80
46.53
23.29
%
29.39
80.37
33.29
27.09
1.72
%
1.83
1.39
1.32
1.36
161
175
135
165
216
0.73
0.70
0.59
0.53
0.48
1.11
%
1.13
1.22
0.78
0.63
8.22
%
7.04
7.02
7.08
6.81
12.01
11.08
11.19
10.87
10.99
6.77
%
6.19
5.92
5.97
5.91
80,778
84,046
70,639
71,659
71,486
3,280
3,434
2,568
2,650
2,714
4,560
4,675
3,772
3,778
3,690
181,455
191,231
157,524
168,989
146,775
1,357
1,362
980
988
982
$
36.44
31.36
27.81
32.94
60.81
$
49,461
42,701
27,253
32,553
59,731
(a)
Tax-equivalent.
(b)
These ratios do not include nonperforming loans included in loans held for
sale.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
15,586
16,100
17,534
15,151
14,988
$
15,804
16,259
17,633
15,269
15,105
5,763
8,325
10,097
7,699
7,711
10,041
7,934
7,536
7,570
7,394
1,479
1,947
1,736
692
691
8,562
5,987
5,800
6,878
6,703
169
(67
)
(1,125
)
(63
)
357
7,836
6,363
7,837
6,996
6,078
387
106
2,190
404
1,212
11,295
9,725
9,520
8,458
7,844
4,885
2,452
802
4,949
4,082
1,088
674
565
1,608
1,074
218
159
99
118
117
3,579
1,619
138
3,223
2,891
(46
)
3,579
1,619
92
3,223
2,891
19
6
$
3,560
1,613
92
3,223
2,891
$
2.62
1.47
0.12
3.35
2.98
2.62
1.47
0.07
3.35
2.98
2.60
1.45
0.12
3.33
2.95
2.60
1.45
0.07
3.33
2.95
$
1.00
0.96
1.92
1.88
1.58
1,356
1,096
971
959
969
1,369
1,105
974
967
980
$
30,384
20,218
15,541
15,932
15,878
23.63
20.88
15.66
16.91
17.20
39.50
36.38
38.88
65.06
65.69
28.75
27.81
24.00
32.44
44.69
$
36.44
31.36
27.81
32.94
60.81
14.02
X
21.63
397.29
9.89
20.61
154
%
150
178
195
353
$
341,839
330,452
254,170
253,024
237,087
$
39,662
41,733
35,809
31,975
22,949
(a)
Tax-equivalent.
(b)
Based on diluted earnings per common share.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
$
638
313
249
208
164
179
182
163
296
251
231
227
1,098
743
662
598
(57
)
(40
)
(39
)
(39
)
1,041
703
623
559
281
306
414
496
510
516
348
310
92
66
(111
)
(82
)
883
888
651
724
(30
)
(22
)
(10
)
(10
)
853
866
641
714
(266
)
(707
)
395
592
$
1,628
862
1,659
1,865
(a)
The aggregate amounts of trading account profits included in this
table in 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $49 million, $302 million, $295
million and $281 million, respectively.
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
10.54
X
13.37
15.93
14.46
13.99
1.12
%
0.60
0.04
1.40
1.30
11.72
7.98
0.59
20.23
18.21
11.78
%
8.00
0.59
20.23
18.21
38.46
%
66.21
2,742.86
56.46
52.72
38.72
%
64.13
2,742.86
56.46
52.72
(a)
Based on average balances and net income.
2002
2001
(In millions, except per
share data)
Fourth
Third
Second
First
Fourth
Third
Second
First
$
3,877
3,912
3,894
3,903
4,311
3,944
3,820
4,025
1,407
1,446
1,433
1,477
1,879
2,014
2,109
2,323
2,470
2,466
2,461
2,426
2,432
1,930
1,711
1,702
308
435
397
339
381
1,124
223
219
2,162
2,031
2,064
2,087
2,051
806
1,488
1,483
46
71
58
(6
)
(16
)
(35
)
(16
)
1,932
1,819
2,052
2,033
2,076
1,067
1,630
1,590
145
107
143
(8
)
88
85
(69
)
2
2,897
2,838
2,783
2,777
2,942
2,310
2,266
2,207
1,098
976
1,248
1,345
1,081
(557
)
921
848
203
60
393
432
345
(223
)
288
264
895
916
855
913
736
(334
)
633
584
4
3
6
6
6
$
891
913
849
907
730
(334
)
633
584
$
0.66
0.67
0.62
0.67
0.54
(0.31
)
0.65
0.60
0.66
0.66
0.62
0.66
0.54
(0.31
)
0.64
0.59
0.26
0.26
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
37.43
37.47
39.50
37.50
31.90
36.38
34.94
34.09
28.75
30.51
35.98
30.26
27.90
27.95
29.70
27.81
$
36.44
32.69
38.18
37.08
31.36
31.00
34.94
33.00
1.08
%
1.13
1.09
1.17
0.91
(0.50
)
1.03
0.96
11.12
11.68
11.59
12.81
10.22
(6.52
)
15.84
14.95
9.68
%
9.67
9.40
9.17
8.94
7.59
6.47
6.45
(a)
Based on average balances and net income (loss).
December 31, 2002
Gross Unrealized
Average
1 Year
1-5
5-10
After 10
Amortized
Maturity
(In millions)
or Less
Years
Years
Years
Total
Gains
Losses
Cost
in Years
$
325
7
862
1,194
21
1,173
4.21
116
32,432
1,414
33,962
860
10
33,112
2.34
28
472
754
95
1,349
491
858
5.17
138
9,751
2,940
54
12,883
427
9
12,465
4.62
33
8,685
12
8,730
48
5
8,687
2.12
507
6,381
6,888
548
1
6,341
6.41
42
252
3
297
6
1
292
2.48
73
268
576
1,865
2,782
249
25
2,558
16.49
199
2,079
3,588
1,853
7,719
184
78
7,613
6.44
$
954
54,453
16,527
3,870
75,804
2,834
129
73,099
3.99
$
954
54,453
16,527
2,296
74,230
2,819
112
71,523
1,574
1,574
15
17
1,576
$
954
54,453
16,527
3,870
75,804
2,834
129
73,099
$
919
52,985
15,459
2,160
71,523
1,576
1,576
$
919
52,985
15,459
3,736
73,099
1.52
%
8.68
2.24
2.07
6.28
5.26
5.69
5.28
82.38
14.90
7.81
38.49
6.74
5.35
2.79
8.29
4.79
6.12
4.01
2.87
4.02
6.51
6.21
6.23
3.33
5.86
5.45
8.08
9.19
9.20
7.68
8.12
6.57
6.57
7.04
5.43
6.51
4.73
%
5.60
5.87
7.37
5.68
December 31, 2001
Gross Unrealized
Average
1 Year
1-5
5-10
After 10
Amortized
Maturity
(In millions)
or Less
Years
Years
Years
Total
Gains
Losses
Cost
in Years
$
862
44
1
92
999
2
8
1,005
2.83
250
7,070
22,356
929
30,605
308
250
30,547
6.54
28
724
264
1,016
205
811
2.55
222
10,366
4,806
886
16,280
549
175
15,906
4.20
60
274
480
1,606
2,420
142
59
2,337
17.95
287
1,258
4,009
1,593
7,147
89
112
7,170
7.36
$
1,709
19,736
31,916
5,106
58,467
1,295
604
57,776
6.31
$
1,709
19,736
31,916
3,871
57,232
1,279
590
56,543
1,235
1,235
16
14
1,233
$
1,709
19,736
31,916
5,106
58,467
1,295
604
57,776
$
1,694
19,191
31,680
3,978
56,543
1,233
1,233
$
1,694
19,191
31,680
5,211
57,776
1.06
%
4.43
8.04
5.21
1.62
5.45
6.32
6.37
6.00
6.34
11.69
15.99
27.26
17.46
7.42
6.03
7.12
6.39
6.39
6.90
7.75
9.78
7.96
8.24
7.52
6.60
7.39
5.52
6.83
3.97
%
6.54
6.73
6.51
6.57
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, all securities were classified as available
for sale.
Included in U.S. Government agencies are agency securities retained from
the securitization of residential mortgage loans. These securities had an
amortized cost and market value of $4.9 billion and $5.1 billion at December
31, 2002, respectively, and an amortized cost and market value of $5.3 billion
and $5.4 billion at December 31, 2001, respectively.
Included in asset-backed securities are retained bonds from the
securitization of primarily prime equity lines, residential mortgage,
commercial real estate, SBA and student loans. At December 31, 2002, retained
bonds with an amortized cost of $11.6 billion and a market value of $11.9
billion are rated as investment grade. Retained bonds with an amortized cost
and market value of $10.9 billion and $11.2 billion at December 31, 2002,
respectively, have an external credit rating of AA and above. At December 31,
2001, retained bonds from securitizations had an amortized cost and market
value of $10.2 billion and $10.5 billion, respectively. Also included in
asset-backed securities at December 31, 2001, are collateralized mortgage
obligations with an amortized cost and market value of $686 million and $689
million, respectively, and commercial mortgage-backed securities with an
amortized cost and market value of $4.7 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively.
Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of $44 billion at December 31,
2002, are pledged to secure U.S. Government and other public deposits and for
other purposes as required by various statutes or agreements.
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because
issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties. Average maturity excludes equity securities
and money market funds.
Yields related to securities exempt from federal and state income taxes
are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis. They are reduced by the
nondeductible portion of interest expense, assuming a federal tax rate of 35
percent and applicable state tax rates.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were forward commitments to purchase
securities at a cost that approximates a market value of $5.3 billion and $3.3
billion, respectively. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were commitments to
sell securities at a cost that approximates a market value of $3.7 billion and
$1.2 billion, respectively.
Gross gains and losses realized on the sale of debt securities in 2002
were $380 million and $180 million (including $172 million of impairment
losses), respectively, and gross gains and losses realized on the sale of
equity securities were $14 million and $45 million, respectively. Gross gains
and losses realized on the sale of debt securities in 2001 were $176 million
and $160 million (including $240 million of impairment losses), respectively,
and gross gains and losses realized on the sale of equity securities were $46
million and $129 million, respectively. Gross gains and losses realized on the
sale of debt securities in 2000 were $144 million and $1.3 billion (including
$151 million of impairment losses), respectively, and gross gains and losses
realized on the sale of equity securities were $24 million and $28 million,
respectively.
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
56,501
61,258
54,207
51,683
53,961
6,849
7,969
3,104
2,435
2,628
16,655
17,234
9,218
8,768
8,565
22,667
21,958
15,465
12,742
9,730
6,425
7,653
5,453
4,991
4,805
109,097
116,072
87,447
80,619
79,689
24,979
22,139
17,708
27,793
21,729
38,817
34,666
22,972
25,795
30,595
80
618
2,115
4,483
6,162
63,876
57,423
42,795
58,071
58,486
172,973
173,495
130,242
138,690
138,175
9,876
9,694
6,482
5,513
4,026
$
163,097
163,801
123,760
133,177
134,149
$
109,097
116,072
87,447
80,619
79,689
2,218
5,827
4,877
3,011
916
1,140
1,478
953
2,465
112,455
123,377
93,277
86,095
80,605
24,979
22,139
17,708
27,793
21,729
325
6,223
5,344
3,455
2,720
2,420
1,111
1,503
34,247
29,903
22,274
29,296
21,729
38,817
34,666
22,972
25,795
30,595
13,217
14,095
11,862
18,146
20,074
11,093
9,776
9,292
8,112
429
2,152
3,865
6,082
898
65,279
62,402
50,208
52,951
51,098
80
618
2,115
4,483
6,162
99,606
92,923
74,597
86,730
78,989
$
212,061
216,300
167,874
172,825
159,594
$
59,336
42,210
31,028
29,193
19,646
$
2,272
2,900
2,964
38,218
41,943
(a)
The managed portfolio includes the on-balance sheet loan portfolio, loans
securitized for which the assets are classified in securities on-
balance sheet, loans held for sale that are classified in other assets
on-balance sheet and the off-balance sheet portfolio of securitized
loans sold, where we service the loans.
(b)
The servicing portfolio consists of third party commercial and consumer
loans for which our sole function is that of servicing the loans for
the third parties.
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
$
7,763
8,146
6,991
3,447
180
27,443
22,712
(3,800
)
(193
)
(52
)
(52
)
(23,755
)
(18,207
)
(11
)
(2
)
(1,328
)
(894
)
5,488
6,991
772
4,699
117
1,941
1,161
306
291
(1
)
(136
)
(1,768
)
(4,252
)
(63
)
(376
)
(435
)
(335
)
(228
)
(397
)
524
772
$
6,012
7,763
(a)
Nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale at December 31, 2002 and 2001, were $138 million and
$228 million, respectively.
December 31, 2002
Real
Commercial,
Estate-
Financial
Construction
Real
and
and
Estate-
(In millions)
Agricultural
Other
Mortgage
Foreign
Total
$
1,579
8
206
2,568
4,361
3,693
36
1,340
26
5,095
3,594
41
927
4,562
8,866
85
2,473
2,594
14,018
17,591
3,340
2,578
2,584
26,093
25,347
3,213
7,214
1,246
37,020
4,697
211
4,390
1
9,299
47,635
6,764
14,182
3,831
72,412
$
56,501
6,849
16,655
6,425
86,430
(a)
Excludes lease financing.
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
2,995
1,722
1,757
1,826
1,847
357
284
657
1,122
1,663
1,079
692
691
766
(554
)
(503
)
(1,020
)
(73
)
(74
)
(1,122
)
(937
)
(751
)
(688
)
(638
)
$
2,798
2,995
1,722
1,757
1,826
1.72
%
1.83
1.39
1.32
1.36
177
%
195
146
181
246
161
%
175
135
165
216
$
890
768
531
355
281
22
10
13
24
15
9
4
13
20
27
368
297
310
429
476
1,289
1,079
867
828
799
93
75
53
63
65
2
8
3
9
11
1
1
2
3
1
71
58
58
65
84
167
142
116
140
161
$
1,122
937
751
688
638
0.84
%
0.82
0.65
0.42
0.31
0.54
0.49
0.51
0.67
0.69
0.73
%
0.70
0.59
0.53
0.48
$
1,269
1,294
884
551
362
105
87
55
55
67
79
60
63
150
184
132
93
174
212
128
1,585
1,534
1,176
968
741
150
179
103
98
103
$
1,735
1,713
1,279
1,066
844
$
138
228
334
14
$
1,873
1,941
1,613
1,080
844
1.06
%
1.04
1.03
0.80
0.63
1.11
%
1.13
1.22
0.78
0.63
$
304
288
183
144
346
(a)
These ratios do not include nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale.
(b)
Restructured loans are not significant.
(c)
These ratios reflect nonperforming loans included in loans held for sale.
Loans held for sale, which are included in other assets, are
recorded at the lower of cost or market value, and accordingly, the amounts
shown and included in the ratios are net of the transferred
allowance for loan losses and the lower of cost or market value adjustments.
December 31,
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
Loans
Loans
Loans
Loans
Loans
% of
% of
% of
% of
% of
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
(In millions)
Amt.
Loans
Amt.
Loans
Amt.
Loans
Amt.
Loans
Amt.
Loans
$
1,058
33
%
$
1,114
35
%
$
763
42
%
$
754
37
%
$
724
39
%
75
4
59
5
33
2
20
2
34
2
167
24
122
23
83
21
83
26
103
22
353
22
255
20
168
19
358
22
352
27
66
13
45
13
42
12
15
9
5
7
77
4
64
4
37
4
19
4
12
3
1,002
1,336
596
508
596
$
2,798
100
%
$
2,995
100
%
$
1,722
100
%
$
1,757
100
%
$
1,826
100
%
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1,534
1,176
968
1,381
939
606
209
2,275
1,719
1,434
(912
)
(778
)
(544
)
(239
)
(20
)
(258
)
(12
)
(45
)
(278
)
(150
)
(15
)
(841
)
(493
)
(284
)
(7
)
233
333
1,374
1,381
939
153
237
362
33
178
262
118
(58
)
(288
)
(243
)
(62
)
(91
)
58
(117
)
(125
)
211
153
237
$
1,585
1,534
1,176
(a)
Excludes nonaccrual loans included in loans held for sale and foreclosed
properties.
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
10,880
10,616
3,481
5,091
4,376
1,225
1,822
174
257
360
239
244
9
4
6
90
90
274
294
$
12,434
12,772
3,664
5,626
5,036
(In millions)
December 31, 2002
$
3,884
1,998
2,662
3,915
$
12,459
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
44,640
43,464
30,315
31,375
35,614
51,691
47,175
36,215
37,748
38,649
45,649
39,022
19,840
19,121
20,424
33,763
39,649
35,223
33,812
35,809
175,743
169,310
121,593
122,056
130,496
6,608
9,116
7,795
6,729
5,427
9,167
9,027
13,280
12,262
6,544
$
191,518
187,453
142,668
141,047
142,467
(a)
Certain amounts presented in years prior to 2002 have been reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2002.
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
21,411
18,999
13,952
14,204
13,327
31,289
29,878
22,253
21,810
21,518
260,609
269,726
198,849
200,704
195,757
$
316,473
306,745
235,749
238,082
225,534
8.22
%
7.04
7.02
7.08
6.81
12.01
11.08
11.19
10.87
10.99
6.77
6.19
5.92
5.97
5.91
9.38
8.61
6.04
6.60
7.13
9.49
%
7.49
6.28
6.92
7.15
7.42
%
7.55
6.92
7.26
7.48
14.35
12.51
12.20
10.83
11.44
11.81
11.68
10.73
10.22
10.38
16.58
13.98
13.97
11.89
12.82
6.25
6.29
6.04
6.48
6.69
11.04
%
7.92
7.76
7.08
6.96
(a)
Risk-based capital ratio guidelines require a minimum ratio of tier 1
capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00 percent and a minimum ratio of
total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00 percent. The minimum leverage
ratio of tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets is from 3.00
percent to 4.00 percent.
December
31, 2002
Gross Unrealized
In-
Average
Notional
effective-
Maturity in
(In millions)
Amount
Gains
Losses (f)
Equity (g)
ness (h)
Years (i)
$
32,972
3,362
(230
)
1,936
13
6.72
2,100
34
21
1
0.04
1,000
49
31
2.42
8,000
71
44
0.25
359
(9
)
18.64
1,372
(25
)
2
0.03
27
1.78
(1
)
0.25
$
45,830
3,516
(264
)
2,032
15
5.08
$
23,283
(2,099
)
(1,299
)
(6
)
6.75
30,200
(682
)
(420
)
(4
)
4.70
6,000
(9
)
(6
)
0.25
13,708
(89
)
(55
)
0.25
15,772
1,754
4.43
300
2
0.45
$
89,263
1,756
(2,879
)
(1,780
)
(10
)
4.19
December 31, 2001
Gross Unrealized
In-
Average
Notional
effective-
Maturity in
(In millions)
Amount
Gains
Losses (f)
Equity (g)
ness (h)
Years (i)
$
32,503
799
(465
)
211
(6
)
6.84
757
(4
)
(3
)
0.15
1,000
8
5
3.42
10,025
1
(1
)
0.25
6
(1
)
13.34
791
6
(1
)
0.07
117
(7
)
0.25
$
45,199
814
(478
)
213
(7
)
5.06
$
16,411
192
(738
)
(340
)
2
8.65
11,100
37
(6
)
19
3.51
5,300
(4
)
(2
)
0.21
32,810
2
(246
)
(151
)
0.25
18,208
703
(75
)
5.41
300
3
1.45
$
84,129
937
(1,069
)
(474
)
2
3.44
(a)
Includes only derivative financial instruments related to interest rate
risk management activities. All other derivative financial
instruments are classified as trading.
(b)
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $31.3 billion,
of which $2.9 billion are forward-starting, and with pay
rates based on one-to-six month LIBOR are primarily designated as cash flow
hedges of the variability in cash flows related to the
forecasted interest rate resets of one-to-six month LIBOR-indexed loans.
Pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a notional amount of
$1.7 billion and with receive rates based on one-month LIBOR are designated as
cash flow hedges of securities and have a loss,
net of income taxes, of $142 million in accumulated other comprehensive
income. An interest rate collar that qualifies as a net
purchased option with a notional amount of $1.0 billion is designated as a
cash flow hedge of the variability in cash flows related
to the forecasted interest rate resets of one-month LIBOR-indexed loans, when
one-month LIBOR is below the purchased floor or
above the sold cap. Forward purchase commitments of $2.1 billion are
designated as a cash flow hedge of the variability of the
consideration to be paid in the forecasted purchase of available for sale
securities. Eurodollar futures with a notional amount of
$8.0 billion are primarily designated as cash flow hedges of the variability
in cash flows related to the forecasted interest rate
resets of three-month LIBOR-indexed loans.
(c)
Pay-fixed swaps with a notional amount of $359 million, of which $86
million are forward-starting, and receive rates based on
one-month LIBOR are designated as fair value hedges of securities. Forward
sale commitments of $1.4 billion are designated as
fair value hedges of mortgage loans in the warehouse.
(d)
Derivatives with a notional amount of $66.3 billion are designated as cash
flow hedges of the variability in cash flows
attributable to the forecasted issuance of fixed rate short-term liabilities
that are part of a rollover strategy, primarily repurchase
agreements and deposit products. Of this amount, $13.7 billion are Eurodollar
futures, $19.9 billion are pay-fixed interest rate
swaps with receive rates based on one-to-six month LIBOR, of which $10.6
billion are forward-starting, and $23.9 billion are
purchased options on pay-fixed swaps with a strike based on three-month LIBOR.
Interest rate collars that qualify as net purchased
options with a notional amount of $2.8 billion and collars on Eurodollar
futures that qualify as net purchased options with a notional
amount of $6.0 billion also hedge the forecasted issuance of fixed rate
short-term liabilities that are part of a rollover strategy,
when three-month LIBOR is below the sold floor or between the purchased and
written caps. Derivatives with a notional amount of
$6.9 billion are primarily designated as cash flow hedges of the variability
in cash flows related to the forecasted interest rate
resets of one-to-three month LIBOR-indexed long-term debt. Of this amount,
$3.5 billion are purchased options on pay-fixed swaps
with a strike based on three-month LIBOR, and $3.4 billion are pay-fixed
interest rate swaps with receive rates based on one-to-three month LIBOR.
(e)
Receive-fixed interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $15.8 billion
and with pay rates based primarily on one-to-six month
LIBOR are designated as fair value hedges of fixed rate liabilities, primarily
CDs, long-term debt and bank notes.
(f)
Represents the fair value of derivative financial instruments less accrued
interest receivable or payable.
(g)
At December 31, 2002, the net unrealized gain on derivatives included in
accumulated other comprehensive income, which is a
component of stockholders equity, was $476 million, net of income taxes. Of
this net of tax amount, a $252 million gain
represents the effective portion of the net gains (losses) on derivatives that
qualify as cash flow hedges, and a $224 million gain
relates to terminated and/or redesignated derivatives. At December 31, 2002,
$541 million of net gains, net of income taxes,
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, are expected to be
reclassified as interest income or expense during the
next twelve months. The maximum length of time over which cash flow hedges are
hedging the variability in future cash flows
associated with the forecasted transactions is 23.35 years. At December 31,
2001, the net unrealized gain on derivatives included
in accumulated other comprehensive income was $22 million, net of income
taxes. Of this net of tax amount, a $261 million loss
represents the effective portion of the net gains (losses) on derivatives that
qualify as cash flow hedges, and a $283 million gain
relates to terminated and/or redesignated derivatives.
(h)
In 2002 and 2001, gains (losses) in the amount of $5 million and $(5)
million, respectively, were recognized in other fee income representing the
ineffective portion of the net gains (losses) on derivatives that qualify as
cash flow and fair value hedges. In addition, net interest income in 2002 and
2001, was reduced by $7 million and $119 million, respectively, representing
ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges caused by differences between the critical
terms of the derivative and the hedged item, primarily differences in reset
dates.
(i)
Estimated maturity approximates average life.
December 31, 2002
1 Year
1-2
2-5
5-10
After 10
(In millions)
or Less
Years
Years
Years
Years
Total
$
1,922
727
3,714
26,431
178
32,972
$
10,100
1,000
11,100
6.31
%
5.84
5.92
5.11
5.10
5.30
1.51
%
1.47
1.74
1.52
2.43
1.55
$
155
45
443
2,625
18
3,286
$
359
359
$
1,372
27
1,399
%
0.94
0.94
%
3.66
3.66
$
(25
)
(9
)
(34
)
$
741
1,525
5,731
12,507
2,779
23,283
$
15,143
9,780
9,285
15,700
49,908
1.46
%
1.44
1.44
1.40
1.33
1.40
4.76
%
2.56
5.95
7.18
6.45
6.21
$
(332
)
(206
)
(425
)
(1,564
)
(352
)
(2,879
)
$
825
2,100
8,550
3,775
522
15,772
$
300
300
6.50
%
6.71
6.53
6.45
6.66
6.54
1.53
%
1.44
1.67
1.52
1.41
1.59
$
15
144
883
598
116
1,756
December 31, 2001
1 Year
1-2
2-5
5-10
After 10
(In millions)
or Less
Years
Years
Years
Years
Total
$
5,283
1,644
2,282
16,648
6,646
32,503
$
2,782
8,000
1,000
11,782
7.14
%
6.44
6.43
5.30
5.92
5.92
1.80
%
2.14
2.52
2.21
1.98
2.11
$
149
69
88
(85
)
116
337
$
6
6
$
791
30
77
10
908
%
2.43
2.43
%
7.36
7.36
$
6
(2
)
(4
)
(1
)
(1
)
$
950
644
2,518
7,979
4,320
16,411
$
39,810
7,700
1,700
49,210
2.07
%
1.96
2.07
1.97
1.95
2.01
5.29
%
4.61
4.62
6.64
6.22
5.57
$
(258
)
(17
)
(56
)
(178
)
(254
)
(763
)
$
725
825
10,485
5,400
773
18,208
$
300
300
7.37
%
6.50
6.22
6.83
6.64
6.48
2.00
%
2.32
2.29
2.38
2.05
2.30
$
21
23
339
218
30
631
(a)
Weighted average receive and pay rates include the impact of currently
effective interest rate swaps and basis swaps only and not the impact of
forward-starting interest rate swaps. All of the interest rate swaps have
variable pay or receive rates based on one-to-six month LIBOR, and they were
the pay or receive rates in effect at December 31, 2002 and 2001.
Asset
Liability
(In millions)
Hedges
Hedges
Total
$
34,519
141,032
175,551
48,687
84,143
132,830
(6,953
)
(78,503
)
(85,456
)
(2,804
)
(180
)
(2,984
)
(28,250
)
(62,363
)
(90,613
)
45,199
84,129
129,328
44,070
101,701
145,771
(24,616
)
(78,905
)
(103,521
)
(18,525
)
(17,735
)
(36,260
)
(298
)
73
(225
)
$
45,830
89,263
135,093
2002 Compared to 2001
2001 Compared to 2000
Interest
Variance
Interest
Variance
Income/
Attributable to (c)
Income/
Attributable to (c)
Expense
Expense
(In millions)
Variance
Rate
Volume
Variance
Rate
Volume
$
(29
)
(56
)
27
38
(18
)
56
(66
)
(112
)
46
(47
)
(129
)
82
(59
)
(158
)
99
(46
)
(130
)
84
156
(536
)
692
(327
)
(201
)
(126
)
(233
)
(1,720
)
1,487
(705
)
(1,290
)
585
(224
)
(231
)
7
(287
)
(250
)
(37
)
$
(455
)
(2,813
)
2,358
(1,374
)
(2,018
)
644
(1,314
)
(1,994
)
680
(525
)
(890
)
365
(545
)
(694
)
149
(800
)
(654
)
(146
)
(703
)
(747
)
44
(447
)
(691
)
244
$
(2,562
)
(3,435
)
873
(1,772
)
(2,235
)
463
$
2,107
622
1,485
398
217
181
(a)
Yields related to securities and loans exempt from federal and state
income taxes are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis. They are reduced by
the nondeductible portion of interest expense, assuming a federal tax rate
of 35 percent and applicable state tax rates. Lease financing amounts
include related deferred income taxes.
(b)
Certain amounts presented in prior years have been reclassified to
conform to the presentation in 2002.
(c)
Changes attributable to rate/volume are allocated to both rate and
volume on an equal basis.
YEAR ENDED 2002
YEAR ENDED 2001
Average
Average
Interest
Rates
Interest
Rates
Average
Income/
Earned/
Average
Income/
Earned/
(In millions)
Balances
Expense
Paid
Balances
Expense
Paid
$
3,312
63
1.90
%
$
2,359
92
3.92
%
10,702
334
3.13
9,458
400
4.23
14,774
723
4.89
12,965
782
6.03
62,253
3,782
6.08
51,681
3,626
7.02
58,275
4,216
7.23
56,094
4,572
8.15
7,793
319
4.10
4,726
281
5.95
17,107
911
5.33
11,466
776
6.77
7,235
762
10.54
6,548
685
10.46
6,875
239
3.48
6,109
339
5.55
97,285
6,447
6.63
84,943
6,653
7.83
19,945
1,262
6.33
19,741
1,416
7.17
36,967
2,640
7.14
29,164
2,513
8.61
56,912
3,902
6.86
48,905
3,929
8.03
154,197
10,349
6.71
133,848
10,582
7.91
10,790
553
5.12
10,683
777
7.28
256,028
15,804
6.17
220,994
16,259
7.36
10,313
8,784
54,079
40,525
$
320,420
$
270,303
49,367
728
1.47
41,979
1,012
2.41
41,711
980
2.35
23,461
944
4.02
36,486
1,442
3.95
36,037
1,941
5.39
7,323
131
1.78
7,318
294
4.01
7,285
149
2.04
11,916
553
4.64
142,172
3,430
2.41
120,711
4,744
3.93
32,031
919
2.87
28,055
1,364
4.86
3,061
33
1.08
2,912
112
3.84
9,901
239
2.42
9,719
260
2.68
39,683
1,142
2.88
38,538
1,845
4.79
226,848
5,763
2.54
199,935
8,325
4.16
38,972
30,796
24,208
19,351
30,392
20,221
$
320,420
$
270,303
$
15,804
6.17
%
$
16,259
7.36
%
5,763
2.25
8,325
3.77
$
10,041
3.92
%
$
7,934
3.59
%
(a)
Certain amounts presented in prior years have been reclassified to conform
to the presentation in 2002.
(b)
Yields related to securities and loans exempt
from federal and state income taxes are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis.
They are reduced by the nondeductible portion of interest expense, assuming a
federal tax rate of 35 percent and applicable state tax rates. Lease financing
amounts include related deferred income taxes.
(c)
The loan averages are stated
net of unearned income, and the averages include loans on which the accrual of
interest has been discontinued.
YEAR ENDED 2000
YEAR ENDED 1999
YEAR ENDED 1998
Interest Income/
Average Rates
Interest Income/
Average Rates
Interest Income/
Average Rates
Average Balances
Expense
Earned/ Paid
Average Balances
Expense
Earned/ Paid
Average Balances
Expense
Earned/ Paid
$
54
4.93
%
$
835
39
4.58
%
$
2,331
134
5.76
%
447
5.73
9,526
459
4.82
12,381
626
5.06
828
7.10
9,512
609
6.41
8,256
555
6.72
3,816
7.37
43,767
2,989
6.83
35,177
2,322
6.60
76
6.93
1,163
78
6.73
1,727
121
6.99
61
10.58
700
75
10.62
867
88
10.12
137
8.20
1,863
153
8.19
2,594
209
8.04
4,908
9.17
52,710
4,197
7.96
50,080
3,926
7.84
224
8.49
2,648
202
7.63
2,912
245
8.42
779
8.49
8,468
663
7.82
9,663
821
8.50
611
11.75
4,967
629
12.65
4,454
502
11.28
342
7.04
4,500
273
6.08
4,297
287
6.68
6,864
9.11
73,293
5,964
8.14
71,406
5,781
8.10
1,762
7.40
23,435
1,661
7.09
26,114
1,968
7.54
2,661
9.60
33,063
3,069
9.28
34,540
3,423
9.91
4,423
8.59
56,498
4,730
8.37
60,654
5,391
8.89
11,287
8.89
129,791
10,694
8.24
132,060
11,172
8.46
1,064
9.56
4,516
326
7.23
1,175
87
7.41
17,633
8.32
199,810
15,269
7.64
193,974
15,105
7.79
9,314
9,118
21,331
19,107
$
$
230,455
$
222,199
1,169
3.03
37,448
1,035
2.77
34,917
937
2.68
654
4.27
19,684
614
3.12
22,541
746
3.31
1,966
5.53
33,542
1,675
4.99
37,286
1,987
5.33
514
5.85
5,553
259
4.66
4,429
238
5.38
966
6.85
7,876
471
5.98
6,544
408
6.23
5,269
4.69
104,103
4,054
3.89
105,717
4,316
4.08
1,893
6.11
30,046
1,452
4.83
33,121
1,676
5.06
173
6.00
2,224
107
4.81
1,954
102
5.23
470
4.85
9,188
460
5.01
11,109
595
5.36
2,292
6.69
28,738
1,626
5.66
16,268
1,022
6.28
10,097
5.31
174,299
7,699
4.42
168,169
7,711
4.59
31,145
30,599
9,079
7,553
15,932
15,878
$
$
230,455
$
222,199
$
17,633
8.32
%
$
15,269
7.64
%
$
15,105
7.79
%
10,097
4.77
7,699
3.85
7,711
3.98
$
7,536
3.55
%
$
7,570
3.79
%
$
7,394
3.81
%
(d)
Tax-equivalent adjustments included in trading account assets,
securities, investment securities, commercial, financial and
agricultural loans, and lease financing are
(in millions):
$58, $107,
$0, $44 and $9, respectively, in 2002; $22, $92, $0, $34 and $11,
respectively, in 2001; and $8, $32, $18, $28 and $13, respectively, in
2000.
(e)
The net interest margin includes
(in basis points):
41, 18
and 23 for the years ended 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, in net
interest income from hedge-related derivative transactions.
G. Kennedy Thompson | Robert P. Kelly | |
President and Chief Executive Officer | Senior Executive Vice President and | |
Chief Financial Officer | ||
January 16, 2003 |
68
Independent Auditors Report
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
Board of Directors and Stockholders
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Wachovia
Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the
related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders
equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
As discussed in
Note 1
to the consolidated financial statements,
effective July 1, 2001, Wachovia Corporation adopted the provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141,
Business
Combinations
and certain provisions of SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets
as required for goodwill and intangible assets
resulting from business combinations consummated after June 30, 2001. The
remaining provisions of SFAS No. 142 were adopted on January 1, 2002.
Also as discussed in
Note 1
to the consolidated financial statements,
effective January 1, 2002, Wachovia Corporation adopted the fair value
provisions of SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
effective for grants made in 2002.
KPMG LLP
January 16, 2003
69
Wachovia Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina
Audited Financial Statements
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)
2002
2001
$
12,264
13,917
3,512
6,875
9,160
13,919
24,936
34,711
33,155
25,386
75,804
58,467
163,097
163,801
(2,798
)
(2,995
)
160,299
160,806
4,903
5,719
1,051
745
10,880
10,616
1,554
2,156
29,257
31,846
$
341,839
330,452
44,640
43,464
146,878
143,989
191,518
187,453
47,093
44,385
1,061
762
16,983
11,437
13,444
16,227
39,662
41,733
309,761
301,997
17
4,524
4,539
18,070
17,911
7,349
5,551
2,135
437
32,078
28,455
$
341,839
330,452
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
70
Audited Financial Statements
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)
2002
2001
2000
$
10,296
10,537
11,246
3,675
3,534
3,903
665
760
820
950
1,269
1,565
15,586
16,100
17,534
3,430
4,744
5,269
1,191
1,736
2,536
1,142
1,845
2,292
5,763
8,325
10,097
9,823
7,775
7,437
1,479
1,947
1,736
8,344
5,828
5,701
1,698
1,361
1,142
945
806
778
1,876
1,568
1,591
1,809
1,643
1,511
653
492
410
24
344
308
(266
)
(707
)
395
169
(67
)
(1,125
)
1,097
856
1,702
8,005
6,296
6,712
6,597
5,810
5,659
786
730
622
946
879
870
80
66
114
545
480
503
421
359
348
628
523
361
387
106
2,190
1,292
878
1,043
11,682
9,831
11,710
4,667
2,293
703
1,088
674
565
3,579
1,619
138
(46
)
3,579
1,619
92
19
6
$
3,560
1,613
92
$
2.62
1.47
0.12
2.62
1.47
0.07
2.60
1.45
0.12
2.60
1.45
0.07
$
1.00
0.96
1.92
1,356
1,096
971
1,369
1,105
974
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
71
Audited Financial Statements
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
Accumulated
Preferred Shares
Common Stock
Other
Paid-in
Retained
Comprehensive
(In millions)
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Capital
Earnings
Income, Net
Total
$
988
$
3,294
5,980
8,365
(930
)
16,709
92
92
717
717
92
717
809
(19
)
(63
)
(79
)
(548
)
(690
)
7
23
131
154
3
9
68
77
1
4
30
34
142
142
(1,888
)
(1,888
)
980
3,267
6,272
6,021
(213
)
15,347
1,619
1,619
628
628
22
22
1,619
650
2,269
96
23
23
(30
)
(103
)
(124
)
(1,057
)
(1,284
)
3
11
81
92
2
6
52
58
407
1,358
11,453
12,811
187
187
(10
)
(10
)
(6
)
(6
)
(1,032
)
(1,032
)
96
17
1,362
4,539
17,911
5,551
437
28,455
3,579
3,579
1,244
1,244
454
454
3,579
1,698
5,277
1
(15
)
(51
)
(210
)
(413
)
(674
)
9
31
177
208
1
5
46
51
146
146
(17
)
(2
)
(19
)
(1,366
)
(1,366
)
97
$
1,357
$
4,524
18,070
7,349
2,135
32,078
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
72
Audited Financial Statements
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
3,579
1,619
92
46
59
178
264
1,479
1,947
1,736
(410
)
(282
)
(265
)
(65
)
(86
)
2
(169
)
67
1,125
1,611
1,389
1,253
1,754
1,068
36
91
(7,769
)
(2,822
)
(6,684
)
(299
)
(1,311
)
381
12
5
(18
)
(703
)
(205
)
(197
)
(1,008
)
1,769
1,642
1,581
5,546
3,962
3,906
(5,204
)
1,148
3,838
504
7,287
7,897
30,179
13,506
16,388
17,557
8,826
3,413
(56,536
)
(18,629
)
(8,361
)
(3,188
)
4,123
(9,334
)
750
155
398
(720
)
(523
)
(884
)
(154
)
(115
)
(40
)
(804
)
(284
)
(135
)
(81
)
3,591
3
(12,997
)
10,650
1,448
4,065
1,639
1,621
2,708
(3,169
)
(10,661
)
5,518
9,338
17,491
(7,589
)
(13,076
)
(13,662
)
23
75
(44
)
152
(674
)
(1,284
)
(690
)
(1,385
)
(1,038
)
(1,888
)
2,718
(7,611
)
(7,637
)
(9,775
)
10,326
1,708
34,711
24,385
22,677
$
24,936
34,711
24,385
$
6,067
8,752
9,759
568
672
203
4,167
3,025
9,342
2,246
908
201
1,335
(1,553
)
1,643
7,901
$
51
12,998
34
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
73
Audited Financial Statements
WACHOVIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
GENERAL
Wachovia Corporation (the Parent Company) is a bank holding company
whose principal wholly owned subsidiaries are Wachovia Bank, National
Association, a national banking association; Wachovia Securities, Inc., a
retail brokerage and investment banking company; and Wachovia Mortgage
Corporation, a mortgage banking company. Wachovia Corporation and
subsidiaries (together the Company) is a diversified financial services
company whose operations are principally domestic.
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, and they conform to general practices within the applicable
industries. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Parent Company and all its subsidiaries. In consolidation, all
significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.
Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to
the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 141,
Business
Combinations,
and SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
. SFAS
141 requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001,
be accounted for using the purchase method. Also under SFAS 141, identified
intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination must be
separately valued and recognized on the balance sheet if they meet certain
requirements. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite
useful lives acquired in purchase business combinations completed before
July 1, 2001, are subject to amortization through December 31, 2001, at
which time all amortization ceased. The Company adopted SFAS 141 and the
provisions of SFAS 142 relating to amortization of intangible assets on July
1, 2001.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks,
interest-bearing bank balances and federal funds sold and securities
purchased under resale agreements. Generally, cash and cash equivalents have
maturities of three months or less, and accordingly, the carrying amount of
these instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.
SECURITIES PURCHASED AND SOLD AGREEMENTS
Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under
repurchase agreements are generally accounted for as collateralized
financing transactions and are recorded at the amount at which the
securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. It is the Companys
policy to take possession of securities purchased under resale agreements,
which are primarily U.S. Government and Government agency securities. The
market value of securities purchased and sold is monitored and collateral is
obtained from or returned by the counterparty when appropriate.
SECURITIES AND TRADING ACTIVITIES
Securities are classified at the date of commitment or purchase as
trading or as available for sale securities. The fair value of securities is
based on quoted market prices or if quoted market prices are not available,
then the fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar
securities, pricing models or discounted cash flow analyses, generally using
readily observable market data. The determination of fair value considers
various factors including closing exchange or over-the-counter market price
quotations; time value and volatility factors underlying options, warrants
and derivatives; price activity for equivalent or synthetic instruments; and
counterparty credit quality. Realized gains and losses are recognized on a
specific identification, trade date basis.
Trading Account Assets and Liabilities
Trading account assets and liabilities include primarily debt
securities and trading derivatives, and are recorded at fair value. Trading
derivatives include interest rate, currency, equity and credit swap
agreements; options, caps, and floors; and financial futures and forward
contracts. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading account
assets and liabilities are recorded in trading account profits (losses) in
the results of operations. Interest on trading account assets is recorded in
interest income. The reported receivables (unrealized gains) and payables
(unrealized losses) related to trading derivatives include the effect of
master netting agreements. Derivatives in a net gain position, as well as
purchased options, are reported as trading account assets. Similarly,
derivatives in a net loss position, as well as written options, are reported
as trading account liabilities.
74
Audited Financial Statements
Securities Available for Sale
Securities available for sale are used as part of the Companys
interest rate risk management strategy, and they may be sold in response to
changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risks and other factors.
Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized on an accrual
basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an
adjustment to yield over the life of the security. Securities available for
sale are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded net
of tax as a component of other comprehensive income. Securities on which
there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are
written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss.
Realized gains and losses are included in fee and other income as securities
gains (losses) in the results of operations.
SECURITIZATIONS AND BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
In an asset securitization transaction that meets the applicable
criteria to be accounted for as a sale, assets are sold to a qualifying
special purpose entity (QSPEs) which then issues beneficial interests in
the form of senior and subordinated interests collateralized by the assets.
In some cases, the Company may retain as much as 90 percent of the
beneficial interests. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may also
resecuritize certain assets in a new securitization transaction.
The carrying amount of the assets transferred is allocated between the
assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair values
at the date of transfer. A gain or loss is included in other fee income for
the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the assets
sold. Fair values are based on quoted market prices, quoted market prices
for sales of similar assets, or if market prices are not available, then the
fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses with assumptions
for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.
Retained and purchased beneficial interests are accounted for under
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 99-20,
Recognition of Interest Income
and Impairment on Certain Investments.
EITF 99-20 conforms the accounting
for income recognition and impairment on certain beneficial interests to the
accounting for securities available for sale. Under EITF 99-20, if cash flow
estimates indicate that the holder of a beneficial interest will not collect
all estimated cash flows, then the security is considered impaired and is
written down to fair value. In connection with the adoption of EITF 99-20 in
2000, the Company recorded an aftertax charge of $46 million ($71 million
before tax), which is presented in the results of operations as the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
DERIVATIVES USED FOR RISK MANAGEMENT
On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133,
Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,
as subsequently
amended by SFAS 137 and SFAS 138, which establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivatives and hedging activities. SFAS 133 was
adopted on a prospective basis.
Under SFAS 133, the Company may designate a derivative as either a
hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed rate asset or liability or an
unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge), a hedge of a forecasted
transaction or of the variability of future cash flows of a floating rate
asset or liability (cash flow hedge), or a foreign-currency fair value or
cash flow hedge (foreign currency hedge). All derivatives are recorded as
assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at their respective fair values
with unrealized gains and losses recorded either in other comprehensive
income or in the results of operations, depending on the purpose for which
the derivative is held. Derivatives that do not meet the criteria for
designation as a hedge under SFAS 133 at inception, or fail to meet the
criteria thereafter, are included in trading account assets or liabilities.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and
qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the gain or loss on the hedged
asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded as
other fee income in the results of operations. To the extent of the
effectiveness of a hedge, changes in the fair value of a derivative that is
designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other
comprehensive income. For all hedge relationships, ineffectiveness resulting
from differences between the changes in fair value or cash flows of the
hedged item and changes in fair value of the derivative are recognized as
other fee income in the results of operations. The net interest settlement
on derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges is treated as an
adjustment to the interest income or interest expense of the hedged assets
or liabilities.
At inception of a hedge transaction, the Company formally documents the
hedge relationship and the risk management objective and strategy for
undertaking the hedge. This process includes identification of the hedging
instrument, hedged item, risk being hedged and the methodology for measuring
ineffectiveness. In addition, the Company assesses, both at the inception of
the hedge and on an ongoing quarterly basis, whether the derivative used in
the hedging transaction has been highly effective in offsetting changes in
fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, and whether the derivative is
expected to continue to be highly effective.
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when either it
is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in
offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; the
derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; the derivative is
de-designated because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will
occur; or management determines that designation of the derivative as a
hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.
75
Audited Financial Statements
When hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative is reclassified
as a trading account asset or liability. When a fair value hedge is
discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for
changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or
accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash
flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted
transaction are still expected to occur, unrealized gains and losses that
were accumulated in other comprehensive income are included in the results
of operations in the same period when the results of operations are also
affected by the hedged cash flow. They are recognized in the results of
operations immediately if the cash flow hedge was discontinued because a
forecasted transaction did not occur.
The Company may occasionally enter into a contract (host contract)
that contains a derivative that is embedded in the financial instrument. If
applicable, an embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and
can be designated as a hedge; otherwise, the derivative is recorded as a
freestanding derivative and classified as a trading account asset or
liability.
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 133, derivatives used for interest rate
risk management were not recorded at fair value. Rather, the net interest
settlement on designated derivatives that either effectively altered the
interest rate characteristics of assets or liabilities or hedged exposures
to risk was treated as an adjustment to the interest income or interest
expense of the related assets or liabilities.
LOANS
Loans are recorded at the principal balance outstanding, net of
unearned income. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. Loan
origination fees and direct costs as well as premiums and discounts are
amortized as an adjustment to yield over the term of the loan. Loan
commitment fees are generally deferred and amortized on a straight-line
basis over the commitment period.
Loans include direct financing leases that are recorded as the
aggregate of lease payments receivable plus estimated residual value of the
leased property, less unearned income. Leveraged leases, which are a form of
direct financing leases, are recorded net of nonrecourse debt. Unearned
income on leases is amortized under a method that results in an approximate
level rate of return.
A loan is considered to be impaired when based on current information,
it is probable the Company will not receive all amounts due in accordance
with the contractual terms of a loan agreement. The fair value is measured
based on either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted
at the loans effective interest rate, the loans observable market price or
the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan
is also considered impaired if its terms are modified in a troubled debt
restructuring.
When the ultimate collectibility of the principal balance of an
impaired loan is in doubt, all cash receipts are applied to principal. Once
the recorded principal balance has been reduced to zero, future cash
receipts are applied to interest income, to the extent any interest has
been foregone, and then they are recorded as recoveries of any amounts
previously charged off.
The accrual of interest is generally discontinued on loans and leases,
except consumer loans, that become 90 days past due as to principal or
interest unless collection of both principal and interest is assured by way
of collateralization, guarantees or other security. Generally, loans past
due 180 days or more are placed on nonaccrual status regardless of security.
Consumer loans that become 120 days past due are generally charged to the
allowance for loan losses. When borrowers demonstrate over an extended
period the ability to repay a loan in accordance with the contractual terms
of a loan classified as nonaccrual, the loan is returned to accrual status.
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
The Company believes it has developed appropriate policies and
procedures for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that
reflects the evaluation of credit risk after careful consideration of all
available information. In developing this assessment, the Company must
necessarily rely on estimates and exercise judgment regarding matters where
the ultimate outcome is unknown such as economic factors, developments
affecting companies in specific industries and issues with respect to single
borrowers. Depending on changes in circumstances, future assessments of
credit risk may yield materially different results, which may require an
increase or a decrease in the allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level the Company
believes is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan
portfolio as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The
Company employs a variety of statistical modeling and estimation tools in
assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for
loan losses consists of formula based components for both commercial and
consumer loans, for impaired commercial loans and for additional factors
that are indicative of the potential for loss.
The Company continuously monitors qualitative and quantitative trends
in the loan portfolio, including changes in the levels of past due,
criticized and nonperforming loans. The distribution of the allowance for
loan losses between the various components does not diminish the fact that
the entire allowance for loan losses is available to absorb credit losses
in the loan portfolio. The principal focus is, therefore, on the adequacy
of the total allowance for loan losses.
76
Audited Financial Statements
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their
examination process, periodically review the Companys bank subsidiaries
allowances for loan losses. These agencies may require such subsidiaries to
recognize changes to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments
about information available to them at the time of their examination.
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Depreciation is discontinued at the time an asset is determined to be held
for disposal. Premises and equipment include certain costs associated with
the acquisition or development of internal-use software, leasehold
improvements and capitalized leases. For leasehold improvements, the
estimated useful life is the lesser of the remaining lease term or estimated
useful life. For capitalized leased assets, the estimated useful life is
generally the lease term.
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 142 related to amortization
of intangible assets on July 1, 2001, and the remaining provisions of SFAS
142 on January 1, 2002. Under the provisions of SFAS 142, goodwill and
identified intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to
amortization. Rather they are subject to impairment testing on an annual
basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be
impairment. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are
amortized over that life in a manner that reflects the estimated decline in
the economic value of the identified intangible asset. Identified intangible
assets that have a finite useful life are periodically reviewed to determine
whether there have been any events or circumstances to indicate that the
recorded amount is not recoverable from projected undiscounted net operating
cash flows. If the projected undiscounted net operating cash flows are less
than the carrying amount, a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount
to fair value, and when appropriate, the amortization period is also
reduced. Unamortized intangible assets associated with disposed assets are
included in the determination of gain or loss on sale of the disposed
assets.
Under SFAS 142, all goodwill and identified intangible assets with an
indefinite useful life must be tested for impairment as of January 1, 2002,
and annually thereafter. This test involves assigning tangible assets and
liabilities, identified intangible assets and goodwill to reporting units
and comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value.
If the fair value is less than the carrying value, a further test is
required to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. Under SFAS 142, a
reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating
segment. The Company determined that lines of business, which are one level
below operating segments, are its reporting units.
The Companys impairment evaluations as of January 1, 2002, and for the
year ended December 31, 2002, indicated that none of the Companys goodwill
is impaired.
In connection with certain businesses where the Company securitizes and
sells originated or purchased loans with servicing retained, servicing
assets or liabilities are recorded based on the relative fair value of the
servicing rights on the date the loans are sold. Servicing assets are
amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of net servicing
income. Servicing assets are periodically evaluated for impairment based on
the fair value of those assets. If, by individual stratum, the carrying
amount of servicing assets exceeds fair value, a valuation reserve is
established. The valuation reserve is adjusted as the fair value changes.
For purposes of impairment evaluation and measurement, the Company
stratifies servicing assets based on predominant risk characteristics of the
underlying loans, including loan type, amortization type, loan coupon rate,
and in certain circumstances, period of origination. The assumptions used in
evaluating servicing assets for impairment incorporate assumptions for
credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.
OTHER
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale are recorded in other assets at the lower of cost
or market value (less costs to sell). Market value is determined based on
quoted market prices for the same or similar loans, outstanding investor
commitments, or discounted cash flow analyses using market assumptions.
Loans are transferred to loans held for sale at the lower of cost, which is
the carrying value net of deferred fees and costs and applicable allowance
for loan losses, or market value. At the time of the transfer, if the market
value is less than the cost, the difference is recorded as additional
provision for loan losses in the results of operations. Subsequent declines
in the market value of loans held for sale are recorded as a reduction in
other fee income in the results of operations. Sales of loans are recorded
when the proceeds are received and any difference between the proceeds and
the carrying value is recorded as gain or loss in other fee income in the
results of operations.
77
Audited Financial Statements
Principal Investments
Principal investments are recorded at fair value with realized and
unrealized gains and losses included in principal investing income in the
results of operations. For public equity investments, fair value is based on
quoted market prices, net of applicable discounts for trading restrictions
and liquidity. Investments in non-public securities are recorded at the
Companys estimate of fair value which is generally the original cost basis
unless the investee has raised additional debt or equity capital and the
Company believes that such transaction, taking into consideration
differences in the terms of securities, is a better indicator of fair value;
or if the Company believes the fair value is less than original cost. All
principal investments are evaluated quarterly for declines in fair value.
For investments in private equity funds, the Company uses information
provided by the fund managers in the initial determination of estimated fair
value. Valuation factors such as the age of the fund and industry
concentrations are used in the final determination of estimated fair value.
Gains on fund investments are recognized only when they have been realized
through fund distributions. Reductions in fair value of fund investments,
based on this valuation process, are recorded when identified.
Off-Balance Sheet Entities
The Company enters into transactions or has contractual relationships
with various legal entities that are commonly referred to as special purpose
entities (SPEs), QSPEs or multi-seller commercial paper conduits
(conduits). Certain of these entities, and where applicable, the assets
sold to them by the Company, are not included in the Companys consolidated
balance sheets. These non-consolidated entities have legal standing separate
from the Company, are not controlled by the Company and are typically
established for a single purpose such as securitization of financial assets.
The Company may have certain relationships with these entities, including
sponsorship, collateral manager, servicer of the assets held by the entity,
trustee or administrative agent. In addition, the Company may retain certain
interests in these entities, which are recognized on the consolidated
balance sheet. FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 46,
Consolidation of Variable
Interests Entities,
may impact the accounting treatment of the entities. See
Note 6 for additional information.
SPEs and QSPEs sponsored by the Company hold assets sold to them by the
Company or by third parties and issue debt collateralized by the assets held
in the trust. In order for the assets and liabilities of a QSPE to be
excluded from the Companys consolidated balance sheet, these transactions
must meet the requirements of SFAS No. 140,
Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,
at the
inception of the transaction and on an ongoing basis. In addition to issuing
debt, SPEs also issue equity of which a substantive amount (an amount equal
to at least three percent of the fair value of the assets held by the SPE)
is held by substantive third parties unrelated to the Company.
Equity Method Investments
Except for principal investments, the Company accounts for investments
in which the Company has significant influence under the equity method of
accounting. Equity method investments are recorded at cost adjusted to
reflect the Companys portion of income, loss, or dividends of the investee.
The Company recognizes gain or loss on transactions where a subsidiary or an
equity method investee issues common stock. Recognition of gain is subject
to a determination that the gain is realizable and that there are no plans
to reacquire the shares.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair values of
loans and long-term debt are presented in
Note 7
and
in
Note 11,
respectively. The fair value of demand deposits is the amount
payable on demand. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit
is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using
the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities and
fair value approximates carrying value. The fair value estimates for
deposits do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding
provided by deposit liabilities compared with the cost of borrowing funds in
the market. Substantially all of the other financial assets and liabilities
have maturities of three months or less, and accordingly, the carrying value
is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair value of
off-balance sheet financial instruments is presented in
Note 18.
Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments, as
defined, without estimating the value of certain ongoing businesses, the
value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities
that are not considered financial instruments. In the Companys opinion,
these add significant value.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Companys stock options typically have an exercise price equal to
the fair value of the stock on the date of grant, and vest based on
continued service with the Company for a specified period, generally three
years. The expense is amortized ratably over the vesting period.
Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation,
there are two methods of accounting for stock options, the
intrinsic value method and the fair value method. Upon the initial adoption
of SFAS 123 in 1996, the Company elected to continue to use the intrinsic
value method, which resulted in no expense being recognized related to the
Companys stock options.
78
Audited Financial Statements
Under the prospective transition provisions of SFAS 123, as amended
by SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and
Disclosure,
the Company adopted the fair value method effective as of the
beginning of the year in which the decision was made, or January 1, 2002,
and only for stock option awards made in 2002 and thereafter. Prior
awards will continue to be accounted for under the intrinsic value
method. The expense associated with the 2002 grant will be recorded over
the three year vesting period beginning on the April 2002 grant date.
The effect on net income available to common stockholders and
earnings per share as if the fair value method had been applied to all
outstanding and unvested awards for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.
For restricted stock, which generally vests based on continued service
with the Company, the deferred compensation is measured as the fair value of
the shares on the date of grant, and the deferred compensation is recognized
as salaries and employee benefits expense in the results of operations in
accordance with the applicable vesting schedule, which is generally
straight-line over 3 years.
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to
common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock
outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing
income available to common stockholders by the sum of the weighted average
number of shares adjusted to include the effect of potentially dilutive shares.
In calculating diluted earnings per share, the premium component of the forward
price on equity forward contracts is subtracted in calculating income available
to common stockholders. Additionally, diluted shares include the share
equivalent of the excess of the forward price in the case of forward contracts
and the strike price in the case of collar transactions over the current market
price of the shares.
NEW ACCOUNTING INTERPRETATIONS
The FASB recently issued two interpretations, FIN No. 45,
Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,
and FIN 46, both of which require
additional disclosures in 2002 financial statements. The required disclosures
are included in
Note 6
for FIN 46 and
Note 18
for FIN 45. Both of these
interpretations also require new accounting treatment for certain transactions
beginning in 2003. The accounting impact of these new interpretations is
discussed in the
Accounting and Regulatory Matters
section of
Managements
Discussion and Analysis.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain amounts in 2001 and 2000 were reclassified to conform with the
presentation in 2002. These reclassifications have no effect on the Companys
previously reported consolidated financial position or results of operations.
79
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 2: BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
FIRST UNION/WACHOVIA MERGER
The merger of the former Wachovia and First Union closed on September
1, 2001, and the combined Company adopted the name Wachovia Corporation.
The merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and
accordingly, the results for 2001 include eight months of First Union and
four months of the combined Company. In connection with the merger,
shareholders of the former Wachovia received two First Union shares for
each former Wachovia common share, resulting in the issuance of 407 million
common shares. The common stock issued to effect the merger was valued at
$31.15 per First Union share, or $12.7 billion in the aggregate. In
addition, former Wachovia stockholders were given the right to choose to
receive either a one-time cash payment of $0.48 per common share of the
former Wachovia to be paid after the stockholder made the election,
or two shares of a new class of preferred shares, Dividend Equalization Preferred
Shares (DEPs), which pay dividends equal to the difference between the
last dividend paid by the former Wachovia of $0.30 per share and the common
stock dividend declared by the combined Company. This dividend will cease
once the Companys total dividends paid to common stockholders for four
consecutive quarters equal at least $1.20 per common share. The aggregate
value of the one-time cash payment and the estimated fair value of the DEPs
amounted to $98 million. See
Note 12
for additional information.
Additionally, 17 million options held by employees of the former Wachovia
were converted into 34 million options of the Company with the exercise
price adjusted proportionately. They vest in accordance with their original
vesting schedule. The fair value of options issued, based on a
Black-Scholes valuation, amounted to $187 million, which is included in the
computation of the purchase price. The excess of the fair value of the
underlying shares over the strike price of the unvested options was
recorded as deferred compensation and is being amortized over the remaining
vesting period.
Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of
the former Wachovia were recorded at their respective fair values as of
September 1, 2001. Based on the ending former Wachovia tangible equity of
$5.5 billion, an aggregate purchase price of $13.0 billion and purchase
accounting adjustments amounting to a net write-down of $2.1 billion, the
merger resulted in total intangible assets of $9.6 billion. Of the total
intangible assets, $1.9 billion was allocated to deposit base intangible,
$250 million to customer relationships, $90 million to tradename and $7.4
billion to goodwill. None of the intangible assets are tax deductible;
however, deferred tax liabilities were recorded on all intangible assets
except goodwill. The deferred tax liabilities will be reflected as a tax
benefit in the results of operations in proportion to and over the
amortization period of the related intangible assets. The deposit base
intangible and customer relationship intangible are being amortized over
estimated useful lives of 6 years and 16 years, respectively, or a weighted
average useful life of 7 years, using accelerated methods that reflect the
estimated pattern in which the economic benefits will be consumed. The
tradename intangible has an indefinite life, and accordingly, is not
subject to amortization.
Subsequent to September 1, 2001, adjustments were made to the original
purchase price allocation resulting in a net increase to goodwill of $284
million, net of the related deferred taxes. The more significant of these
adjustments related to intangible assets, impairment of a loan and exit
costs. The valuation of the deposit base premium was finalized resulting in
a reduction of $435 million in value from the preliminary September 1,
2001, value of $2.3 billion to $1.9 billion. The process of identifying and
valuing other intangible assets was completed resulting in recording a
customer relationship intangible of $250 million and a tradename intangible
of $90 million. In another adjustment, a preacquisition contingent
impairment of a loan was resolved resulting in an $81 million write-down to
the basis of the loan to its estimated fair value as of September 1, 2001.
Finally, $186 million of exit costs were recorded based on finalization of
exit plans.
Included in the total exit costs of $251 million recorded as purchase
accounting adjustments were employee termination benefits of $152 million,
which included severance payments and related benefits for 2,132 employees
of the former Wachovia terminated or notified of their pending termination
in connection with the merger. Of the terminated employees, approximately
13 percent were from the Corporate and Investment Bank segment, 43 percent
were from the Parent segment, 16 percent were from the Capital Management
segment, 19 percent were from the General Bank segment and 9 percent were
from the Wealth Management segment. The remaining exit costs were employee
relocation, costs to exit certain facilities of the former Wachovia, and
transaction costs offset by gains on the sale of former Wachovia branches
of $47 million. Through December 31, 2002, $169 million had been charged
against the accruals established in purchase accounting.
80
Audited Financial Statements
The purchase price, allocation of the purchase price to the assets and
liabilities of the former Wachovia, exit costs related to the former Wachovia
and allocation of the total intangibles are presented below.
OTHER ACQUISITIONS
In 2002, the Company acquired a management liability insurance provider,
an investment management firm and an insurance brokerage firm. At the date of
the respective acquisitions, they had assets of $33 million in the aggregate.
These entities were acquired for 1.5 million shares of the Companys common
stock and $90 million in cash, or an aggregate purchase price of $141 million.
In 2001, the Company acquired a brokerage business with assets of $59
million for $103 million in cash. In 2000, the Company acquired four entities
which, at the date of the respective acquisitions, had assets of $58 million in
the aggregate. These entities were acquired for 1.2 million shares of the
Companys common stock and $90 million in cash, or an aggregate purchase price
of $124 million.
As part of the Companys acquisition activity, the Company often
negotiates terms in which a portion of the purchase price is contingent on
future events, typically related to the acquired businesses meeting revenue or
profitability targets. The additional consideration may be cash or stock.
Contingent consideration is paid when the contingency is resolved and it is
recorded as additional goodwill. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $263
million in cash and $18 million of common stock committed under such agreements
that will be paid through 2011 if the contingencies are met.
81
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 3: MERGER-RELATED AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES
In 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company recorded merger-related and
restructuring expenses of $387 million, $106 million and $2.2 billion,
respectively. The significant components of these expenses, as well as
activity related to the restructuring accrual, are presented below.
MERGER-RELATED EXPENSES
Merger-related expenses consist principally of expenses related to
combining operations such as systems conversions. In 2002 and 2001, the
Company incurred merger-related expenses of $246 million and $96 million,
respectively, related to the merger with the former Wachovia. Additionally, in
2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company incurred merger-related expenses of $1
million, $25 million and $78 million, respectively, related to other mergers.
Merger-related and restructuring expenses for each of the years in
the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, are presented below.
RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES
As a result of restructuring plans in connection with the First
Union/Wachovia merger in 2001 and in connection with the Companys strategic
repositioning in 2000, the Company displaced employees and recorded expenses
for the resulting employee termination benefits to be paid, either in a lump
sum or deferred over an extended period. In addition, the Company recorded
occupancy-related expenses that included write-downs to fair value (less cost
to sell) of owned premises that were held for disposition as a result of the
plans, and cancellation payments or the present values of the remaining lease
obligations for leased premises, or portions thereof, that were associated with
lease abandonments. Other assets, primarily computer hardware and software, the
value of which was considered to be impaired because they no longer would be
used as a result of the closure of facilities or the reduction in work force,
were also written down to fair value. Contract cancellation costs were also
recorded representing the cost to buy out the remaining term or the present
value of the remaining payments on contracts that provided no future benefit to
the Company as a result of these plans.
82
Audited Financial Statements
Components of the restructuring expenses in 2002, 2001 and 2000 are
discussed below.
Employee termination benefits were $66 million in 2002 and $69 million in
2001, and included severance payments and related benefits for 1,672 employees
who have been displaced or notified of their pending termination date as of
December 31, 2002. Employee termination benefits of $172 million in 2000
included severance payments and related benefits for 5,683 employees
originally expected to be terminated in connection with these plans. A
reversal of the strategic repositioning restructuring expense was recorded in
2001, in part to reflect the lower number of employee terminations ultimately
resulting from that plan. The reduction to 4,321 displacements was primarily
caused by higher than expected attrition and placements of employees to other
positions. Of the terminated employees in 2002 and 2001, approximately 20
percent were from the General Bank segment, 10 percent were from the Corporate
and Investment Bank segment, 55 percent were from the Parent segment, 9
percent were from the Capital Management segment and 6 percent were from the
Wealth Management segment. Of the terminated employees in 2000, approximately
80 percent were from the General Bank segment, 8 percent were from the
Corporate and Investment Bank segment and the remaining 12 percent were
primarily from the Parent segment. Through December 31, 2002, $93 million in
employee termination benefits related to the terminations in 2002 and 2001 and
$135 million related to the terminations in 2000 has been paid and reversals
of $36 million related to terminations in 2000 have been recorded, leaving $42
million from the 2002 and 2001 terminations and $1 million from the 2000
terminations for future payments.
Occupancy expenses were $62 million in 2002 and $108 million in 2000.
These expenses included $8 million in 2002 and $18 million in 2000 related to
the write-down of owned property as well as leasehold improvements and
furniture and equipment. These write-downs resulted from excess space due to
exiting businesses, the reduction in the work force and from branch closings.
The amount of the write-down represents the difference between the carrying
value of the property at the time that it was no longer held for use and the
estimated net proceeds expected to be received upon disposition. The fair
value was estimated using customary appraisal techniques such as evaluating
the real estate market conditions in the region and comparing market values to
comparable properties. If the proceeds from ultimate disposition differed from
the estimate, the amount of the difference is reflected as either an
additional restructuring expense or a reversal thereof. The remainder of the
occupancy expenses in 2002 and 2000 represented the present value of future
lease obligations or lease cancellation penalties, net of any expected
recovery from subleasing, in connection with the closure of branches and sales
offices as well as certain other corporate space.
As a result of the decision in 2000 to discontinue the subprime mortgage
lending business at The Money Store Inc. (TMSI), and therefore generate no
future cash flows from that business, the Company concluded that the goodwill
associated with that business and the related network intangible were no
longer recoverable. Therefore, an impairment charge for the unamortized
balance of these intangibles of $1.8 billion was included in restructuring
expenses. The unamortized balance of goodwill associated with the small
business and student lending businesses of TMSI was determined to be fully
recoverable from future cash flows, and accordingly, was not considered
impaired.
Other asset impairments, which were the direct result of the reduction in
the work force and certain other restructuring activities, amounted to $18
million in 2000. They consisted primarily of computer hardware write-offs. The
net book value of long-lived assets held for sale at December 31, 2002, was
not significant.
Also included in restructuring expenses were $5 million in 2002 and $74
million in 2000 related to contract cancellations, $60 million of which in
2000 represents termination fees for contracts cancelled in connection with
the sale of the credit card portfolio.
83
Audited Financial Statements
A reconciliation of the restructuring accruals for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.
84
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 4: TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
NOTE 5: SECURITIES
Information related to securities available for sale for each of the
years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2002, is disclosed in
Table 6,
which is incorporated herein by reference. In connection with the adoption of
SFAS 133 on January 1, 2001, all investment securities were reclassified to
securities available for sale. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, all investment
securities were classified as available for sale.
85
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 6: SECURITIZATIONS AND RETAINED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
The Company securitizes, sells and services primarily commercial
loans, residential mortgage loans and prime equity lines. In certain
situations, the Company also provides liquidity guarantees to investors in
the beneficial interests and provides credit enhancement in the form of
cash collateral accounts.
In 2002, the Company had securitization gains of approximately $11
million and $148 million related to the sale of residential mortgage loans and
prime equity lines, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $20
billion of retained interests from securitization transactions. These retained
interests included $5.1 billion of retained agency securities, $14 billion of
senior and subordinated notes and receivables, and $1.3 billion of residual
interests. Of the $20 billion of retained interests, $5.8 billion (including
the $5.1 billion of retained agency securities) were valued using quoted
market prices or quoted market prices for sales of similar assets. The
remaining $14 billion of retained interests consists of subordinated and
residual interests for which there are no quoted market prices. These have
been valued using discounted cash flow analyses with assumptions for credit
losses, prepayments and discount rates.
Original economic assumptions used for valuing certain retained interests
for transactions completed in 2002 using discounted cash flow analyses, cash
flow activity for transactions completed in 2002 and sensitivity analysis for
certain retained interests valued using discounted cash flow analyses as of
December 31, 2002, are presented below.
86
Audited Financial Statements
At December 31, 2001, the Company had $18 billion of retained interests
from securitization transactions. These retained interests included $5.3
billion of retained agency securities, $11 billion of subordinated notes and
receivables, and $871 million of residual interests. Of the $18 billion of
retained interests, $7.5 billion (including the $5.3 billion of retained
agency securities) were valued using quoted market prices or quoted market
prices for sales of similar assets. The remaining $10 billion of retained
interests consists of subordinated and residual interests for which there are
no quoted market prices. These have been valued using discounted cash flow
analyses with assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.
Original economic assumptions used for valuing certain retained interests
for transactions completed in 2001 using discounted cash flow analyses, cash
flow activity for transactions completed in 2001 and sensitivity analysis for
certain retained interests valued using discounted cash flow analyses as of
December 31, 2001, are presented below.
87
Audited Financial Statements
At December 31, 2000, the Company had $16 billion of retained interests
from securitization transactions. These retained interests included $3.5
billion of retained agency securities, $12 billion of subordinated notes and
receivables, and $298 million of residual interests. Of the $16 billion of
retained interests, $4.9 billion (including the $3.5 billion of retained
agency securities) were valued using quoted market prices or quoted market
prices for sales of similar assets. The remaining $11 billion of retained
interests consists of subordinated and residual interests for which there are
no quoted market prices. These have been valued using discounted cash flow
analyses with assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rates.
Original economic assumptions used for valuing certain retained interests
for transactions completed in 2000 using discounted cash flow analyses, cash
flow activity for transactions completed in 2000 and sensitivity analysis for
certain retained interests valued using discounted cash flow analyses as of
December 31, 2000, are presented below.
(a) In 2000, the Company completed the sale of credit card receivables. Credit
card cash flow activity in 2000 included new securitizations of
$225 million, collections used by a trust to purchase new balances in
revolving securitizations of $3.8 billion, service fees received of $7
million and cash flow received from retained interests of $127 million.
88
Audited Financial Statements
The sensitivity analysis is hypothetical and should be used with
caution. For example, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent variation
in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of
the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear.
Additionally, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the
fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other
assumption, when in reality, changes in any one factor may result in changes
in other factors.
Managed loans at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and related loans
past due 90 days or more and net loan losses are presented below.
(a) Includes bankruptcies and foreclosures.
In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, which addresses consolidation of
variable interest entities (VIEs), certain of which are also referred to as
SPEs. VIEs are entities in which equity investors do not have the
characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient
equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional
subordinated financial support from other parties. Under the provisions of FIN
46, a company will consolidate a VIE if the company has a variable interest (or
combination of variable interests) that will absorb a majority of the VIEs
expected losses if they occur, receive a majority of the VIEs expected
residual returns if they occur or both. The company that consolidates a VIE is
called the primary beneficiary. The provisions of FIN 46 are applicable to
variable interests in VIEs created after January 31, 2003. Variable interests
in VIEs created before February 1, 2003, are subject to the provisions of FIN
46 no later than July 1, 2003. In addition, if it is reasonably possible that a
company will consolidate or disclose information about a VIE when FIN 46
becomes effective, the company is required to disclose the nature, purpose,
size and activities of the VIE and the companys maximum exposure to loss as a
result of its involvement with the VIE in its December 31, 2002, financial
statements.
Because of the extensive analysis that is required to adopt FIN 46, the
Company has not fully assessed the impact of adopting this standard, including
whether any cumulative effect of an accounting change will be recognized in the
results of operations in the period of adoption, which will be no later than
the quarter ended September 30, 2003. Certain entities that are preliminarily
considered VIEs in which the Company has a significant or majority variable
interest may change before adoption of FIN 46. Based on the characteristics of
the VIEs as of December 31, 2002, it is reasonably possible the Company will
consolidate or disclose characteristics about the following VIEs when FIN 46 is
adopted.
89
Audited Financial Statements
Multi-seller commercial paper conduits (conduits) are SPEs that provide
borrowers with access to the commercial paper market, a low cost financing
alternative. Conduits purchase a variety of asset-backed loans and
receivables, trade receivables, securities and other assets from borrowers and
issuers, and issue commercial paper to fund those assets. The Company
administers conduits to facilitate its customers financing needs and provides
liquidity facilities on substantially all of the commercial paper issued by
the conduits that it administers. Under liquidity facilities, the Company is
obligated to purchase asset interests that are financed by the conduits in the
event the conduits are unable to continue to issue commercial paper to finance
those assets. These liquidity facilities represent the Companys most
significant variable interests in conduits administered by the Company. The
Company has variable interests in conduits administered by the Company with
total liabilities, primarily commercial paper, of $12.7 billion that represent
a maximum exposure to loss of $17.6 billion at December 31, 2002. The excess
exposure to loss over the total liabilities represents unfunded customer
purchase facilities.
The Company also provides liquidity guarantees to other conduits not
administered by the Company. These liquidity guarantees represent the most
significant variable interests the Company has in these conduits. The Company
has variable interests in these other conduits, which have total commercial
paper outstanding of $6.9 billion, that represent a maximum exposure to loss
of $2.6 billion at December 31, 2002.
Collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and collateralized debt
obligations (CDOs) are SPEs in which securities or loans are transferred to
the SPE or purchased by the SPE in the open market. The SPE issues a
combination of debt and equity securities to fund those purchases. The Company
receives fees for structuring these transactions and underwriting the debt and
equity securities. In certain transactions, the Company also may invest in the
debt or equity securities issued by the SPE. The investment in debt or equity
securities of CLOs and CDOs represents the most significant variable interest
the Company has in CLOs and CDOs. The Company has variable interests in CLOs
and CDOs, with total collateral of $3.2 billion, that represent a maximum
exposure to loss of $79 million at December 31, 2002.
90
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 7: LOANS
Directors and executive officers of the Parent Company and their related
interests were indebted to the Company in the aggregate amounts of $2.0
billion and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2002,
directors and executive officers of the Parent Company and their related
interests borrowed $713 million and repaid $884 million. In the opinion of
management, these loans do not involve more than the normal risk of
collectibility, nor do they include other features unfavorable to the Company.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the investment in leveraged leases,
net of unearned income, was $10.2 billion and $9.2 billion, respectively.
For federal income tax purposes, the Company realizes income tax benefits
resulting from depreciating the leased asset and from interest expense
associated with the related long-term debt. At December 31, 2002 and 2001,
deferred income taxes related to leveraged leases were $5.9 billion and
$5.0 billion, respectively.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, nonaccrual and restructured loans amounted
to $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, $120
million, $184 million and $126 million, respectively, in gross interest income
would have been recorded if all nonaccrual and restructured loans had been
performing in accordance with their original terms and if they had been
outstanding throughout the entire period, or since origination if held for
part of the period. Interest collected on these loans and included in interest
income in 2002, 2001 and 2000 amounted to $23 million, $41 million and $31
million, respectively.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, impaired loans amounted to $1.4 billion
and $1.5 billion, respectively. Included in the allowance for loan losses was
$185 million related to $730 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2002,
and $219 million related to $639 million of impaired loans at December 31,
2001. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the average recorded
investment in impaired loans was $1.5 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, $23 million, $22 million
and $27 million, respectively, of interest income was recognized on loans
while they were impaired.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, loans held for sale, which are classified
in other assets, amounted to $6.0 billion and $7.8 billion, respectively. In
2002, 2001 and 2000, net write-downs to the lower of cost or market value
recorded subsequent to the transfer of the loans to loans held for sale were
$53 million, $188 million and $274 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair value of the loan portfolio, net
of unearned income and the allowance for loan losses, was $160 billion and
$161 billion, respectively. The fair values of performing loans for all
portfolio loans were calculated by discounting estimated cash flows through
expected maturity dates using estimated market yields that reflect the credit
and interest rate risks inherent in each category of loans and prepayment
assumptions. Estimated fair values for the commercial loan portfolio were
based on weighted average discount rates ranging from 2.44 percent to 9.46
percent and 3.60 percent to 7.65 percent at December 31, 2002 and 2001,
respectively, and for the consumer loan portfolio from 7.37 percent to 13.74
percent and 5.39 percent to 10.40 percent, respectively. For performing
residential mortgage loans, fair values were estimated using a discounted cash
flow analysis utilizing yields for comparable mortgage-backed securities. The
fair value of nonperforming loans was calculated by discounting estimated cash
flows using discount rates commensurate with the risk associated with the cash
flows.
91
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 8: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
92
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 9: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Net income and earnings per share amounts adjusted to exclude
goodwill amortization expense for the years prior to the adoption of
SFAS 142 are presented below.
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill related to each of the
Companys business segments for the year ended December 31, 2002, are
presented below.
93
Audited Financial Statements
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had $90 million assigned as
the carrying value of its tradename, which based on its indefinite useful
life, is not subject to amortization.
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each of the
Companys identified intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31,
2002 and 2001, are presented below.
In connection with certain acquisitions, the Company recorded customer
relationship intangibles of $27 million, which have a weighted average
amortization period of 10 years.
The estimated annual identified intangible assets amortization expense in
each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2002, is as follows
(in
millions):
2003, $560; 2004, $423; 2005, $294; 2006, $178: and 2007, $165.
94
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 10: SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, which
include securities sold under repurchase agreements and accrued interest
thereon, and the related maximum amounts outstanding at the end of any
month in each of the three years, are presented below.
95
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 11: LONG-TERM DEBT
96
Audited Financial Statements
At December 31, 2002, floating rate notes of $1.7 billion had rates of
interest ranging from 1.66 percent to 2.195 percent.
The interest rate on the floating rate extendible notes is 1.56 percent to
March 17, 2003.
The 6.30 percent putable/callable notes are subject to mandatory
redemption on April 15, 2008, and under certain specified conditions, they may
be put to the Parent Company by the trustee on or after this date.
The interest rate on the floating rate subordinated notes is 4.125 percent
to April 22, 2003.
At December 31, 2002, bank notes of $10.9 billion had floating rates of
interest ranging from 0.05 percent to 7.70 percent, and $736 million of the
notes had fixed rates of interest ranging from 2.14 percent to 8.375 percent.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, statutory business trusts (the Trusts)
created by the Parent Company had outstanding with the Parent Company trust
preferred securities with an aggregate par value of $2.3 billion. The trust
preferred securities have interest rates ranging generally from 7.64 percent
to 8.04 percent and maturities ranging from December 1, 2026, to November 15,
2029. The principal assets of the Trusts are $2.4 billion of the Parent
Companys subordinated debentures with identical rates of interest and
maturities as the trust preferred securities. The Trusts have issued $31
million of common securities to the Parent Company. The estimated fair value
of the trust preferred securities and the related subordinated debentures at
December 31, 2002 and 2001, was $2.4 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.
The trust preferred securities, the assets of the Trusts and the common
securities issued by the Trusts are redeemable in whole or in part beginning
on or after December 1, 2006, or at any time in whole but not in part from the
date of issuance on the occurrence of certain events. The obligations of the
Parent Company with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities
constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Parent Company of the
Trusts obligations with respect to the trust preferred securities. Subject to
certain exceptions and limitations, the Parent Company may elect from time to
time to defer subordinated debenture interest payments, which would result in
a deferral of distribution payments on the related trust preferred securities.
Additionally, a bank subsidiary has outstanding trust preferred
securities with a par value of $300 million and an 8 percent rate of
interest, and a par value of $450 million and a LIBOR-indexed floating rate
of interest. The related maturities range from December 15, 2026, to
February 15, 2027. The related subordinated debentures all have terms
substantially the same as the trust preferred securities and subordinated
debentures issued by the Parent Company.
At December 31, 2002, collateralized notes of $4.4 billion had floating
rates of interest based on spreads to LIBOR ranging from (1.771) percent to
2.322 percent. The spread on certain portions of the notes can vary based on
the returns of the related collateral. As the (1.771) percent indicates, it is
possible to be in a receivable position on the interest component for a
portion of these notes.
At December 31, 2002, The Money Store, LLC, a bank subsidiary, had
outstanding Class A preferred units with a stated value of $57 million.
Distributions are payable to preferred unit holders on a cumulative basis
until an annual return of 12.50 percent has been paid. In addition,
distributions on the preferred units must be paid before the Company can
declare or pay a dividend on its common stock. The Companys subsidiary can
redeem the preferred units at defined premiums beginning in September 2009.
The preferred units have a mandatory redemption date of September 2012 at the
stated value.
At both December 31, 2002 and 2001, the aggregate fair value of long-term
debt was $42 billion. The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on
quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on current rates
offered to the Company for debt with similar terms.
At December 31, 2002, $11 billion of senior or subordinated debt
securities or equity securities of the Company remained available for issuance
under a shelf registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. In addition, the Company has available for issuance up to $4
billion under a medium-term note program covering senior or subordinated debt
securities.
At December 31, 2002, Wachovia Bank has available a global note
program for issuance up to $45 billion of senior or subordinated notes.
The weighted average rate paid for long-term debt in 2002, 2001 and 2000
was 2.88 percent, 4.79 percent and 6.69 percent respectively. See Note 18 for
information on interest rate swaps entered into in connection with the
issuance of long-term debt.
Long-term debt maturing in each of the five years subsequent to
December 31, 2002, is as follows
(in millions):
2003, $5,078; 2004, $5,460;
2005, $6,927; 2006, $6,800; and 2007, $3,107.
97
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 12: COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK AND CAPITAL RATIOS
(a) The weighted-average price for stock options is the weighted-average
exercise price of the options, and for restricted stock, the
weighted-average fair value of the stock at the date of grant.
STOCK PLANS
The Company has stock option plans under which incentive and nonqualified
stock options may be granted periodically to certain employees. The options are
granted at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying shares
at the date of grant, and vest based on continued service with the Company for
a specified period, generally three years following the date of grant, and they
have a contractual life of ten years.
Restricted stock may also be granted under the stock option plans. The
restricted stock generally vests over a three-year period, during which time
the holder receives dividends and has full voting rights. Compensation cost
recognized for restricted stock was $194 million, $169 million and $192 million
in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. As discussed in
Note 1,
the Company
adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock options in 2002, and as a
result, $58 million of stock option expense was included as a component of
salaries and employees benefits in the results of operations in 2002.
The range of exercise prices and the related number of options outstanding
at December 31, 2002, are as follows (shares
in thousands):
$2.99-$9.31, 398
shares; $10.95-$19.98, 3,470 shares; $20.59-$29.64, 9,949 shares;
$30.02-$39.72, 79,893 shares; $40.13-$48.93, 10,674 shares; and $53.94-$62.13,
10,634 shares. The weighted average exercise prices, remaining contractual
maturities and weighted average exercise prices of options currently
exercisable for each exercise price range are as follows: $4.32, 2.9 years and
$4.32; $16.43, 2.2 years and $16.43; $26.47, 4.7 years and $26.44; $34.43, 8.1
years and $32.96; $43.11, 5.5 years and $43.13; and $57.61, 5.9 years and
$57.61, respectively.
At December 31, 2002, the Company had 50.8 million additional shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under the stock option plans.
98
Audited Financial Statements
The Company also has an employee stock plan (the 1999 plan) in place.
Under the terms of the 1999 plan, substantially all employees were granted
options with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying shares
on the date of grant of August 2, 1999. Twenty percent of the options vested on
August 2, 2000. The vesting schedule provides that an additional 20 percent of
the options vest annually on each March 1 from 2001 through 2004 if certain
annual return on stockholders equity goals are met. If the annual goal is not
met in any one year, the options for the applicable 20 percent portion remain
unvested until an annual goal is met at which time they vest. The annual goal
for 2002 was met. On April 30, 2004, any unvested options will automatically
vest, and if they are not exercised by September 30, 2004, they will expire. As
of December 31, 2002, the Company had 18.2 million additional shares of common
stock reserved for issuance under the 1999 plan.
Under the fair value method, stock option expense is measured on the date
of grant using an option pricing model with market assumptions. The
Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of stock
options. Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective
assumptions, including expected stock price volatility, which when changed can
materially affect fair value estimates. Accordingly, the model does not
necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the
Companys stock options.
The weighted average grant date fair values of options under the stock
option plans were $10.39, $5.21 and $8.76 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
The more significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock
options in 2002, 2001 and 2000 include risk-free interest rates of 4.65
percent, 4.45 percent to 5.88 percent and 5.71 percent to 6.73 percent,
respectively; dividend yields of 2.53 percent, 2.99 percent and 6.06 percent,
respectively; weighted average expected lives of the stock options of 6.0
years, 4.0 years and 4.0 years, respectively; and volatility of the Companys
common stock of 29 percent in 2002, 29 percent in 2001 and 45 percent in 2000.
Additionally, the estimated fair value of stock options is reduced by an
estimate of forfeiture experience which was 7.50 percent in 2002, 10.00 percent
in 2001 and 10.00 percent in 2000.
The Company recorded income taxes (benefits) of $(6) million, $7
million and $(7) million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, related to
employee exercises of stock options.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
Under the terms of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, a participating
stockholders cash dividends and optional cash payments may be used to purchase
the Companys common stock. Common stock issued under the Dividend Reinvestment
Plan was
(in thousands):
1,638 shares, 1,809 shares and 2,599 shares in 2002,
2001 and 2000, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Company had 624,000
additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Dividend
Reinvestment Plan.
TRANSACTIONS BY THE COMPANY IN ITS COMMON STOCK
In May 1999 and in June 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company
authorized separate 50 million share buyback programs. In addition, shares
repurchased in connection with purchase accounting acquisitions described in
Note 2 are incremental to the buyback programs. At December 31, 2002, the
Company had the authority to repurchase up to 98 million shares of its common
stock. In 2002, the Company repurchased 3.9 million shares of common stock at a
cost of $137 million in the open market. In 2001, the Company repurchased 2
million shares of common stock at a cost of $64 million in the open market. In
connection with the consummation of the merger with the former Wachovia, the
Company also retired 16 million shares at a cost of $568 million held by the
former Wachovia. In 2000, the Company repurchased 15 million shares at a cost
of $479 million.
The Company has used forward equity sales transactions (equity forwards)
and forward purchase contracts in connection with its stock repurchase program.
These contracts were entered into in 1999 and 2000. The Company has also
entered into option contracts in its stock to offset potential dilution from
the exercise of stock options. These option contracts involve the
contemporaneous purchase of a call option and the sale of a put option to the
same counterparty (collar transactions). These collar transactions were
entered into in 1999, 2000 and 2002. Contracts outstanding at December 31,
2002, mature at various times in 2003.
The use of equity forwards provided the Company with the ability to
purchase shares under the stock repurchase program in the open market and then
issue shares in a private transaction to the counterparty in the amount
necessary to maintain targeted capital ratios. Under the terms of the equity
forwards, the Company issued shares of common stock to an investment banking
firm at a specified price that approximated market value. Simultaneously, the
Company entered into a forward contract with the same counterparty to
repurchase the shares at the same price plus a premium that accrues over the
life of the contract, net of dividends paid to the counterparty (the forward
price). The maturity date can be extended by mutual consent of the
counterparties.
Under the terms of the forward purchase contracts, the Company has agreed
to purchase shares on a specific future date at the forward price. The
counterparties to these contracts generally purchase the shares to which the
contract is subject in the open market and hold the shares for the duration of
the contract. The maturity dates can be extended by mutual consent of the
counterparties.
99
Audited Financial Statements
The terms of the forward purchase contracts provide three settlement
alternatives and the method selected to settle any contract is at the sole
discretion of the Company: gross physical settlement where the Company pays the
forward price to the counterparty in cash and takes delivery of the shares, and
net share or net cash settlement where the difference between the forward price
and the market price is settled in shares or cash, respectively. Under the net
settlement method, if the forward price is less than the market price, the
Company would receive shares or cash, and if the forward price is greater than
the market price, the Company would deliver shares or cash. If the Company were
to elect net share settlement on any of these contracts, the calculation of the
number of net shares to be received or delivered would be based on the market
price of the Companys shares at settlement. The collar transactions are
subject to the same settlement alternatives.
These transactions are accounted for as equity. In calculating diluted
earnings per share, the premium component of the forward price on equity
forwards is subtracted in calculating income available to common stockholders.
In 2002, the premium component of the equity forward was anti-dilutive, and
accordingly, it was not included in the calculation of earnings per share. For
forward purchase contracts, diluted shares include the share equivalent of the
excess of the forward price over the current market price of the shares.
At December 31, 2002, the Company had a forward purchase contract
involving 24 million shares at a cost of $753 million, and put options from
collar transactions involving 12 million shares at a cost of $402 million. In
2002, the Company settled an equity forward and a forward purchase contract by
purchasing 12 million shares at a cost of $536 million. In 2001, the Company
settled an equity forward and a forward purchase contract by purchasing 12
million shares at a cost of $652 million. Additionally, in 2001, the Company
settled a contract for 4 million shares on a net share basis resulting in no
net repurchases of shares. In 2000, the Company settled an equity forward by
purchasing 4 million shares at a cost of $211 million.
Information related to these contracts at December 31, 2002, is presented
below.
(a) Represents the weighted average strike price of the put options. The strike
prices range from $28.94 to $34.68.
(b) Represents the maximum number of shares that the Company could be required
to deliver under a net share settlement and would only
occur if there was a precipitous decline in the Companys share price to an
amount less than a weighted average of $4.11 per share for all
contracts.
The Company has also sold put options with a weighted average strike price
of $2.90 on 267 million shares of its common stock. The put options must be
settled on a gross physical basis, and accordingly, are accounted for as
liabilities. The put options were entered into in 1999 and 2000 and mature at
various times in 2003.
SHAREHOLDER PROTECTION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
In accordance with a Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, the Company
issued a dividend of one right for each share of the Companys common stock
outstanding as of December 28, 2000, and they continue to attach to all common
stock issued thereafter. The rights will become exercisable if any person or
group either commences a tender or exchange offer that would result in their
becoming the beneficial owner of 10 percent or more of the Companys common
stock or acquires beneficial ownership of 10 percent or more of the Companys
common stock. Once exercisable and upon a person or group acquiring 10 percent
or more of the Companys common stock, each right (other than rights owned by
such person or group) will entitle its holder to purchase, for an exercise
price of $105.00, a number of shares of the Companys common stock (or at the
option of the Board of Directors, shares of participating class A preferred
stock) having a market value of twice the exercise price, and under certain
conditions, common stock of an acquiring company having a market value of twice
the exercise price. If any person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 10
percent or more of the Companys common stock, the Board of Directors may, at
its option, exchange for each outstanding right (other than rights owned by
such acquiring person or group) two shares of the Companys common stock or
participating Class A preferred stock having economic and voting terms similar
to two shares of common stock. The rights are subject to adjustment if certain
events occur, and they will initially expire on December 28, 2010, if not
terminated sooner.
100
Audited Financial Statements
PREFERRED SHARES
In connection with the merger of the former Wachovia, the Company issued
97 million shares of a new class of preferred stock entitled Dividend
Equalization Preferred Shares (DEPs), which pay dividends equal to the
difference between the last dividend paid by the former Wachovia of 30 cents
per share and the common stock dividend declared by the Company. This payment
will cease once the Companys total dividends for four consecutive quarters
equal at least $1.20 per common share. The DEPs were recorded at their fair
value as of September 1, 2001, of 24 cents per share or $23 million for shares
issued through December 31, 2001. Dividends of $19 million and $6 million, were
paid to holders of the DEPs in 2002 and 2001, respectively, of which $23
million was recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the DEPs with the
remainder charged to retained earnings.
CAPITAL RATIOS
Risk-based capital regulations require a minimum ratio of tier 1 capital
to risk-weighted assets of 4 percent and a minimum ratio of total capital to
risk-weighted assets of 8 percent. The minimum leverage ratio of tier 1 capital
to adjusted average quarterly assets is from 3 percent to 4 percent. The
regulations also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal
growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital
positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without
significant reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve Board has
indicated it will continue to consider a tangible tier 1 leverage ratio
(deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or new
activity. The Federal Reserve Board has not advised the Company of any specific
minimum leverage ratio applicable to it. Each subsidiary bank is subject to
similar capital requirements. None of the Companys subsidiary banks have been
advised of any specific minimum capital ratios applicable to them.
The regulatory agencies also have adopted regulations establishing capital
tiers for banks. To be in the highest capital tier, or considered well
capitalized, banks must have a leverage ratio of 5 percent, a tier 1 capital
ratio of 6 percent and a total capital ratio of 10 percent.
At December 31, 2002, the Companys tier 1 capital ratio, total capital
ratio and leverage ratio were 8.22 percent, 12.01 percent and 6.77 percent,
respectively. At December 31, 2001, the Companys tier 1 capital ratio, total
capital ratio and leverage ratio were 7.04 percent, 11.08 percent and 6.19
percent, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Companys deposit-taking bank
subsidiaries met the capital and leverage ratio requirements for well
capitalized banks. The Company does not anticipate or foresee any conditions
that would reduce these ratios to levels at or below minimum or that would
cause its deposit-taking bank subsidiaries to be less than well capitalized.
101
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 13: BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company has five operating segments all of which, by virtue of
exceeding certain quantitative thresholds, are reportable segments. The four
core business segments are the General Bank, Capital Management, Wealth
Management, the Corporate and Investment Bank, plus the Parent Company (Parent
segment). Each of these reportable segments offers a different array of
products and services.
Business segment results are presented on a segment earnings basis, which
excludes net merger-related and restructuring expenses. This is the basis upon
which the Company manages and allocates capital to its business segments. The
accounting policies of these reportable segments are the same as those of the
Company as disclosed in Note
1,
except as noted below. There are no significant
reconciling items between the reportable segments and consolidated amounts.
Certain amounts are not allocated to reportable segments, and as a result, they
are included in the Parent segment as discussed below. Substantially all of the
Companys revenues are earned from customers in the United States, and no
single customer accounts for a significant amount of any reportable segments
revenues.
The Company uses a management reporting model that includes methodologies
for funds transfer pricing, allocation of economic capital, expected losses and
cost transfers to measure business segment results. Because of the complexity
of the Company, various estimates and allocation methodologies are used in
preparing business segment financial information. Exposure to market risk is
managed centrally within the Parent segment. In order to remove interest rate
risk from each core business segment, the management reporting model employs a
funds transfer pricing (FTP) system. The FTP system matches the duration of
the funding used by each segment to the duration of the assets and liabilities
contained in each segment. Matching the duration, or the effective term until
an instrument can be repriced, allocates interest income and/or interest
expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from
interest rate risk. A risk-based methodology is used to allocate capital based
on the credit, market and operational risks associated with each business
segment. A provision for loan losses is allocated to each core business segment
based on net charge-offs, and any excess is included in the Parent segment.
Intersegment revenues are paid by a segment to the segment that distributes or
services the product. The amount of the referral fee is based on comparable
fees paid in the market or negotiated amounts that approximate the value
provided by the selling segment. Cost transfers are made for services provided
by one segment to another. Activity-based costing studies are continually being
refined to better align expenses with products and their revenues. Income tax
expense or benefit is generally allocated to each core business segment, and
any difference between the total for all business segments and the consolidated
amount is included in the Parent segment. In 2002, income tax benefits related
to a loss on the Companys investment in TMSI and to the public issuance of tax
deductible preferred stock by a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT)
subsidiary of the Parent Company were presented in the Parent segment.
Intangible amortization expense and, in 2002, stock option expense are included
in the Parent segment and are not allocated to the Companys core business
segments. Generally, loan origination fees and costs are accounted for on a
cash basis in the core business segments; the Parent segment includes an
adjustment to defer and amortize the fees and costs. Additionally, since
merger-related and restructuring expenses are not allocated to the Companys
core business segments, they are presented separately in the tables that
follow.
The Company continuously refines methodologies and assumptions utilized in
the management reporting model to better reflect the true economics of the
Companys business segments. Areas of particular focus were the methodologies
and assumptions used in deriving the level of economic capital attributed to
each business segment. On January 1, 2002, the Company reduced the cost of
capital charge to 11 percent from 12 percent in both 2001 and 2000.
Additionally, in 2002 for segment reporting purposes the Company changed the
way of reporting income tax credits for historic and low-income housing. In
past years, the write-downs associated with this business were recorded as fee
income and the associated income tax credits were included in income taxes. The
Company now reports the write-downs net of the related income tax benefit in
fee and other income. This is consistent with the reporting of other
tax-preferred items. Results for 2001 were restated to reflect this change.
These income tax credits in 2000 were not significant and therefore 2000 was
not restated.
Two key financial metrics utilized in measuring business segments are Risk
Adjusted Return on Capital (RAROC) and Economic Profit. RAROC is derived by
dividing cash operating earnings (earnings adjusted for certain intangible
amortization and expected losses) by economic capital (capital assigned based
on a statistical assessment of the credit, market and operating risks taken to
generate profits in a particular business unit or product). Economic Profit is
economic net income less a charge for the economic capital used to support the
business.
The Parent segment also includes certain nonrecurring revenue items;
certain expenses that are not allocated to the business segments; corporate
charges; and the results of the Companys mortgage servicing, credit card, TMSI
home equity lending businesses and indirect auto leasing businesses, which have
been divested or are being wound down.
The Companys business segment information for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2002, follows.
102
Audited Financial Statements
103
Audited Financial Statements
(a) Tax-equivalent.
(b) See
Merger-Related and Restructuring Expenses
in
Managements
Discussion and Analysis
for more information on merger-related and
restructuring expenses. Additionally, the tax-equivalent amounts included
in each segment are eliminated herein in order for Total amounts to
agree with amounts appearing in the
Consolidated Statements of Income.
104
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 14: PERSONNEL EXPENSE AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS
The Company has a savings plan under which eligible employees are
permitted to make contributions to the plan of one percent to fifteen percent
of eligible compensation. Annually, on approval of the Board of Directors,
employee contributions may be matched up to six percent of the employees
eligible compensation. A six percent matching level was in place for each of
the periods presented. The first one percent of the Companys matching
contribution is made in the Companys common stock. Each employee can
immediately elect to liquidate the Companys common stock credited to the
employees account by transferring the value of the common stock to any of a
number of investment options available within the savings plan. Savings plan
expense in 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $167 million, $138 million and $125
million, respectively.
Group insurance expense for active employees in 2002, 2001 and 2000 was
$345 million, $248 million and $210 million, respectively.
The Company has a noncontributory, tax-qualified defined benefit pension
plan (the Qualified Pension) covering substantially all employees with at
least one year of service. The Qualified Pension benefit expense is determined
by an actuarial valuation, and it is based on assumptions that are evaluated
annually. The assumptions presented in the table that follows reflect those
used in calculating pension expense and the related disclosure amounts. The
discount rate, which reflects the rate at which the Company estimates the
pension benefits could be effectively settled, is determined at the end of the
plan year. The expected return on plan assets, which reflects an average
earnings rate which the Company estimates the plan assets will return over a
long-term period, is determined at the beginning of the plan year. In 2003,
the Company will use an expected rate of return of 8.50 percent. Contributions
are made each year to a trust in an amount that is determined by the actuary
to meet the minimum requirements of ERISA and to fall at or below the maximum
amount that can be deducted on the Companys tax return. Amounts related to
prior years are determined using the projected unit credit valuation method.
At September 30, 2002, the measurement date for the Companys pension
obligations, the accumulated benefit obligation was $3.1 billion, which was
less than the fair market value of the Qualified Pension assets at that date
of $3.5 billion. Accordingly, the Qualified Pension is over funded in relation
to accumulated benefits and there is no minimum pension obligation to record.
The table that follows presents the total benefit obligation, which includes
the impact of future compensation levels.
At December 31, 2002, Qualified Pension assets included U.S.
Government and Government agency securities, equity securities and other
investments. Also included are 4.7 million shares of the Companys common
stock. All Qualified Pension assets are held by Wachovia Bank in a
bank-administered trust fund.
The Company has noncontributory, nonqualified pension plans (the
Nonqualified Pension) covering certain employees. The Nonqualified Pension
benefit expense is determined annually by an actuarial valuation, and it is
included in noninterest expense.
The Company also provides certain health care and life insurance benefits
for retired employees (the Other Postretirement Benefits). Substantially all
of the Companys employees may become eligible for Other Postretirement
Benefits if they reach retirement age while working for the Company. Life
insurance benefits, medical and other benefits are provided through a
tax-exempt trust formed by the Company.
The change in benefit obligation and the change in fair value of plan
assets related to each of the Qualified Pension, the Nonqualified Pension and
the Other Postretirement Benefits using a September 30 measurement date for
each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2002, follows.
105
Audited Financial Statements
106
Audited Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2000, the Company terminated one of its
Nonqualified Pension plans and settled the obligation with each
participant by either making a cash payment to the participant or by
purchasing an annuity contract. This settlement, along with the
retirement of certain key officers, resulted in a charge of $48
million to salaries and employee benefits in the results of
operations. Salaries and employee benefits in 2000 also included a $20
million charge related to a new Nonqualified Pension plan. These and
other components of the retirement benefits cost included in salaries
and employee benefits for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2002, are presented below.
Medical trend rates assumed with respect to Other Postretirement Benefits
at the beginning of 2002 were 10.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65
years of age) and 13.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age);
and at the end of 2002 were 9.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (pre-65 years
of age) and 12.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent (post-65 years of age).
Medical trend rates assumed with respect to Other Postretirement Benefits at
the beginning of 2001 were 6.00 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 5.00 percent
(post-65 years of age); and at the end of 2001 were 10.00 percent grading to
5.50 percent (pre-65 years of age) and 13.00 percent grading to 5.50 percent
(post-65 years of age).
At December 31, 2002, the effect of a one percentage point increase or
decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate on service and interest
costs is a $3 million increase and a $3 million decrease, respectively, and on
the accumulated Postretirement benefit obligation, a $38 million increase and a
$34 million decrease, respectively.
107
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 15: INCOME TAXES
The aggregate amount of income taxes included in the consolidated
statements of income and in the consolidated statements of changes in
stockholders equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2002, is presented below.
The provision for income taxes for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 2002, is presented below.
The reconciliation of federal income tax rates and amounts to the
effective income tax rates and amounts for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 2002, follows.
108
Audited Financial Statements
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on
deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized
in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The sources and
tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions
of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2002, are presented below.
109
Audited Financial Statements
A portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax liability relates
to unrealized gains and losses on debt and equity securities. The related
2002, 2001 and 2000 deferred tax expense of $770 million, $390 million and
$387 million, respectively, has been recorded directly to stockholders equity
as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Additionally, a
portion of the annual change in the net deferred tax liability relates to
unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. The related
2002 and 2001 deferred tax expense of $277 million and $14 million,
respectively, has been recorded directly to stockholders equity as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Purchase acquisitions
also decreased the net deferred tax liability by $50 million and $27 million
in 2002 and 2000, respectively, and increased the net deferred tax liability
by $436 million in 2001.
The realization of deferred tax assets may be based on the utilization of
carrybacks to prior taxable periods, the anticipation of future taxable income
in certain periods and the utilization of tax planning strategies. The Company
has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets
can be supported by carrybacks to federal taxable income in the two-year
federal carryback period and by expected future taxable income that will
exceed amounts necessary to fully realize remaining deferred tax assets
resulting from net operating loss carryforwards and from the scheduling of
temporary differences. The valuation allowance primarily relates to certain
state temporary differences and to state net operating loss carryforwards. A
portion of the annual change in the valuation allowance relates to deferred
tax assets attributable to purchase acquisitions. The related 2002 decrease
and 2001 increase in the valuation allowance of $(27) million and $10 million,
respectively, has been recorded as a component of goodwill.
The operating results of the Parent Company and its eligible subsidiaries
are included in a consolidated federal income tax return. Each subsidiary
included in the federal consolidated income tax return pays its allocation of
federal income taxes to the Parent Company or receives payment from the Parent
Company to the extent tax benefits are realized. Where federal or state income
tax laws do not permit consolidated or combined income tax returns, applicable
separate company federal or state income tax returns are filed, and payment,
if any, is remitted directly to the federal or state governments.
Federal tax carryforwards at December 31, 2002, consisted of net
operating loss, general business credit and alternative minimum tax credit
carryforwards with related deferred tax assets of $15 million, $428 million
and $347 million, respectively. The utilization of these carryforwards is
subject to limitations under federal income tax laws. Except for the
alternative minimum tax credits which do not expire, the other federal tax
carryforwards expire, if not utilized, in varying amounts through 2022.
State tax carryforwards at December 31, 2002, consisted of net operating
loss and general business tax credit carryforwards with related deferred tax
assets of $148 million and $6 million, respectively. These state tax
carryforwards were generated by certain subsidiaries in various jurisdictions
and their utilization is subject to limitations under various state income tax
laws. The state net operating loss and general business tax credit
carryforwards expire, if not utilized, in varying amounts through 2022 and
2004, respectively.
Income tax expense (benefit) related to securities transactions was $129
million, $64 million and $(400) million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
The Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) is currently examining First
Unions federal income tax returns for the years 1997 through 1999. In
addition, the IRS is examining the federal income tax returns for certain
acquired subsidiaries for periods prior to acquisition, including the federal
income tax returns of the former Wachovia for the years 1996 through 2001. In
November 2001, the IRS issued reports challenging deductions relating to the
leasing activities of First Union and the former Wachovia for the years 1994
through 1996 and 1993 through 1995, respectively. The Company believes the
proposed IRS adjustments are inconsistent with existing law and intends to
vigorously defend the claimed deductions. Resolution of these issues is not
expected to have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial
position or results of operations. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, tax liabilities for
certain acquired subsidiaries for periods prior to their acquisition by the
Company were settled with the IRS with no significant impact on the Companys
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
110
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 16: BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
The reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings per common
share for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
2002, is presented below.
111
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 17: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET
Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity from all
transactions other than those with stockholders, and it includes net income
and other comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income, net,
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, is
presented below.
112
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 18: OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK, GUARANTEES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
In the normal course of business, the Company engages in a variety of
transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers, to reduce its
exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and to conduct lending
activities. These transactions principally include commitments to extend
credit, standby and commercial letters of credit, liquidity guarantees and
derivatives. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of
credit and interest rate risk in excess of amounts recognized in the
consolidated financial statements.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as
long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination
clauses, and they may require payment of a fee by the counterparty. Since
many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn, the
total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
requirements.
Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments
issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third
party. Standby letters of credit are issued to support public and private
borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and
similar transactions. Commercial letters of credit are issued to support
international and domestic trade.
The Companys maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by the counterparty for commitments to extend credit and
standby and commercial letters of credit is represented by the contract
amount of those instruments. At December 31, 2002, the maximum risk of
potential loss under commercial and standby letters of credit was $1.5
billion and $24 billion, respectively. Total standby letters of credit
included $11 billion related to tax-exempt funding discussed below. The
carrying value of commercial and standby letters of credit was $36 million,
which is recorded as a liability on the balance sheet. The Company holds
various assets as collateral to support those commitments for which
collateral is deemed necessary. The Company uses the same credit policies in
entering into commitments and conditional obligations as it does for loans.
Except for short-term commitments and letters of credit of $18 billion,
commitments and letters of credit extend for more than one year, and they
expire in varying amounts through 2033.
The fair value of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is
estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements,
taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the current
creditworthiness of the counterparties. Generally, for fixed rate loan
commitments, fair value also considers the difference between the current
level of interest rates and the committed rates.
Conduits purchase assets from a variety of third parties and issue
commercial paper backed by all of the assets in the conduit to fund those
assets. The Company provides liquidity facilities on substantially all the
commercial paper issued by the conduits it administers. In addition, at the
discretion of the administrator, the liquidity facilities may be drawn to
require that we purchase assets from the conduit at par value which may be
different than the assets fair value.
At December 31, 2002, the maximum potential future payments the
Company could be required to make under liquidity facilities with the
conduits was $18 billion, which represents the Companys maximum risk of
loss. These liquidity agreements have terms generally lasting for 364
days, and the Company renews these agreements on an annual basis. At
December 31, 2002, there was $25 million recorded in other liabilities
related to these asset purchase agreements. In 2002 and 2001, the Company
purchased $843 million and $178 million of assets from the conduits it
administered and recorded $67 million and $122 million of losses,
respectively.
As part of asset securitization activities, certain beneficial
interests are sold to conduits administered by others to which the Company
provides liquidity guarantees. Under these guarantees, the Company is
obligated to purchase asset interests that are financed by the conduits in
the event the conduits are unable to continue to issue commercial paper to
finance those assets. The Company also provides liquidity guarantees on debt
issued by QSPEs used to securitize fixed rate municipal bonds. In the event
the debt securities could not be remarketed, the Company would be required
to purchase the debt securities. To assist customers in obtaining long-term
tax-exempt funding through municipal bond issues, the Company provides
credit enhancement in the form of letters of credit. In the event the bonds
are sold back prior to their maturity and cannot be remarketed, in certain
conditions, the Company would be obligated to provide funding to finance the
repurchase of the bonds. These guarantees, which represent the Companys
maximum risk of loss, were $24 billion at December 31, 2002. At December 31,
2002, no amounts were recorded related to these liquidity and credit
enhancement guarantees.
The Company uses derivatives to manage exposure to interest rate risk,
to generate profits from proprietary trading and to assist customers with
their risk management objectives. Derivative transactions are measured in
terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance
sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk
profile of the instruments. The notional amount is not exchanged, but is
used only as the basis upon which interest and other payments are
calculated.
113
Audited Financial Statements
For derivatives, the Companys exposure to credit risk is measured by
the current fair value of all derivatives in a gain position plus a prudent
estimate of potential change in value over the life of each contract. The
measurement of the potential future exposure for each credit facility is
based on a simulation of market rates and generally takes into account
legally enforceable risk mitigating agreements for each obligor such as
netting and collateral. At December 31, 2002, the total market
value-related credit risk for derivative transactions with dealers in
excess of counterparty thresholds was $2.7 billion and the fair value of
collateral exceeded $2.7 billion as of that date.
The Company uses collateral arrangements, credit approvals, limits and
monitoring procedures to manage credit risk on derivatives. Bilateral
collateral agreements are in place for substantially all dealer
counterparties. Collateral for dealer transactions is delivered by either
party when the credit risk associated with a particular transaction, or
group of transactions to the extent netting exists, exceeds defined
thresholds of credit risk. Thresholds are determined based on the strength
of the individual counterparty. For non-dealer transactions, the need for
collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis, and it is
primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty.
Certain of the Companys derivative transactions give the counterparty
the right to sell to the Company an underlying instrument held by the
counterparty at a specified price. These written put contracts generally
permit net settlement and include credit default swaps, equity, currency
put options and certain put options sold on the Companys common stock.
While these derivative transactions expose the Company to risk in the event
that the option is exercised, the Company manages this risk by entering
into offsetting trades or taking short positions in the underlying
instrument. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, the Company
requires the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral
for the transaction. At December 31, 2002, the maximum potential amount of
future payments under these transactions was $2.2 billion. These contracts
are recorded at fair value and are included in the trading derivative asset
or liability. At December 31, 2002, the carrying value of these instruments
was $252 million.
Additional information related to derivatives used for the Companys
interest rate risk management purposes at December 31, 2002 and 2001, can
be found in
Table 17,
which is incorporated herein by reference.
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into underwriting
commitments. Transactions relating to these underwriting commitments that
were open at December 31, 2002, and that were subsequently settled, had no
material impact on the Companys consolidated financial position or results
of operations.
In the normal course of business, the Company has entered into certain
transactions that have recourse options. These recourse options, if acted
on, would not have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial position or results of operations.
Additional information related to other off-balance sheet financial
instruments as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, is presented below. For
commitments and letters of credit presented below, no loan amount is
recorded on the balance sheet until the instrument is funded. For
derivatives presented below, the carrying value equals the estimated fair
value.
114
Audited Financial Statements
Substantially all time drafts accepted by December 31, 2002, met the
requirements for discount with Federal Reserve Banks. Average daily Federal
Reserve Bank balance requirements for the year ended December 31, 2002,
amounted to $544 million.
Minimum lease payments under leases classified as operating leases due
in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2002, are as follows
(in millions):
2003, $356; 2004, $326; 2005, $285; 2006, $238; 2007, $205;
and subsequent years, $1.1 billion. Total minimum future lease receipts due
from noncancelable subleases on operating leases was $61 million. Minimum
lease payments under leases classified as capital leases due in each of the
five years subsequent to December 31, 2002, are as follows
(in millions):
2003, $10; 2004, $10; 2005, $9; 2006, $9; 2007, $9; and subsequent years,
$181 million. At December 31, 2002, the present value of minimum lease
payments under capital leases was $175 million, after deducting $53 million
representing imputed interest. Rental expense for all operating leases was
$509 million, $460 million and $404 million, in 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively.
In connection with certain operating leases, the Company provides
residual value guarantees to the lessors that serve to protect the lessor
from loss on sale of the property at the end of the lease term. To the
extent that the ultimate sale of the property results in proceeds less than
a stated percent (generally 80 percent to 89 percent) of the leased assets
cost less depreciation, the Company will be required to reimburse the lessor
under the residual value guarantee. Alternatively, certain of these
operating leases provide the Company with the ability to purchase the assets
at a stated amount at the end of the lease term. At December 31, 2002, the
Company provided $595 million of residual value guarantees on assets under
operating leases, which represents the Companys maximum risk of loss. There
were no amounts recorded at December 31, 2002, relating to these guarantees.
In connection with certain business combination transactions, the
Company often negotiates terms in which a portion of the purchase price is
contingent on future events. The events are typically related to the
acquired businesses meeting revenue or profitability targets and the
additional consideration may be cash or stock. Contingent consideration is
paid when the contingency is resolved and recorded as additional goodwill.
See
Note 2
for additional information.
Some contracts that the Company enters into in the normal course of
business include indemnification provisions that obligate the Company to
make payments to the counterparty or others in the event certain events
occur. These contingencies generally relate to changes in the value of
underlying assets, liabilities or equity securities or upon the occurrence
of events, such as an adverse litigation judgment or an adverse
interpretation of the tax law. The indemnification clauses are often
standard contractual terms and were entered into in the normal course of
business based on an assessment that the risk of loss would be remote. In
2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company was not required to make any payments under
indemnification clauses. Since there are no stated or notional amounts
included in the indemnification clauses and the contingencies triggering the
obligation to indemnify have not occurred and are not expected to occur, the
Company is not able to estimate the maximum potential amount of future
payments under these indemnification clauses. There are no amounts reflected
on the balance sheet at December 31, 2002, related to these
indemnifications.
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are involved in a number of
judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising
from the conduct of business activities. These proceedings include actions
brought against the Company and/or its subsidiaries with respect to
transactions in which the Company and/or its subsidiaries acted as lender,
underwriter, financial advisor, broker or activities related thereto.
Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, the Company
and/or its subsidiaries have generally denied, or believe the Company has a
meritorious defense and will deny, liability in all significant cases
pending against the Company, including the matters described below, and the
Company intends to defend vigorously each such case. Reserves are
established for legal claims when payments associated with the claims become
probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The actual costs of
resolving legal claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts
reserved for those claims. Based on information currently available, advice
of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the
Company believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against the
Company and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described below, will
not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Companys
consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the
event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate
resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the
Companys results of operations for any particular period.
Securities Litigation.
A number of purported class actions were filed
in June through August 1999 against the Company in the United States
District Courts for the Western District of North Carolina and for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania. These actions named the Company and
certain of its executive officers as defendants and were purported to be on
behalf of persons who purchased shares of the Companys common stock from
August 14, 1998, through May 24, 1999. These actions were consolidated into
one case in the United States District Court for the Western District of
North Carolina in October 1999. These complaints alleged various violations
of federal securities law, including violations of Section 10(b) of the
Exchange Act, and that the defendants made materially misleading statements
and/or material omissions which artificially inflated prices for the
Companys common stock. The complaints alleged that the Company failed to
disclose integration problems in the CoreStates Financial Corp merger and
misstated the value of its interest in certain mortgage-backed securities of
TMSI acquired by First Union on June 30, 1998.
115
Audited Financial Statements
Plaintiffs sought a judgment awarding damages and other relief. In
January 2001, the United States District Court for the Western District of
North Carolina granted the Companys motion to dismiss the litigation for
failure to state a claim upon which relief could be granted. Although the
plaintiffs did not appeal this ruling, they sought, and received permission
to file an amended complaint. In August 2001, plaintiffs filed an amended
complaint that abandoned their previous allegations concerning the
CoreStates Financial Corp merger and primarily raised new allegations of
irregularities at TMSI prior to its acquisition by First Union. In October
2001, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the securities litigation
consolidated in the United States District Court for the Western District
of North Carolina. In September 2002, the court granted the motion in part,
limiting any new complaint to claims regarding alleged misstatements or
omissions plead in earlier complaints. The plaintiffs filed a third
consolidated and amended complaint in October 2002, purportedly on behalf
of a class of purchasers of the Companys common stock during the period
from March 4, 1998 to May 24, 1999. The complaint alleges, among other
things, that First Union disregarded problems at TMSI and did not write
down goodwill from the TMSI acquisition soon enough. The Company has moved
to strike the complaint. The Company believes the allegations contained in
this latest complaint are without merit and will vigorously defend them.
The Company believes, after consultation with external counsel, that the
ultimate outcome of this litigation will not have a material adverse effect
on the Companys consolidated financial position or results of operations.
Pioneer Litigation.
On July 26, 2000, a jury in the Philadelphia
County (PA) Court of Common Pleas returned a verdict in the case captioned
Pioneer Commercial Funding Corporation v. American Financial Mortgage
Corporation, CoreStates Bank, N.A., et al.
The verdict against CoreStates
Bank, N.A. (CoreStates), a predecessor of Wachovia Bank, included
consequential damages of $13.5 million and punitive damages of $337.5
million. The trial court had earlier directed a verdict against CoreStates
for compensatory damages of $1.7 million. The plaintiff, who was not a
CoreStates customer, alleged that the sum of $1.7 million, which it claims
it owned, was improperly setoff by CoreStates. Upon the Companys motion,
the trial court reduced the amount of the punitive damages award to $40.5
million in December 2000. The Company believes that numerous reversible
errors occurred at the trial, and that the facts do not support the damages
awards. In March 2002, the Pennsylvania Superior Court vacated the award of
punitive damages, affirmed the awards of consequential and compensatory
damages and remanded the case for a new trial on punitive damages. The
Company has petitioned the Pennsylvania Supreme Court to allow an appeal to
that court. The Company will continue to vigorously pursue its rights of
appeal. The Company believes, after consultation with external counsel,
that the ultimate outcome of this litigation will not have a material
adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial position or results
of operations.
Steele Software Litigation.
On March 25, 2002, a judgment was entered
on a jury verdict in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland in the
case captioned
Steele Software Systems Corporation v. First Union National
Bank.
The verdict includes compensatory damages of $39.5 million and
punitive damages of $200 million. The plaintiff, a vendor which provided
real estate settlement services, alleged that First Union National Bank
fraudulently induced the plaintiff to enter into a services agreement with
First Union National Bank, and subsequently breached that agreement. The
Company filed an appeal in the Maryland appellate courts in June 2002 and
filed its brief on appeal in December 2002. The Company believes that
numerous reversible errors occurred at the trial, and that the facts do not
support the damages awards. The Company will vigorously pursue its right of
appeal. The Company believes, after consultation with external counsel,
that the ultimate outcome of this litigation will not have a material
adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial position or results
of operations.
TMSI Litigation.
A number of lawsuits have been filed in 2000, 2001
and 2002 against TMSI, a subsidiary of the Company and certain other
affiliates in various jurisdictions. Substantially all of the plaintiffs
were borrowers of TMSI prior to the Companys acquisition of TMSI in June
1998. The borrower plaintiffs generally allege violations of federal and/or
state law in connection with TMSI lending activities. A number of
individual cases in Mississippi, which were consolidated and scheduled for
a series of trials in 2002, were settled in 2002. Other cases pending
against TMSI are being vigorously defended by the Company. The Company
believes that the ultimate outcome of these cases against TMSI will not,
individually or in the aggregate, result in judgments that would have a
material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial position or
results of operations.
116
Audited Financial Statements
NOTE 19: WACHOVIA CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY)
The Parent Company serves as the primary source of funding for the
activities of its nonbank subsidiaries.
On December 31, 2002, the Parent Company was indebted to subsidiary
banks in the amount of $268 million that, under the terms of revolving
credit agreements, was collateralized by certain interest-bearing
balances, securities, loans, premises and equipment, and it was payable on
demand. On December 31, 2002, a subsidiary bank had loans outstanding to a
Parent Company nonbank subsidiary in the amount of $71 million that, under
the terms of a revolving credit agreement, were collateralized by
securities and certain loans, and they were payable on demand. The Parent
Company has guaranteed certain borrowings of its subsidiaries that at
December 31, 2002, amounted to $238 million.
At December 31, 2002, the Parent Companys subsidiaries, including
its bank subsidiaries, had available retained earnings of $1.3 billion for
the payment of dividends to the Parent Company without regulatory or other
restrictions. Subsidiary net assets of $31 billion were restricted from
being transferred to the Parent Company at December 31, 2002, under
regulatory or other restrictions.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the estimated fair value of the
Parent Companys loans was $9.2 billion and $9.9 billion, respectively.
See
Note 11
for information related to the Parent Companys junior
subordinated deferrable interest debentures.
The Parent Companys condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2002
and 2001, and the related condensed statements of income and cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002,
follow.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
117
Audited Financial Statements
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
118
Audited Financial Statements
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
119
Corporate Governance
At December 31, 2002
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
120
Stockholder Information
Domestic and Global Markets
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
3,560
1,613
92
38
(106
)
(63
)
(130
)
$
3,492
1,550
(38
)
$
2.62
1.47
0.07
2.57
1.41
(0.06
)
2.60
1.45
0.07
$
2.55
1.40
(0.06
)
$
7,466
836
167
276
(13
)
(154
)
1,112
152
85
(47
)
8
53
251
(73
)
178
8,756
1,194
209
$
7,353
(a)
Represents fair value adjustments to adjust assets and liabilities of
the former Wachovia to their respective fair value as of September 1, 2001.
(b)
Represents incremental exit costs relating to combining the two companies
which are specifically related to the former Wachovia.
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
23
21
88
(121
)
45
159
52
75
246
96
66
69
62
5
7
13
140
82
386
178
1
25
78
(83
)
2,129
(14
)
(17
)
$
387
106
2,190
First Union/
2000
Wachovia
Strategic
(In millions)
Merger
Repositioning
Other
Total
$
162
162
2,129
2,129
(92
)
(48
)
(140
)
(17
)
(17
)
(1,788
)
(4
)
(1,792
)
249
93
342
82
82
(19
)
(103
)
(18
)
(140
)
(83
)
(14
)
(97
)
(60
)
(1
)
(61
)
63
3
60
126
140
140
(124
)
(2
)
(49
)
(175
)
(18
)
(18
)
$
61
1
11
73
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
$
2,545
939
1,802
909
358
603
1,664
1,920
4,103
2,443
3,295
3,811
17,214
13,395
2,174
1,366
$
33,155
25,386
16,983
11,437
$
16,983
11,437
December 31, 2002
Real Estate
Prime
Collateralized
Residential
Equity
Loan/Debt
Municipal
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial
Mortgages
Lines
Obligations
SBA
Securities
%
27.76
45.58
yrs
2.84
1.59
8.98
%
0.17
0.39
2.60
%
5.39
2.46
9.63
$
2,711
2,754
3,319
1,887
100
9
1
12
12
2
1,117
30
$
11
$
35
10,671
2,984
151
196
318
11.66
yrs
4.26
5.97
8.90
9.76
6.00
%
40.49
45.58
20.00
10.75
$
(34
)
(19
)
(27
)
$
(75
)
(34
)
(31
)
3.10
%
2.37
0.39
6.09
2.81
$
(1
)
(57
)
(3
)
(4
)
(30
)
$
(3
)
(113
)
(6
)
(14
)
(35
)
10.40
%
7.44
2.71
10.09
15.00
20.00
$
(2
)
(132
)
(167
)
(5
)
(3
)
(17
)
$
(4
)
(261
)
(466
)
(9
)
(12
)
(32
)
(a)
Prime equity lines included $2.6 billion of notes discounted at 1.96
percent and $177 million of residual interests discounted at 9.92
percent.
(b)
From time to time, the Company resecuritizes retained interests. Since
cash flow information is presented for the original securitization, the
proceeds from resecuritizations are not included in the cash flow activity
information.
(c)
In addition, the Company has $114 million of retained interests in student
loan securitizations for which price sensitivity is insignificant.
December 31, 2001
Real Estate
Prime
Collateralized
Residential
Equity
Loan/Debt
Municipal
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial
Mortgages
Lines
Obligations
SBA
Securities
%
22.63
47.31
9.11
12.77
yrs
2.34
1.32
11.33
3.29
%
14.58
0.31
3.55
10.40
%
18.00
11.00
15.00
$
3,659
2,411
2,495
1,311
284
1,264
134
7
5
6
14
5
45
16
13
1
75
$
2
$
36
9,333
86
46
188
342
10.03
yrs
1.91
1.68
5.75
6.56
10.79
%
39.60
47.31
20.00
15.92
$
(32
)
(8
)
(6
)
$
(64
)
(15
)
(14
)
2.96
%
2.34
0.31
6.07
2.22
$
(2
)
(66
)
(1
)
(3
)
(6
)
$
(3
)
(132
)
(2
)
(5
)
(13
)
10.40
%
8.03
11.00
18.00
15.00
12.63
$
(2
)
(22
)
(1
)
(3
)
(14
)
(25
)
$
(5
)
(43
)
(2
)
(5
)
(22
)
(48
)
(a)
The Company purchased $33 million of loans from the collateralized
loan/debt obligations.
(b)
From time to time, the Company resecuritizes retained interests. Since
cash flow information is presented for the original securitization, the
proceeds from resecuritizations are not included in the cash flow
activity information.
(c)
In addition, the Company securitized a portfolio of equity securities,
received $1.1 billion in proceeds and entered into a total return swap.
(d)
In addition, the Company has $81 million of retained interests in
student loan securitizations for which price sensitivity is
insignificant.
December 31, 2000
Real Estate
Collateralized
Loan/Debt
Municipal
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial
Residential
Student
Obligations
SBA
Securities (c)
%
48.00
20.00
13.60
8.85
yrs
1.72
11.08
5.72
11.27
2.81
%
0.25
2.53
2.50
10.40
%
11.00
19.47
15.00
15.68
$
1,535
959
1,545
209
1,610
26
111
6
5
37
10
14
2
17
24
10
11
36
21
$
1
2
$
103
10,150
80
73
182
188
8.85
yrs
2.03
8.64
10.28
7.52
10.66
%
36.79
8.63
20.00
12.30
$
(38
)
(2
)
(5
)
$
(72
)
(4
)
(10
)
2.81
%
1.91
0.21
3.64
3.20
$
(2
)
(40
)
(1
)
(1
)
(4
)
$
(3
)
(70
)
(1
)
(2
)
(9
)
10.40
%
13.69
15.00
15.00
15.00
16.00
$
(5
)
(15
)
(4
)
(4
)
(13
)
(9
)
$
(10
)
(30
)
(8
)
(7
)
(21
)
(17
)
December 31, 2002
December 31, 2001
Loans Past
Loan
Loans Past
Loan
Due 90
Losses,
Due 90
Losses,
(In millions)
Balance
Days (a)
Net
Balance
Days (a)
Net
$
109,097
32
817
116,072
82
695
2,218
159
74
5,827
131
81
1,140
1,478
63,876
272
305
57,423
206
242
13,542
362
28
14,095
406
1,083
17,316
229
98
15,120
260
54
4,872
19
11
6,285
40
45
212,061
1,073
1,333
216,300
1,125
2,200
(15,760
)
(521
)
(102
)
(19,922
)
(537
)
(1,164
)
(17,316
)
(229
)
(98
)
(15,120
)
(260
)
(54
)
(6,012
)
(19
)
(11
)
(7,763
)
(40
)
(45
)
$
172,973
304
1,122
173,495
288
937
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
$
56,501
61,258
6,849
7,969
16,655
17,234
22,667
21,958
6,425
7,653
109,097
116,072
24,979
22,139
38,817
34,666
80
618
63,876
57,423
$
172,973
173,495
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
2,995
1,722
1,757
357
284
657
1,122
1,663
1,079
766
(554
)
(503
)
(1,020
)
3,920
3,932
2,473
(1,289
)
(1,079
)
(867
)
167
142
116
(1,122
)
(937
)
(751
)
$
2,798
2,995
1,722
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
2002
2001
2000
$
3,560
1,613
138
(46
)
3,560
1,613
92
(6
)
(21
)
241
263
$
3,560
1,848
334
$
2.62
1.47
0.12
(0.05
)
2.62
1.47
0.07
0.22
0.27
2.62
1.69
0.34
$
2.60
1.45
0.12
(0.05
)
2.60
1.45
0.07
0.22
0.27
$
2.60
1.67
0.34
$
596
266
82
32
16
16
628
282
98
55
50
98
683
332
196
December 31, 2002
Corporate
and
General
Capital
Wealth
Investment
(In millions)
Bank
Management
Management
Bank
Total
$
6,835
1,548
467
1,766
10,616
88
6
8
27
129
85
50
135
$
6,923
1,639
525
1,793
10,880
2002
2001
Gross
Gross
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Accumulated
(In millions)
Amount
Amortization
Amount
Amortization
$
2,532
1,307
2,536
714
287
48
261
17
437
164
375
114
$
3,256
1,519
3,172
845
December 31,
Maximum Outstanding
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
2002
2001
2000
$
4,817
2,502
2,090
5,824
4,554
5,033
30,249
29,846
26,511
30,872
29,979
35,305
300
55
300
296
560
543
195
979
543
5,559
5,384
2,642
3,314
2,320
3,995
3,925
3,943
6,081
5,718
4,379
8,133
6,519
5,276
2,461
2,810
3,112
2,606
2,810
3,978
$
47,093
44,385
39,446
December 31,
2002
2001
2000
1.34
%
1.69
6.37
0.47
1.02
6.14
2.35
%
1.81
4.17
25
7
21
3
4
10
2
2
2
(a)
Not redeemable prior to maturity.
(b)
Redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Parent Company only on certain specified dates.
(c)
Redeemable in whole and not in part at the option of the Parent Company only on certain specified dates.
(d)
Redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the holders only on certain specified dates.
(e)
Assumed by the Parent Company.
2002
2001
2000
Weighted-
Weighted-
Weighted-
Average
Average
Average
(Options and shares in thousands)
Number
Price (a)
Number
Price (a)
Number
Price (a)
102,591
$
35.18
47,143
$
38.22
38,657
$
40.17
24,238
37.96
26,418
32.22
14,375
31.68
34,136
33.07
(6,110
)
24.45
(2,090
)
20.45
(1,796
)
15.79
(5,701
)
40.92
(3,016
)
44.00
(4,093
)
43.46
115,018
$
36.04
102,591
$
35.18
47,143
$
38.22
63,139
$
36.56
57,957
$
36.76
35,491
$
40.64
13,366
$
37.73
11,101
41.35
11,796
$
47.86
4,924
32.44
3,296
32.11
4,566
28.55
4,044
34.42
(5,967
)
38.66
(4,415
)
42.49
(3,955
)
43.97
(792
)
34.44
(660
)
37.75
(1,306
)
47.50
11,531
$
35.21
13,366
$
37.73
11,101
$
41.35
22,963
$
46.75
26,613
$
46.75
38,519
$
47.32
(2,905
)
21.25
(2,205
)
46.75
(3,650
)
46.75
(9,001
)
37.38
20,758
$
46.75
22,963
$
46.75
26,613
$
46.75
4,867
$
46.75
5,301
$
46.75
5,839
$
46.75
December 31, 2002
Maximum
Number of
Forward/
Total Value
Shares That
Strike
Number
of the
Could be
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Price
of Shares
Contract
Issued (b)
$
31.87
24,314
$
774,978
243,137
$
32.29
12,449
$
401,974
68,126
Year Ended December 31, 2002
Corporate
Merger-
and
Related and
General
Capital
Wealth
Investment
Restructuring
(In millions)
Bank
Management
Management
Bank
Parent
Expenses (b)
Consolidated
$
6,854
181
399
2,379
228
(218
)
9,823
2,095
3,032
548
1,715
615
8,005
162
(72
)
6
(87
)
(9
)
9,111
3,141
953
4,007
834
(218
)
17,828
471
17
993
(2
)
1,479
5,011
2,595
671
2,085
933
387
11,682
1,285
200
97
251
(601
)
(144
)
1,088
40
100
78
(218
)
2,304
346
168
578
426
(243
)
3,579
19
19
$
2,304
346
168
578
407
(243
)
3,560
40.96
%
52.87
47.16
13.39
31.89
27.88
55.00
%
82.65
70.44
52.05
36.45
59.11
$
1,651
274
123
173
519
2,740
101,631
165
8,730
40,946
2,725
154,197
140,487
1,343
10,031
12,824
1,851
166,536
$
5,512
654
341
7,246
2,479
16,232
Year Ended December 31, 2001
Corporate
Merger-
and
Related and
General
Capital
Wealth
Investment
Restructuring
(In millions)
Bank
Management
Management
Bank
Parent
Expenses (b)
Consolidated
$
5,138
166
251
2,132
247
(159
)
7,775
1,724
2,799
394
924
430
25
6,296
143
(70
)
1
(62
)
(12
)
7,005
2,895
646
2,994
665
(134
)
14,071
425
6
543
93
880
1,947
4,074
2,401
444
2,016
624
272
9,831
849
174
68
81
(108
)
(390
)
674
35
63
61
(159
)
1,622
320
128
291
(5
)
(737
)
1,619
6
6
$
1,622
320
128
291
(11
)
(737
)
1,613
40.53
%
51.60
59.60
7.15
19.50
21.90
57.62
%
82.95
68.37
67.21
21.79
63.61
$
1,191
246
98
(325
)
156
1,366
75,552
212
5,672
43,057
9,355
133,848
109,959
1,618
7,331
10,692
2,673
132,273
$
4,173
622
205
6,707
2,103
13,810
Year Ended December 31, 2000
Corporate
Merger-
and
Related and
General
Capital
Wealth
Investment
Restructuring
(In millions)
Bank
Management
Management
Bank
Parent
Expenses (b)
Consolidated
$
4,382
160
190
1,674
1,130
(99
)
7,437
1,314
2,820
319
1,708
654
(103
)
6,712
100
(50
)
(49
)
(1
)
5,796
2,930
509
3,333
1,783
(202
)
14,149
219
422
113
982
1,736
3,790
2,342
317
1,863
901
2,497
11,710
562
198
64
171
355
(785
)
565
46
2
48
3
(99
)
1,179
390
126
829
411
(2,797
)
138
(46
)
(46
)
$
1,179
390
126
829
365
(2,797
)
92
33.01
%
45.16
75.54
16.73
34.00
26.92
64.40
%
79.88
62.24
52.59
38.42
61.68
$
762
286
102
277
439
1,866
59,100
98
4,151
41,883
21,656
126,888
97,606
2,179
5,682
9,107
3,764
118,338
$
3,629
862
160
5,861
1,988
12,500
Other Postretirement
Qualified Pension
Nonqualified Pension
Benefits
(In millions)
2002
2001
2002
2001
2002
2001
$
3,266
2,010
317
155
899
514
149
103
3
1
13
9
228
167
22
15
61
41
16
15
22
(3
)
(11
)
38
(280
)
(207
)
(23
)
(13
)
(63
)
(56
)
912
152
1
137
1
1
312
259
12
10
(12
)
201
3,676
3,266
331
317
905
899
3,221
2,834
95
76
(164
)
(506
)
1
2
703
205
23
13
45
42
16
15
895
16
(280
)
(207
)
(23
)
(13
)
(63
)
(56
)
3,480
3,221
94
95
(196
)
(45
)
(331
)
(317
)
(811
)
(804
)
40
43
59
69
(2
)
(2
)
34
48
1,657
810
52
40
193
206
4
4
2
$
1,520
834
(277
)
(275
)
(544
)
(505
)
6.75
%
7.25
6.75
7.25
6.75
7.25
10.00
10.00
6.00
6.00
3.75
%
4.25
3.75
4.25
3.75
4.25
Qualified Pension
Nonqualified Pension
Years Ended December 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
2002
2001
2000
$
149
103
90
3
1
3
228
167
153
22
15
15
(371
)
(289
)
(249
)
(5
)
(9
)
10
8
7
9
1
2
1
30
18
1
20
$
17
(16
)
(8
)
26
18
96
Other Postretirement Benefits
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
13
9
8
61
41
30
(6
)
(5
)
(4
)
4
4
4
3
1
(1
)
7
(2
)
1
1
$
83
50
36
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1,088
674
565
(25
)
770
390
387
277
14
$
2,135
1,078
927
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
(159
)
483
365
202
81
91
43
564
456
127
74
18
170
638
474
949
13
162
(31
)
23
(71
)
918
36
91
$
1,088
674
565
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
Percent of
Percent of
Percent of
Pre-tax
Pre-tax
Pre-tax
(In millions)
Amount
Income
Amount
Income
Amount
Income
$
4,667
$
2,293
$
703
$
1,633
35.0
%
$
802
35.0
%
$
246
35.0
(130
)
(2.8
)
(91
)
(4.0
)
(55
)
(7.8
)
111
2.4
68
3.0
13
1.8
(122
)
(2.6
)
(87
)
(3.8
)
(79
)
(11.2
)
30
0.6
18
0.8
16
2.3
(326
)
(7.0
)
(60
)
(2.6
)
(80
)
(11.4
)
77
3.3
86
12.2
521
74.1
(139
)
(3.0
)
(108
)
(4.7
)
(114
)
(16.2
)
17
0.4
14
0.6
3
0.4
14
0.3
41
1.8
8
1.2
$
1,088
23.3
%
$
674
29.4
%
$
565
80.4
%
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1,045
1,176
833
987
1,199
817
114
163
92
152
781
477
529
595
394
699
581
366
4,270
3,919
2,811
40
50
26
57
111
172
1,337
290
38
532
738
144
175
176
6,759
5,586
4,689
568
327
237
220
114
69
9,617
7,341
5,381
$
5,387
3,472
2,596
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share data)
2002
2001
2000
$
3,579
1,619
138
(6
)
(21
)
3,579
1,613
117
(46
)
(19
)
(6
)
$
3,560
1,607
71
$
2.62
1.47
0.12
(0.05
)
$
2.62
1.47
0.07
$
2.60
1.45
0.12
(0.05
)
$
2.60
1.45
0.07
1,356
1,096
971
13
9
3
1,369
1,105
974
Income Tax
Pre-tax
(Expense)
After-tax
(In millions)
Amount
Benefit
Amount
$
(1,431
)
501
(930
)
490
(172
)
318
614
(215
)
399
(327
)
114
(213
)
973
(373
)
600
36
(14
)
22
45
(17
)
28
727
(290
)
437
1,954
(747
)
1,207
1,197
(454
)
743
60
(23
)
37
(466
)
177
(289
)
$
3,472
(1,337
)
2,135
2002
2001
Contract
Contract
Estimated
or
Estimated
or
Fair
Notional
Fair
Notional
(In millions)
Value
Amount
Value
Amount
$
183
167,909
201
172,457
36
25,901
25
24,691
2,308
343,433
3,001
386,391
(1,266
)
638,798
(945
)
555,395
8,357
400,187
5,189
536,361
(9,011
)
394,871
(5,243
)
523,205
(126
)
36,155
(57
)
13,939
$
(31
)
1,840
13
3,044
December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
$
11
6,666
5,629
11
1,698
6,677
7,338
16
1,025
1,135
24
73
5,200
5,200
3,929
4,656
31,024
29,665
3,450
3,473
34,474
33,138
1,021
1,012
35,495
34,150
2,084
1,447
$
54,434
54,015
2,530
3,045
989
2,491
663
1,099
15,814
16,565
2,360
2,360
22,356
25,560
32,078
28,455
$
54,434
54,015
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1,438
1,245
2,836
32
310
368
541
708
757
820
966
854
2,831
3,229
4,815
48
145
228
599
778
802
782
928
941
1,429
1,851
1,971
1,402
1,378
2,844
(28
)
(2
)
(64
)
1,430
1,380
2,908
2,149
239
(2,770
)
3,579
1,619
138
(46
)
3,579
1,619
92
19
6
$
3,560
1,613
92
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
3,579
1,619
92
(2,149
)
(239
)
2,770
46
21
45
(2
)
289
251
284
(15
)
(22
)
10
16
12
5
(623
)
(231
)
(454
)
(444
)
235
69
674
1,670
2,820
454
723
794
(349
)
(476
)
(975
)
727
364
(2,352
)
2,546
(189
)
(530
)
(53
)
(29
)
(149
)
102
136
143
(10
)
10
2
2,112
3,417
2,651
(3,067
)
(515
)
(515
)
(99
)
(1,502
)
(601
)
546
1,903
4,024
(751
)
(1,178
)
(713
)
23
75
(44
)
152
(674
)
(1,284
)
(690
)
(1,385
)
(1,038
)
(1,888
)
(4,752
)
(2,734
)
1,332
(661
)
1,587
1,085
7,338
5,751
4,666
$
6,677
7,338
5,751
$
777
797
970
154
530
127
$
51
12,998
34
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
F. Duane Ackerman
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer,
BellSouth Corporation
Atlanta, Georgia
John
D. Baker II
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Florida Rock Industries, Inc.
Jacksonville, Florida
L.M.
Baker Jr.*
Chairman,
Wachovia Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina
James
S. Balloun
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer,
Acuity Brands, Inc.
Atlanta, Georgia
Robert
J. Brown
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
B&C Associates, Inc.
High Point, North Carolina
Peter
C. Browning
Dean, McColl Graduate School of Business,
Queens University of Charlotte
Non-Executive Chairman,
Nucor Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina
John T. Casteen III
President,
University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Virginia
William
H. Goodwin Jr.
Chairman,
CCA Industries, Inc.
Richmond, Virginia
Robert
A. Ingram
Vice Chairman, Pharmaceuticals,
GlaxoSmithKline plc
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
Mackey
J. McDonald
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer,
VF Corporation
Greensboro, North Carolina
Joseph
Neubauer
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
ARAMARK Corporation
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Lloyd
U. Noland III
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer,
Noland Company
Newport News, Virginia
Ruth G. Shaw
President, Duke Power,
Duke Energy Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina
Lanty
L. Smith
Chairman,
Soles Brower Smith & Co.
Greensboro, North Carolina
G.
Kennedy Thompson*
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Wachovia Corporation
Charlotte, North Carolina
John
C. Whitaker Jr.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
Inmar Enterprises, Inc.
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
Dona
Davis Young
President and Chief Executive Officer,
The Phoenix Companies, Inc.
Hartford, Connecticut
* Mr. Baker retired effective February 18, 2003.
Mr. Thompson was selected to succeed him as
Chairman, and also retained the positions of
President and Chief Executive Officer.
Executive Committee
Lanty L. Smith, Chairman
L.M. Baker Jr.*
Peter C. Browning
William H. Goodwin Jr.
Robert A. Ingram
Joseph Neubauer
G. Kennedy Thompson*
John C. Whitaker Jr.
Robert P. Kelly (Staff)
Mark C. Treanor (Staff)
Audit & Compliance Committee
John T. Casteen III, Chairman
F. Duane Ackerman
William H. Goodwin Jr.
Lanty L. Smith
Robert P. Kelly (Staff)
William B. Langley (Staff)
Peter J. Schild (Staff)
Credit & Finance Committee
Mackey J. McDonald, Chairman
John D. Baker II
Lloyd U. Noland III
Dona Davis Young
Donald K. Truslow (Staff)
Thomas J. Wurtz (Staff)
Management
Resources &
Compensation Committee
Peter C. Browning, Chairman
Robert J. Brown
Robert A. Ingram
Ruth G. Shaw
Paul G. George (Staff)
Merger
Integration & Technology Committee
Joseph Neubauer, Chairman
James S. Balloun
John C. Whitaker Jr.
David M. Carroll (Staff)
Jean E. Davis (Staff)
Robert S. McCoy Jr. (Staff)
Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee
John C. Whitaker Jr., Chairman
Peter C. Browning
William H. Goodwin Jr.
Robert A. Ingram
Joseph Neubauer
Lanty L. Smith
L.M. Baker Jr.* (Staff)
G. Kennedy Thompson* (Staff)
Mark C. Treanor (Staff)
L.M. Baker Jr.*
Chairman
G. Kennedy Thompson*
President and Chief Executive Officer
Robert
S. McCoy Jr.
Vice Chairman and Co-Head,
Merger Integration
David
M. Carroll
Senior Executive Vice President and Co-Head,
Merger Integration; Head of Specialty
Finance and Corporate Support Services
Stephen
E. Cummings
Senior Executive Vice President and Co-Head,
Corporate and Investment Bank
Jean E. Davis
Senior Executive Vice President and
Head of Information Technology,
eCommerce and Operations
Malcolm
E. Everett III
Senior Executive Vice President and
Head of Corporate and Community Affairs
Paul
G. George
Senior Executive Vice President and
Director of Human Resources
W.
Barnes Hauptfuhrer
Senior Executive Vice President and
Co-Head, Corporate and Investment Bank
Benjamin
P. Jenkins III
Senior Executive Vice President
and President, General Bank
Robert P. Kelly
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Stanhope
A. Kelly
Senior Executive Vice President and
President, Wealth Management
Donald
A. McMullen Jr.
Senior Executive Vice President and
President, Capital Management Group
Mark
C. Treanor
Senior Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Donald
K. Truslow
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Risk Management Officer
How to Contact Us
Investor Relations
Alice Lehman, head of Investor Relations
Annual and quarterly financial information is available online at
wachovia.com/investor. Request publications or speak with the
shareholder relations manager through our interactive voice
response system at
704-374-6782.
Transfer Agent
Wachovia Bank, National Association
1-800-347-1246
1525 West W.T. Harris Boulevard 3C3
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1153
Stockholders seeking help with a change of address, records or information
about lost certificates, dividend checks or dividend reinvestment should
contact the transfer agent.
Media
Ginny
Mackin, head of Corporate Communications
704-374-6444
Snapshot
Ticker, NYSE: WB
Earnings per share: $2.60
Total revenue: $18 billion
Net income: $3.6 billion
Annual
Meeting
Tuesday, April 22, 2003, 9:30 a.m.
Hilton Charlotte & Towers, 222 East Third Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
Corporate
Headquarters
Wachovia Corporation
301 South College Street, Suite 4000
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0013
704-374-6161
Wachovia
Corporation is an equal opportunity employer.
General Banking Regions
Atlantic Region
New Jersey
Branches: 336
ATMs: 505
New
York
Branches: 52
ATMs: 96
Connecticut
Branches:
84
ATMs: 120
Florida
Region
Florida
Branches: 655
ATMs: 876
Mid-Atlantic Region
Virginia
Branches: 344
ATMs: 515
Maryland
Branches:
77
ATMs: 111
Washington,
D.C.
Branches: 27
ATMs: 58
Georgia
Region
Georgia
Branches: 252
ATMs: 629
Carolinas Region
North Carolina
Branches: 361
ATMs: 727
South
Carolina
Branches: 166
ATMs: 324
PennDel
Region
Pennsylvania
Branches: 343
ATMs: 541
Delaware
Branches:
20
ATMs: 43
Foreign Branches and Representative Offices
Foreign branches in Hong Kong, Tokyo, Taipei,
Seoul and London
Representative offices in Europe, Asia,
Latin America and Australia
ONE WACHOVIA CENTER
CHARLOTTE, NC 28288-0206
EXHIBIT 21
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES AS OF 2/1/03 (1)
ABCA, Inc (Jacksonville, FL)
(3)
|
||||
-1005 Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Melbourne Atlantic Joint Venture (20%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
|
||||
AMI Capital, Inc. (49%) (Bethesda, MD)
|
||||
|
||||
Atlantic Savings Bank, FSB (Hilton Head Island, SC)
|
||||
|
||||
Cameron M. Harris & Co. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Cameron M. Harris of Columbia, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-FEFCO, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Capitol Finance Group, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Energy Search LP (7.7%-NV) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
-WBP Associates (33%-NV) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
Celadon, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Central Fidelity Capital Trust I (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
|
||||
Central Fidelity Properties, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
|
||||
CoreStates Holdings, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
-Meridian Venture Partners (45.72%-NV) (Radnor, PA)
|
||||
-MVP Distribution Partners (45.7237%-NV) (Radnor, PA)
|
||||
-United Bancshares, Inc. (15.42%: 6.02%-V; 9.40%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
(7)
|
||||
United Bank of Philadelphia (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
|
||||
CREST 2000-1 Holding SPV, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Curzon Street Securities Limited (London, England) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
EVEREN Capital Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-EVEREN Securities Holdings, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards Realty Services, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards Housing Investors, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
Bateman Eichler, Hill Richards Realty Co., Incorporated (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
BEHR Housing Investors 1980-1, L.P. (1%-NV) (Chicago, IL)**
|
||||
BEHR Housing Investors 1981-1, L.P. (1%-NV) (Chicago, IL)**
|
||||
Blunt, Ellis & Loewi, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
Boettcher & Company, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
BPL Holdings, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Boettcher Properties, Ltd. (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
The Boettcher 1981-2 Drilling Program, Ltd. (11%-NV) (Chicago, IL)
|
||||
ESI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Oklahoma (0%) (Tulsa, OK)*
|
||||
KSI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Ohio (0%) (Chicago, IL)*
|
||||
Lovett Underwood Neuhaus & Webb, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
PFS General Agency of Texas, Inc. (0%) (Dallas, TX)*
|
||||
Prescott, Ball & Turben, Inc. (Richmond, VA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
Wachovia Securities, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MicroInvestors, LLC (20%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
TCIG NC State Credit Fund, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Boxer Building LLC (99.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
TRG Holdings, LLC (24.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Tech Resources Group, Inc. (22%) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
Wheat First Butcher Singer Private Equity Fund, Limited Partnership (1%-NV) (Richmond, VA)**
|
||||
|
||||
Evergreen FPS, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Equity Fund, L.P. (1%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
(16)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Equity Fund II, L. P. (1%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds-Absolute Return Fund, Accredited, L.P. (1.90%-NV)**
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Equities Super Accredited, L. P. (0.30%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
(17)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Technology Fund, Accredited, L. P. (0.86%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
(20)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Accredited, L. P. (1.52%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**(18)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Super Accredited, L. P. (0.14%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
(19)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment FundsULQ, LP (0.90%-NV) (Charlotte, NC) **
|
||||
|
||||
Farmington, Incorporated (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
FCC-PR, Inc (Philadelphia, PA)
(3)
|
||||
|
||||
Fidelcor Business Credit Corporation (New York, NY)
|
||||
|
||||
Financial Life Insurance Company of Georgia (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
|
||||
First American Service Corporation (Roanoke, VA)
|
||||
-Long, Travers & FASC (40%-NV) (Springfield, VA)
|
||||
-New Rivers Towers Limited Partnership (NV) (Annandale, VA) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
-Woodlawn Joint Venture (40%-NV) (Woodbridge, VA) (INACTIVE)
(15)
|
||||
|
||||
First Atlanta Lease Liquidating Corporation (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
|
||||
First Clearing Corporation (Glen Allen, VA)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Capital I (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Capital II (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Capital III (Wilmington, DE) (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Commercial Corporation (0.97900%) (Charlotte, NC)
(9)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Community Development Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Headhouse Retail Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-Housing Equity Fund of Virginia I, L.P. (6.945%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
-Parkchester Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
|
||||
-Roanoke Community Development Corporation (27.778%) (Roanoke, VA) (INACTIVE)
(6)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Genesis Holdings, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL)
|
||||
-Corporate Securities Group Insurance Agency of Texas, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
2
-JWGenesis Insurance Agency, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
-JWGenesis Capital Markets, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
-JW Genesis Financial Group, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-J. W. Genesis Financial Services Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-JWGenesis Insurance Services, Inc. (Boca Raton, FL) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
-Wachovia Securities Financial Network, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Institutional Capital I (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Institutional Capital II (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Insurance Agency of NC, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Union Commerce Title Company, LLC (50%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Insurance Services, Inc. (Wayne, NJ)
|
||||
-First Union Insurance Services Agency, Inc. (Wayne, NJ)
|
||||
-Rhodes Agency, Inc. (Hawthorne, NJ)
|
||||
Soldoveri Agency (Hawthorne, NJ)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Life Insurance Company (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Regional Community Development Corporation, Inc. (51%) (Philadelphia, PA)*
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Regional Foundation (Philadelphia, PA)**
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Services, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
First Union Title Corporation (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
-Wachovia/Maher Partners (50%) (Wayne, PA)
|
||||
|
||||
Forum Capital Markets, LLC (Old Greenwich, CT) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
Franklin Capital Associates III, L.P. (6.60%-NV) (Franklin, TN)
|
||||
|
||||
FUNC Holdings, Inc. (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
-GreenLink LLC (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
|
||||
ISC Realty Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-New Heritage Place, LLC (49%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Claire Tower, LP (0.50%) (Greensboro, NC) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
Jefferson Properties, Inc. (Charlottesville, VA)(3)
|
||||
|
||||
Johnson Lane Space Smith Corporation, The (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Rhodes-Jennings Building, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Rhodes-Jennings Building Investors Limited Partnership (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
McGlinn Capital Management, Inc. (Wyomissing, PA)
|
||||
-Berkshire Partners (Wyomissing, PA)**
|
3
-Colonial Investment Group (Wyomissing, PA)**
|
||||
-Oaks Investment Group (Wyomissing, PA)**
|
||||
-Pagoda Income Partners (Wyomissing, PA)**
|
||||
-Pooled Municipal Bond Fund (Wyomissing, PA)**
|
||||
-Van Reed Growth Fund (Wyomissing, PA)**
|
||||
|
||||
Meridian Investment Company (Malvern, PA) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
OFFITBANK Compass Fund, Inc. (70%) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-OFFITBANK Compass Fund, L.P. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
OFFITBANK Cross Market Fund, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-OFFITBANK Cross Market Fund, L.P. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
OFFITBANK Derivatives, Inc. (New York, NY)
|
||||
|
||||
OFFITBANK Energy Fund, Inc. (New York, NY)
|
||||
-OFFIT Energy Income Fund, L. P. (0.97%-NV) (New York, NY)**
|
||||
|
||||
OFFITBANK Greater China, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-CVO Greater China Partners, L.P. (90%) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
OFFITBANK Latin America Fund, Inc. (New York, NY)
|
||||
-OFFITBANK Latin America Income Fund, L.P. (1.01%-NV) (New York, NY)**
|
||||
|
||||
OFFITBANK M-R Securities Fund, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
Signet Student Loan Corporation (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
|
||||
Silas Technologies, Inc. (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Structured Credit Partners, LLC (New York, NY)
|
||||
|
||||
Synthetic Fixed-Income Securities, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Taylor & Clarke Insurance Services, Incorporated (Fairfax, VA)
|
||||
|
||||
The Fairfax Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Real Estate Consultants of the South, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
The Money Store Holdings Limited (INACTIVE) (London, England)
|
||||
-The Money Store Advertising Services Limited (INACTIVE) (London, England)
|
||||
-The Money Store Limited (INACTIVE) (London, England)
|
||||
|
||||
TRSTE, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
TRSTE II, Inc. (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
|
||||
Tryon Management, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
United Bancshares, Inc. (100%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
(7)
|
||||
-United Bank of Philadelphia (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
|
||||
Union Hamilton Reinsurance, Ltd. (Hamilton, Bermuda)
|
||||
Besso Holdings Limited (49.49%) (London, England)
|
4
Wachovia Bank, National Association (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-349-59 Lenox LLC (99.99%-NV) (Mount Vernon, NY)
|
||||
-Andalusia Senior Housing, L. P. (99%-NV) (Levittown, PA)
|
||||
-Arbor Glenn L.P. (99%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
|
||||
-Bacon Housing, L.P. (99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
-Barrett Place Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Wake Forest, NC)
|
||||
-Barrett Place II Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
-Barry, Evans, Josephs & Snipes, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)(23)
|
||||
Mecklenburg Securities Corporation (Charlotte, NC)(23)
|
||||
-Bart, Inc. (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
Monument Street Funding, Inc. (9.95%) (West Sacramento, CA)(42)
|
||||
The Money Store, LLC (Roseville, CA) (1.55%)(21)
|
||||
Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC (4.30%) (Charlotte, NC)(58)
|
||||
-Beechridge Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
-BGMCO PA, Inc. (Philadelphia, PA)
(3)
|
||||
-Bowler Housing L.P. (99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
-BR Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Washington, DC)
|
||||
-Business Development Corporation of South Carolina (8.7%) (Columbia, SC)
|
||||
-Camellia Court Apartments Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Beaufort, NC)
|
||||
-City Affordable Housing LLC (99.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Congress Financial Corporation (New York, NY)
|
||||
Congress Credit Corporation (Hato Rey, Puerto Rico)
|
||||
Congress Financial Corp. (Southwest) (Dallas, TX)
|
||||
Congress Financial Corporation (Central) (Chicago, IL)
|
||||
Congress Financial Corporation (Florida) (Miami, FL)
|
||||
Congress Financial Corporation (New England) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Congress Financial Corporation (Northwest) (Portland, OR)
|
||||
Congress Financial Corporation (Southern) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Congress Financial Corporation (Western) (Pasadena, CA)
|
||||
-CoreStates Capital I (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-CoreStates Capital II (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-CoreStates Capital III (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-CT I Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
-CTB Realty Ventures XXI, Inc. (New Haven, CT)(3)
|
||||
-Danville Community Development Corporation (13%) (Danville, VA)
|
||||
-Evergreen Investment Company, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
EIMCO Trust (99%) (Boston, MA)
(30)
|
||||
Evergreen Investment Management Company, LLC (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Evergreen Advisors LLC (INACTIVE) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Mentor Perpetual Advisors, LLC (50%) (INACTIVE) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Evergreen Service Company LLC (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Evergreen Financing Company, LLC (Boston, MA)
(23)
|
||||
J. L. Kaplan Associates, LLC (92.10%) (Boston, MA)*
|
||||
Evergreen Asset Management Corp. (Boston, MA)
|
||||
EIMCO Trust (1%) (Boston, MA)(30)
|
||||
Evergreen Investment Services, Inc. (Boston, MA)
|
||||
-Equitable Realty Associates, L. P. (99%-NV) (Yonkers, NY)
|
||||
-Fairfax County Redevelopment and Housing Authority/HCDC One L.P. (99%-NV) (Fairfax, VA)
|
||||
-FFBIC, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
Monument Street Funding, Inc. (49.72%) (Roseville, CA)
(42)
|
||||
2-4 Potter Place Urban Renewal, L.P. (99%-NV) (Weehawken, NJ)
|
||||
Anacuitas Manor, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Austin, TX)
|
||||
Athens Rental Housing, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
|
||||
Bell Ridge Associates LLC (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
Brittany Point Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Martinsburg, WV)
|
||||
Bull Run Creek Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
Cimarron Estates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Austin, TX)
|
||||
Centurion Funding, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
Monument Street International Funding-II, LLC (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
First International Advisors, LLC (50%) (London, England)
(43)
|
||||
Monument Street Funding, LLC (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
Centurion Funding, LLC (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
Chambers Bridge Urban Renewal Housing, L. P. (99%-NV) (Yardville, NJ)
|
||||
Cherokee Hills Associates LLC (99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
Church Street Senior Housing, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Keansburg, NJ)
|
5
Crestmore Village Apartments Limited Partnership (99.9%-NV) (Las Vegas, NV)
|
||||
Crestmore Village Apartments Phase II Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Las Vegas, NV)
|
||||
Eastgate Properties, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Calhoun, GA)
|
||||
Evergreen Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
|
||||
Greystone of McDonough L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Douglas, GA)
|
||||
Heatherwood Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Columbia, SC)
|
||||
Hickory Hollow Senior Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Mercy Housing Georgia I, L.L.L.P. (99.89%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(36)
|
||||
Monument Street International Funding-I, LLC (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
First International Advisors, LLC (50%) (London, England)
(43)
|
||||
Oldbridge Urban Renewal, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cherry Hill, NJ)
|
||||
One South Place, L.P. (99%-NV) (Knoxville, TN)
|
||||
Overlook at Brook Run Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Pendleton Pines Associates, LLC (99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
Ridgetop Realty Associates LLC (99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
Rome Rental Housing, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
|
||||
Sable Point Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Sable Point II Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Martinsburg, WV)
|
||||
Somerset Apts., L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Norfolk, VA)
|
||||
St. Charles Place, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA)
|
||||
Stoneybrooke Heights Associates LLC (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
Sundial Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
|
||||
The Exchange Building Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Portland, ME)
|
||||
Timberleaf Estates Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Martinsburg, WV)
|
||||
Waterford Manor, L.P. (99%-NV) (Winter Park, FL)
|
||||
Waterford Manor II, L.P. (99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
West Hanover Urban Renewal, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Yardville, NJ)
|
||||
-FFL Services Corporation (Newark, NJ)
|
||||
-Fifth and Market Corporation (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-Financial World Funding Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Bank of Florida Mortgage Corp. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-First Card Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Corporate Center, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-First Fidelity International Bank (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
First Union I, Inc. (St. Thomas, US Virgin Islands)
|
||||
Matthew International Sales, Inc. (St. Thomas, US Virgin Islands)
|
||||
Oosterpark Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
RIJK Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Vondelpark Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Fidelity Urban Investment Corporation (Newark, NJ)
|
||||
Allentown Development Company, Inc. (24%) (Trenton, NJ)
|
||||
-First National Properties, Inc. (Columbia, SC)
|
||||
-First Penco Realty, Inc. (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-First Union Auto Finance, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Union Auto Loan Securitization, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Union Commercial Corporation (98.11053%) (Charlotte, NC)
(9)
|
||||
First Union Commercial Leasing Group, L.L.C. (1%) (Charlotte, NC)
(11)
|
||||
First Union Commercial Shared Resources, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
First Union Institutional Mortgage Services, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
First Union Overseas Investment Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Multi-Risk Consultants (Thailand) Ltd. (10%) (Bangkok, Thailand)
|
||||
Union Hamilton Assurance, Ltd. (Hamilton, Bermuda)
|
||||
Sanford Leasing, LLC (24%) (Charlotte, NC)
(62)
|
||||
First Union Rail Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Ironbrand Capital LLC (1%) (Charlotte, NC)
(8)
|
||||
Railcar Investment, LLC (87.302%) (Wilmington, DE)
(28)
|
||||
Transportation Equipment Advisors, Inc. (Arlington Heights, IL)
|
||||
Ironbrand Capital LLC (99%) (Charlotte, NC)
(8)
|
||||
JV Mortgage Capital, Inc. (50%) (Prospect Heights, IL) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
JV Mortgage Capital, L.P. (49.5%-NV) (Prospect Heights, IL) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
National Auto Finance Company, L.P. (10%-NV) (Boca Raton, FL)
|
||||
Railcar Investment, LLC (12.698%) (Wilmington, DE)
(28)
|
||||
Sanford Leasing, LLC (76%) (Charlotte, NC)
(62)
|
||||
Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC (1.53%) (Charlotte, NC)
(58)
|
||||
-First Union Commercial Leasing Group, L.L.C. (99%) (Charlotte, NC)
(11)
|
6
-First Union Direct Bank, N. A. (Augusta, GA)
|
||||
-First Union Holdings, Inc. (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
First Union Financial Investments, Inc. (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
First Union Commercial Corporation (0.89872%) (Charlotte, NC)
(9)
|
||||
-First Union International Banking Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Adesso Limited (37.303%) (Nassau, Bahamas)
|
||||
Burdale Financial Holdings Limited (80%) (London, England)
|
||||
Burdale Financial Limited (London, England)
|
||||
Congress Financial Capital (US) Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Congress Financial Capital Company (Halifax, Nova Scotia)
|
||||
Congress Financial Capital Corporation (Canada)(Toronto, Canada)
|
||||
Congress Financial Corporation (Canada) (Toronto, Canada)
|
||||
Evergreen Management, S. A. (Luxembourg, Germany)
|
||||
Evergreen Worldwide Distributors, Ltd. (Hamilton, Bermuda)
|
||||
First Union Commercial Mortgage Services, Inc. (Toronto, Canada)
|
||||
Polaris International Securities Investment Trust Co., Ltd. (7.50%) (Taipei, Taiwan)
|
||||
Wachovia Securities International Limited (London, England)
|
||||
-First Union PASS Co., Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Pooled Auto Securities Shelf, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-General Homes Corp. (9.205%) (Houston, TX)
(3)
|
||||
-Glen Royall Mill Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Wake Forest, NC)
|
||||
-Golfview Associates Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
|
||||
-Greenville Agricultural Credit Corporation (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
-Hamilton Dorsey Alston Company, Inc. (Atlanta, GA)
(23)
|
||||
-Hamilton Manor Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Stroudsburg, PA)
|
||||
-Horace Bushnell Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Hartford, CT)
|
||||
-Horizon Management Services, Inc. (Tulsa, OK)
|
||||
-Housing Equity Fund of Virginia II, L.P. (38.5%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
-Industrial Valley Real Estate Co. (Jenkintown, PA)
|
||||
-International Progress, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Mountain Falls Park, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-JERSEY CENTER/FIDOREO, INC. (Newark, NJ)
(3)
|
||||
-JPSD, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
(3)
|
||||
-Lafayette Family L.P. (99%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
|
||||
-Laurel Pointe of Salisbury Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
-Manor Ridge Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
-Martins Landing Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Winter Park, FL)
|
||||
-Martins Landing II Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Winter Park, FL)
|
||||
-Maryland Housing Equity Fund III Limited Partnership (7.7647%-NV) (Columbia, MD)
|
||||
-Meridian Mortgage Corporation (Perkasie, PA)
|
||||
-Meridian Properties, Inc. (Reading, PA)
|
||||
-Monument Street Funding, Inc. (Roseville, CA) (40.33%)
(43)
|
||||
-Mulberry Corporation (Richmond, VA)
(3)
|
||||
G. C. Leasing, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
North Hart Run, Inc. (50%) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
North Hart Run Joint Venture (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
-MWI-2002, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-NFPS, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
(3)
|
||||
-NNI Bell Street Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Stamford, CT)
|
||||
-Orianna Street Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-PELS Funding, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Philadelphia International Investment Corp. (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
New World Development Corporation, Ltd. (Nassau, Bahamas)
|
||||
Philadelphia National Limited (65.10%) (London, England)
(10)
|
||||
Philadelphia International Equities, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
CSB Information Services PTE Ltd. (Singapore)
|
||||
Established Holdings Limited (London, England)
|
||||
Philadelphia National Limited (20.60%) (London, England)(10)
|
||||
Medical Equipment Credit PTE Ltd. (20%) (Singapore)
|
||||
MSF Holding, Ltd. (26.25%) (Nassau, Bahamas)
|
||||
Surinvest International Limited (14.785%) (Georgetown, Cayman Islands)
|
||||
Vector Divisas Casa de Cambio S.A. de C.V. (20%) (Monterrey, Mexico)
|
||||
Philadelphia National Limited (14.30%) (London, England)(10)
|
||||
-Questpoint L.P., Inc. (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-Republic Brokerage Corp. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
7
-Residential Asset Funding Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Retail Investment Corp., Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-Richmond Community Development Corporation (64.71%) (Richmond, VA)**
|
||||
-Roanoke Community Development Corporation (11.11%) (INACTIVE) (Roanoke, VA)(6)
|
||||
-RS Maritime Corporation (West Palm Beach, FL) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
-S Brooke Corporation (Richmond, VA)
(3)
|
||||
-Savings Associations Financial Enterprises, Inc. (48.15%) (Washington, DC)
|
||||
-Senior Cottages of Shippensburg, Ltd. (99%-NV) (St. Louis Park, MN)
|
||||
-Shenandoah Valley Properties L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
|
||||
Craigmont II, L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
|
||||
Elkmont Partners, L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
|
||||
Grottoes Partners L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
|
||||
Willow Lake Partners, L.P. (99%-NV) (Fisherville, VA)
|
||||
-Signet Equipment Company (Baltimore, MD)
|
||||
-Southwoods Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Greensboro, NC)
|
||||
-SPFE, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-St. Josephs Affordable Housing Limited Partnership (74.25%-NV) (Wayne, PA)
|
||||
-Statesboro Rental Housing, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
|
||||
-Summitt PELS Funding, LLC (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
-SURREY DOWNS/FIDOREO, INC. (Newark, NJ)
(3)
|
||||
Spring Ridge Holdings, Inc. (Reading, PA)
(3)
|
||||
-Sycamore Row, LLC (99%-NV) (Bronx, NY)
|
||||
-Tattersall Advisory Group, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-TAYLORR LAKES/FIDOREO, INC. (Newark, NJ)
(3)
|
||||
-TMS Acquisition, LLC (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
-The Money Store, LLC (75.95%) (Roseville, CA)
(21)
|
||||
ClassNotes, Inc. (Sacramento, CA)
|
||||
Educaid Student Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
TMS Student Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
HomEq Servicing Corporation (North Highlands, CA)
|
||||
Equity Insurance Agency, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
First Union Commercial Corporation (0.01175%) (Charlotte, NC)
(9)
|
||||
Integrated Capital Group, Inc. (North Highlands, CA)
|
||||
Princeton Reconveyance Services Inc. (North Highlands, CA)
|
||||
The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
The Money Store/Service Corp. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
First Union Money Store Home Equity Loan Warehouse Corp. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
TMS Auto Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
TMS Special Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
TMS SPV, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
Wachovia Commercial Mortgage Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
Wachovia SBA Lending, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
Wachovia SBA Holdings, Inc. (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
-Two APM Plaza, Inc. (89%) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-Unifirst Financial Services, Inc. (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-Universal Master Servicing, LLC (79%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-VCP-Alderman Park Partners, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
-Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
1020 Leavenworth Street Lessee Limited Liability Company (NE) (99.99%-NV) (Omaha, NE)
|
||||
110 Monastery Associates, Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) ( Braintree, MA)
|
||||
1515-1517 St. Johns Place, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Brooklyn, NY)
|
||||
1700 Associates (89%-NV) (Plymouth Meeting, PA)
|
||||
3716 Third Avenue LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
|
||||
509 Vine Street, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
Adams at Broad Tenant L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Annville Housing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Lebanon, PA)
|
||||
Antioch Senior Housing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Hempstead, NY)
|
||||
Apollo Tax Credit Fund-XIV LLC (99.99%-NV) (Cleveland, OH)
|
||||
Ardmore City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
Ashton Court, L. P. (99.98%-NV) (Valdosta, GA)
(41)
|
||||
Ashton Court State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)(INACTIVE)
|
||||
Bachon Investments, L. P. ((99.99%-NV) (Dallas,TX)
|
||||
Baltic Park, L.P. (98.99%-NV) (Macon, GA)(22)
|
||||
Baltic Park State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Baltic Park, L. P. (1.0%-NV)
(22)
|
8
Beechridge II, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
Belleview L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Bensalem Senior Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Lafayette Hill, PA)
|
||||
Betty Anne Gardens, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (San Jose, CA)
|
||||
Blanton Green Associates Limited Partnership (96%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
|
||||
Bristow Stebbins Owners, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
|
||||
Burlington City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
Capital.com, Inc. (15%) (Bethesda, MD) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
Canal Walk Lofts Tenant, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Capital Lease Funding, LLC (26.67%) (New York, NY)
|
||||
Canton Mill, LLC (98.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(5)
|
||||
Cantebury of Hilliard, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Carriage Court Apartments Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
Cedar Pointe State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
Centrum-Ironbridge Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Sterling, VA)
|
||||
Chapel Trust, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Coconut Grove, FL)
|
||||
Charleston Place Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
|
||||
Cobb Park Townhomes, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Lancaster, TX)
|
||||
Cobblestone Landing State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Cobblestone Landing, L.P. (1%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
(2)
|
||||
Cobblestone Landing, L.P. (98.90%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
(2)
|
||||
Coliseum Lofts, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Columbia Commons, L. P. (99.97%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Columbia Commons State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Columbia Commons, L.P. (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Columbia Estates State Credit Partner, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
Columbia Gardens, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Columbia High Point State Credit Partner, L. L. C. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Columbia High Point Estate, L. P. (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)(60)
|
||||
CorpRex, LLC (50%) (Orlando, FL)
|
||||
Creative Choice Homes IX, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Palm Beach Gardens, FL)
|
||||
Creative Choice Homes X, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Palm Beach Gardens, FL)
|
||||
Creekpointe Associates, L.P. (VA) (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Creekside at Bellemeade Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
Crosswinds Green Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
|
||||
Davenport Alley, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Downtown Revival Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
El Paseo Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (San Jose, CA)
|
||||
Ellenton Housing Associates, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Coral Gables, FL)
|
||||
Elm Lake Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Bradenton, FL)
|
||||
Emerald Park, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
Fairfax County Redevelopment and Housing Authority/HCDC Two L.P. (99%-NV) (Fairfax, VA)
|
||||
First Union KM Holdings, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Floral Oaks Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Fountain Place Associates Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Annapolis, MD)
|
||||
Franklin Ridge, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
Gatwick Senior Village, L. P. (98.99%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA)
(54)
|
||||
Georgia Las Brisas, LP (99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
GHG Newport Landing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
|
||||
Glen Arbor of Carolina, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Columbia, SC)
|
||||
Glenburn Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Annapolis, MD)
|
||||
Gold Rush I Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Phoenix, AZ)
|
||||
Gold Rush II Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Phoenix, AZ)
|
||||
Grafton 66, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Mequon, WI)
|
||||
Greenleaf Village of Groveland, Ltd. (89%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Grundy Gardens II Senior Apartments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Doylestown, PA)
|
||||
Hagerstown Robinwood Senior Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
|
||||
Haskell Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Braintree, MA)
|
||||
Hemma II, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Dallas, TX)
|
||||
Heritage Crossing. L. P. (99.98%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)(61)
|
||||
Heritage Crossing State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
Heritage Place State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Atlanta, GA) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
Homes at Berlin Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Annapolis, MD)
|
||||
Homes for Fredericksburg Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Sterling, VA)
|
||||
Hub Building Limited Partnership (99.9%-NV) (Chicago, IL)
|
9
Huntington Park Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Jacksonville Affordable Housing, Ltd. (98%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
Jamestown Woods Limited Partnership (95%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
|
||||
Jefferson Center, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
|
||||
Johnston Mill State Credit Partner, L. L. C. (Charlotte, NC) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
Johnston Mill Lofts, L. P. (99.98%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
|
||||
Johnston Mill Master Tenant, LP (99.99%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
|
||||
Kardon/Atlantic Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
Kensington Court Apartments, LP (99.90%-NV) (Springfield, MO)
|
||||
Knox Homes, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Brooklyn, NY)
|
||||
L & M Hoe Associates LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
|
||||
Lakewood Terrace, LP (99.90%-NV) (Springfield, MO)
|
||||
Loewen Development of Wappingers Falls, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (New Rochelle, NY)
|
||||
Logan Senior Apartments State Credit Partner, LLC (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
Madison Meadows, LP (99.96%-NV) (Lake Mary, FL)
(35)
|
||||
Madison Meadows State Credit Partner, L. L. C. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Madison Meadows, LP (0.01%-NV) (Lake Mary, FL)
(35)
|
||||
Maggie L. Walker Governors School Tenant, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Magnolia Circle, LP (99.98%-NV) (Decatur, GA)
(24)
|
||||
Magnolia Circle State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Magnolia Circle, LP (0.01%-NV) (Decatur, GA)
(24)
|
||||
Magnolia Village, L.P. (98.9%-NV) (Roswell, VA)
(55)
|
||||
Magnolia Walk Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Ocala, FL)
|
||||
Maryland Heights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
Meadow Ridge Senior Apartments Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Meridian Point Senior Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Uniontown, PA)
|
||||
Midtown Square, L. P. (98.99%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
(44)
|
||||
Miramar City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
Montgomery Homes L. P. IX (99%-NV) (Kensington, MD)
|
||||
Montgomery Homes Limited Partnership X (99%-NV) (Kensington, MD)
|
||||
Monarch Place Apts. LP (99%-NV) (Columbia, SC)
|
||||
Moravian House III, LP (99.99%-NV) (Bethlehem, PA)
|
||||
Moreland Square State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
MV Affordable Housing Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Kensington, MD)
|
||||
New Dalton IA LLC (79.90%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
(27)
|
||||
NHPAHP Cedar Creek Crossing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Quincy, IL)
|
||||
Oak Crest Apartments of Kannapolis, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
Oconee Springs II, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(4)
|
||||
Oconee Springs II State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
ODC Selborne House Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Ellicott City, MD)
|
||||
One Market Street, LLC (99.99%-NV) (San Francisco, CA)
|
||||
One SDI, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Dallas, TX)
|
||||
Overlook at Brook Run II Associates. L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Pacific Park, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA)
(47)
|
||||
Park Place State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
Parkview Heights, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Peppermill Partners, L. P. (99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Railroad Y L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Related Club West Housing Associates, Ltd. (99.50%-NV) (Miami, FL)
|
||||
Reservoir Hill Limited Partnership IX (99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
|
||||
Reservoir Hill Limited Partnership X (99.99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
|
||||
Reservoir Hill Limited Partnership XI (99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
|
||||
Reservoir Hill Limited Partnership XII (99.99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
|
||||
Richmond Green Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
Riverside Urban Renewal Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Roanoke Higher Education Associates, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
|
||||
Roanoke TS SCP, LP (0.01%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)**
|
||||
Roanoke TS Tenant, LP (99.99%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
|
||||
Rosemont Manor Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Sagamore Street Associates, L.P. (99.90%-NV) (New York, NY)
|
||||
Sandlewood Terrace of Ludowici L.P. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Saranor Apartments Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Milford, CT)
|
||||
SAS-1600 Arch Street Tenant, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Bala Cynwyd, PA)
|
||||
SDC Investments, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Dallas, TX)
|
||||
SFT L.P. (0.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)**
|
10
Sea Pines, L. P. (VA) (99.99%-NV) (Norfolk, VA)
|
||||
Senior Residences of Jacksonville I Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Carson City, NV)
|
||||
Senior Residences of Stillwater Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (San Antonio, TX)
|
||||
Senior Residences of West Memphis I Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (West Memphis, AR)
|
||||
SFT L.P. (0.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Shenandoah Hotel Associates L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Roanoke, VA)
|
||||
Sheridan Place of Bradenton Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Newberry, FL)
|
||||
S.H.E. Urban Renewal Associates, L.P. (99%-NV) (Newark, NJ)
|
||||
Shockoe-Cary Building Tenant, L.P. (VA) (99.99%-NV) (Glen Allen, VA)
|
||||
Siena Gardens Limited Partnership (95%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
|
||||
Site 15 Affordable Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
|
||||
SK 55 Wall LLC (99.99%-NV) (New York, NY)
|
||||
South Beach Courtyard Development, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Surfside, FL)
|
||||
SouthSide Plaza 455 Ltd., L.L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Lewisville, TX)
|
||||
Spring Brook Meadows I, LLC (82.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
(25)
|
||||
Spring Brook Meadows State Credit Member, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Spring Brook Meadows I, LLC (17%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
(25)
|
||||
Spring Gate Manor Limited (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
St. Philip Villas, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Griffin, GA)
(46)
|
||||
St. Philip Villas State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
St. Philip Villas, L.P. (0.01%-NV) (Griffin, GA)(46)
|
||||
Stanton Glenn Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Washington, DC)
|
||||
Stonecreek Apartments of Mooresville, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
Strouse Adler Associates, Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (New Haven, CT)
|
||||
Studebaker Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Brooklyn, NY)
|
||||
Summerland Heights III, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Norfolk, VA)
|
||||
Sunset City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
Superior Warehouse Apartments Tenant, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Temple City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
The Maples Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Denton, MD)
|
||||
Timber Run Limited Partnership (TX) (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Todd Tenant, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Triton PCS, Inc. (5.77%) (Berwyn, PA)
|
||||
TWC Eighty-Four, Ltd. (95%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Eighty-Nine, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Eighty-Three, Ltd. (97%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Ninety-Five, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Ninety-Three, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Ninety-Two, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Seventy-Eight, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Seventy-Five, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Seventy-Four, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Seventy-Nine, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Seventy-Two, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Sixty-Five, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Sixty-Four, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Twenty-Five, Ltd (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
University Crossing Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
Valena Henderson State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
Vestcor Fund XIV, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
Vestcor Fund XVI, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
Villa Biscayne of South Dade, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
Villa Capri Apartments Limited Partnership (99.90%-NV) (Beaverton, OR)
|
||||
Virginia Center Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Midlothian, VA)
|
||||
Wachovia Community Development Enterprises, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A-NC, LLC (98.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)(12)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC (98.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)(29)
|
||||
West 152 Street Associates LLC (99.99%-NV) (Larchmont, NY)
|
||||
West Oaks/Finlay Partners III, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville Beach, FL)
|
||||
Westchester Woods, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Lake Mary, FL)
|
||||
Westminster Bond Senior Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
|
||||
Westville, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Whitney Hotel Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Metairie, LA)
|
||||
Williams Landing II Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Mansfield, MA)
|
||||
Willowbrook State Credit Partner, L.L.C. (UNACTIVATED)
|
11
Willow Ridge Apartments of Greensboro Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
Willow Ridge Associates (99.99%-NV) (Lancaster, PA)
|
||||
Wynona Lipman Arms Urban Renewal Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Fort Lee, NJ)
|
||||
-Wachovia Affordable Housing Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund I, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Flagship Partners, L.P. (99%-NV) (Knoxville, TN)
|
||||
Salem Run Associates, L.P. (99%-NV) (Midlothian, VA)
|
||||
Salem Run Associates II, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Fredericksburg, VA)
|
||||
Salisbury Senior Housing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Annapolis, MD)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund II, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
TWC Eighty-Eight, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund III, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Ashton of Richmond Hill, L. P. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Arbor Village, L.P. (99%-NV) (Winter Park, FL)
|
||||
Harlingen Community Development Corporation 1, LP (99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Spinnaker Reach Apartments of Duval, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
Ravenwood of Kissimmee, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
River Reach of Orange County, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Panama City, FL)
|
||||
Yorktown Arms Development Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund IV, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Green Ridge Associates, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
Lantana Associates, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Coral Gables, FL)
|
||||
Sugar Mill Apartments, L.P. (99%-NV) (Cordele, GA)
|
||||
TWC Ninety-Six, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund V, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
TWC Ninety-Seven, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Seventy-Three, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund VI, L.L.C. (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Green Gables Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Indian Run Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Steeplechase Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Steeplechase Apartments II, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Gainsville, FL)
|
||||
Vestcor-WR Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund VII, L.L.C. (0.1%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Cedar Forest Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Tobacco Row Phase II Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
West Brickell Apartments, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Miami, FL)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund IX, L.L.C. (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Beaumont Avenue Apartments, L. P. (99%-NV) (New York, NY)
|
||||
Cranford Avenue Apartments, L.P. (99%-NV) (New York, NY)
|
||||
Fairbrooke Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Baltimore, MD)
|
||||
Haverhill Affordable Housing, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Orlando, FL)
|
||||
San Benito Housing, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund X, L.L.C. (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Brittany Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Fort Myers, FL)
|
||||
Brittany Associates II, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Fort Myers, FL)
|
||||
Cannon/Hearthwood Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Culpeper, VA)
|
||||
Fox Haven Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
Kensington of Kissimmee, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Gainesville, FL)
|
||||
Nantucket Bay Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Shenandoah Station, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
AHG Tax Credit Fund XII L.L.C. (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Ashton Pointe, LLP (99.99%-NV) (Valdosta, GA)
|
||||
Columbia Village, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Genesis Gardens, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Palmetto, GA)
|
||||
Longview Green Associates, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
|
||||
RIHC Partners, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Reston, VA)
|
||||
VCP-SB Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
Vista Point Apartments Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Las Vegas, NV)
|
||||
First Union Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC (0.01%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Columbia at Greens, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Lake Weston Apartments (Orlando) Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Willow Key Apartments Limited Partnership (99.50%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Willow Trace Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.1%)**
|
12
Columbia at Bells Ferry Partners, L. P. (98.90%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(59)
|
||||
Magnolia Heights, L. P. (98.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(14)
|
||||
One Pleasant Green Place, Ltd. (99.90%-NV) (Austin, TX)
|
||||
Robins Landing, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Altamonte Springs, FL)
|
||||
Timberlake Apts LP (99.99%-NV) (Aynor, SC)
|
||||
TWC Ninety-Eight, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Ninety-Four, LLC (98%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Ninety-Nine, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Ninety-One, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
Williams Landing Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund II, LLC (Charlotte, NC (0.1%)**
|
||||
Arbors at Hickory Creek, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Mishawaka, IN)
|
||||
Columbia High Point Estate, L. P. (99.98%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)(60)
|
||||
Grande Pointe Associates, Ltd. (99.90%-NV) (Coconut Grove, FL)
|
||||
Laguna Pointe Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Coral Gables, FL)
|
||||
Miami River Park Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Boston, MA)
|
||||
Sugar Mill Associates, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Miami, FL)
|
||||
Summer Crest Apts, LP (99.99%-NV) (North Myrtle Beach, SC)
|
||||
TWC Eighty-Seven, Ltd. (99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Seventy-Six, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Sixty-Eight, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Tampa, FL)
|
||||
TWC Sixty-Six, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) Tampa, FL)
|
||||
Vestcor Fund XXII, Ltd. (99.99%-NV) (Jacksonville, FL)
|
||||
TCIG Historic Tax Credit Fund I, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.1%)**
|
||||
Totten Tower, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Warder Mansion, L. P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A/NC, LLC (Charlotte, NC)**(12)
|
||||
Crosswinds Green II Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
|
||||
Hawthorne Court, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
Haymount Manor Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
|
||||
Laurel Pointe, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
(29)
|
||||
Glory Street LLC (99.99%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Morgans Ridge, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
New Dalton IA LLC (20.0%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)(27)
|
||||
Raeford Green Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
|
||||
Rosehill West Associates Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Fayetteville, NC)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
|
||||
Columbia at Bells Ferry Partners. L. P. (1.0%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(59)
|
||||
Midtown Square, L.P. (0.05%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
(44)
|
||||
Pacific Park, L. P. (0.01%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA)
(47)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-WF/CA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
|
||||
Apple Tree Village Partners, L.P. (CA) (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
Bentley City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
Elysian City Lights, A California Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Los Angeles)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund II, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.1%)**
|
||||
Ashton Hills, L.P. (99.98%-NV) (Valdosta, GA)
|
||||
Ashton Landing, L. P. (99.99%) (Valdosta, GA)
|
||||
Magnolia Arbor, L. P. (99.90%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
|
||||
Magnolia Creste, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC)(0.01%)**
|
||||
Canton Mill, LLC (1.0%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)(5)
|
||||
Gatwick Senior Village, L. P. (1%-NV) (Fort Valley, GA)(54)
|
||||
Magnolia Village, L.P. (1.0%-NV)(Roswell, GA)
(55)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/NC, LLC (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A/NC, LLC (1.0%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
(12)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III CN/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
|
||||
Midtown Square, L.P. (0.05%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
(44)
|
||||
Magnolia Heights, L. P. (1.0%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(14)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
|
||||
Madison Meadows, L. P. (0.02%-NV) (Lake Mary, FL)
(35)
|
||||
Oconee Springs II, L.P. (GA) (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(4)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/NC, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC (1.0%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
(29)
|
||||
Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (0.01%)**
|
13
Ashton Court, L. P. (0.01%-NV) (Valdosta, GA)
(41)
|
||||
Heritage Crossing, L. P. (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(61)
|
||||
Johnston Mill Lofts, L.P. (0.01%-NV) (Roswell, GA)
(26)
|
||||
Mercy Housing Georgia I, L.L.L.P. (0.01%-NV) (Atlanta, GA)
(36)
|
||||
-Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC (93.86%) (Charlotte, NC)
(58)
|
||||
-Wachovia Asset Securitization, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Auto Leasing Company (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
-Wachovia Bank and Trust Company (Cayman) Ltd. (George Town, Cayman Islands)
|
||||
-Wachovia Capital Partners, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Commercial Mortgage Loan Warehouse Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Commercial Mortgage Securities, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Employer Solutions, LLC (Tampa, FL)
(51%)
|
||||
-Wachovia Encryption Technologies, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Exchange Services, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Help Corporation (Atlanta, GA) (ACQUIRED INACTIVE)
|
||||
-Wachovia Insurance Services, Inc. (Winston-Salem, NC)(23)
|
||||
-Wachovia Large Loan, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Mortgage Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Operational Services, LLC (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. (Roseville, CA) (99%)
(63)
|
||||
Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp. (Common 99.8%; Preferred 87.62%) (Roseville, CA)
(13)
|
||||
Wachovia Preferred Realty, LLC (Roseville, CA)
|
||||
Wachovia Real Estate Investment Corp. (Common-99%; Preferred-79%) (Roseville, CA)
(57)
|
||||
-Wachovia Trust Company, National Association (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
First Union Trust Company of California (San Francisco, CA)
|
||||
WNB Corporation (Roanoke, VA)
(3)
|
||||
Lone Stone, L. C. (43.946%-NV) (Albany, NY)
(3)
|
||||
-Washington Apartments Associates, Limited Partnership (99%-NV) (Emmaus, PA)
|
||||
-WestPoint Stevens Inc. (6%) (Atlanta, GA)
(3)
|
||||
-Wheat Benefit Services, LLC (61.446%) (Richmond, VA) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
-William Byrd Hotel Associates, L.P. (99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
-Woodlawn Joint Venture (30%-NV) (Woodbridge, VA) (INACTIVE)
(15)
|
||||
Wachovia Bank Card Services, Inc. (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Wachovia Bank of Delaware, National Association (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
-Delaware Trust Capital Management, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
Griffin Corporate Services, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
|
||||
-First Fidelity Insurance Services of Delaware, Inc. (Wilmington, DE)
(23)
|
||||
ESI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Colorado (Richmond, VA)
(23)
|
||||
FUSI Insurance Services of Nevada, Inc. (Las Vegas, NV)
(23)
|
||||
ESI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Utah (Richmond, VA)
(23)
|
||||
ESI Insurance Agency, Inc. of Wyoming (Chicago, IL)
(23)
|
||||
ESI (MA) Insurance Agency, Inc. (Hyannis, MA)
(23)
|
||||
FUSI Insurance Services, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
(23)
|
||||
FUSI Insurance Services of Texas, Inc. (Houston, TX)
(23)
|
||||
FUSI Insurance Services of Alabama, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
(23)
|
||||
FUSI Insurance Services of Massachusetts, Inc. (Boston, MA)
(23)
|
||||
PFS General Insurance Agency of New Mexico, Inc. (Santa Fe, NM)
(23)
|
||||
FUSI Insurance Services of Hawaii, Inc. (Richmond, VA)
(23)
|
||||
FUSI Insurance Services of Ohio, Inc. (Youngstown, Ohio)
(23)
|
||||
-Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC (0.31%) (Charlotte, NC)
(58)
|
||||
Wachovia Capital Investments, Inc. (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
-Wachovia International Capital Corporation (Atlanta, GA)
|
||||
Wachovia International Servicos, LTDA (1%) (Sao Paulo, Brazil)
(53)
|
||||
WSH Holdings, Ltd. (Georgetown, Cayman Islands)
|
||||
Wachovia Participacoes, Ltda. (99.999214%) (Sao Paulo, Brazil) (INACTIVE)
(52)
|
||||
Wachovia Participacoes, Ltda. (.000786%) (Sao Paulo, Brazil)(INACTIVE)
(52)
|
||||
-Wachovia International Servicos, LTDA (99%) (Sao Paulo, Brazil)(53)
|
14
Wachovia Capital Trust I (New Castle, DE)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Capital Trust II (New Castle, DE)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Capital Trust V (New Castle, DE)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Community Development Corporation (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Development Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-343 South Dearborn II, LLC (99.99%-NV) (Palatine, IL)
|
||||
-425 South Tryon Street, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-1024 Dodge Street Limited Partnership (99.99%-NV) (Omaha, NE)
|
||||
-4116 Oleander Drive, LLC (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
-Appomattox Governors School L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
-AZ-#3611 Birmingham, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3634 Enid, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#1599 Garland, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3628 Greensboro, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3650 Huber Heights, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3644 Jackson, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3663 Jeffersontown, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3618 Leland, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3115 Rio Grande City, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3655 San Antonio, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3653 Sharonville, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-AZ-#3652 Shreveport, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Black Diamonds LLC (99.99%-NV) (New York, NY)
|
||||
-CC-Wrightstown WI, LLC (Charlotte, NC) (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
-Cupertino Town Center, LLC (66.6667%) (Cupertino, CA)
|
||||
-First Union Fremont, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Campus 1000 Fremont, LLC (45%) (Los Angeles, CA)
|
||||
-Hanover/FUDC Master Limited Partnership (80%) (Houston, TX)
|
||||
Lodge at Warner Ranch, LP (Houston, TX)
|
||||
Villages at Warner Ranch PUD, LP (Houston, TX)
|
||||
-HE-Monrovia, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Lake Street Lofts, L.L.C. (99%-NV) (Chicago, IL)
|
||||
-Lodge at Shavano Park, LP (57%) (Houston, TX)
|
||||
-Meadowmont JV, LLC (90%) (Raleigh, NC)
|
||||
-Mountain Ventures, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Chicago Meridian Business I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Cleveland Emerald Valley I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Indianapolis Plainfield II, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Minneapolis Lunar Pointe I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Nashville Airpark East I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Nashville Aspen Grove Business Center I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Orlando Lee Vista II, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Orlando Northpoint II, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Raleigh Walnut Creek III, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV St. Louis Fenton I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV St. Louis Lakeside Crossing I, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV St. Louis Lakeside Crossing II, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Mountain Ventures Buckeye, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Mountain Ventures Erlanger, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Mountain Ventures Hinsdale, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Mountain Ventures New Carlisle, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
Mountain Ventures San Bernardino, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Mountain Ventures Gables, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
MV Gables Augusta/Houston, LLC (99.80%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
Mtn. Ventures Augusta Road Limited Partnership (0.20%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
MV Gables Champion/Austin, LLC (99.80%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
||||
MV Gablechamp Limited Partnership (0.20%) (Charlotte, NC)**
|
15
-Mountain Ventures Golden State, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Mountain Ventures Mecklenburg, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Mountain Ventures Philadelphia, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Mountain Ventures Travel Centers, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Mountain Ventures Waynesboro, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Natomas Villagio, LLC (78.5%) (Alamo, CA)
|
||||
-Oilwell Supply, L.P. (99.90%-NV) (Dallas, TX)
|
||||
-ORD-MFFS, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Ranco-RIC, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-R.B.C. Corporation (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Rocketts View L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Richmond, VA)
|
||||
-Sterling-Blue Island IL, LLC (UNACTIVATED)
|
||||
-Tribune Tower Investors, L.P. (99.99%-NV) (Oakland, CA)
|
||||
-TRM of North Carolina, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
The Ratcliffe, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-UF-Raleigh LLC (50%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-WG Saginaw Lansing MI, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Willows, LLC (70%-NV) (Nashville, TN)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Exchange Services, Inc. (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
-2901 East 10th Ave LLC (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
-905GP LLC (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
-N696HQ LLC (Winston-Salem, NC) (INACTIVE)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Funding Corp. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Insurance Agency, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Union Insurance Group Trust I (Charlotte, NC)*
|
||||
-Professional Direct Agency, Inc. (Columbus, OH)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Investors, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Argo Partnership, L. P. (8%-NV) (New York, NY)
|
||||
-Alidian Investment, LLC (88.83%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-CMLB 2001, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Equity Fund, L. P. (3.75%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
(16)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Equities Super Accredited, L. P. (0.65%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
(17)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Technology Fund, Accredited, L. P. (3.11%-NV)
(20)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Accredited, L.P. (1.58%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
(18)
|
||||
-Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Super Accredited, L. P. (0.33%-NV) (Charlotte, NC)
(19)
|
||||
-First Union Merchant Banking 1997, LLC (99%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Union Merchant Banking 1998, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Union Merchant Banking, 1998-II, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Union Merchant Banking 1999, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-First Union Merchant Banking, 1999-II, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-LuxN Investment LLC (87%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-LYNX 2002-I, Ltd. (George Town, Cayman Islands)
|
||||
-Wachovia Capital Partners, LLC (92.2%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
FUCP/NEP, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
NEP Broadcasting, LLC (51%-NV) (Pittsburgh, PA)
|
||||
NEP Supershooters, L. P. (1%-NV**) (Pittsburgh, PA)
(40)
|
||||
NEP Supershooters, L. P. (50%- NV) (Pittsburgh, PA)
(40)
|
||||
-Wachovia Capital Partners 2001, LLC (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Capital Partners 2002, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
-Wachovia Capital Partners 2003, LLC (99.5%) (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp. (.15%) (Roseville, CA)
(13)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. (Roseville, CA)(1%)
(63)
|
16
Wachovia Private Capital, Inc. (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Real Estate Investment Corp. (1%) (Roseville, CA)
(57)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Risk Services, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Structured Finance Management, Inc. (Charlotte, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Wachovia Trust Services, Inc. (Winston-Salem, NC)
|
||||
|
||||
Waller House Corporation (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
-National Temple Limited Partnership-II (98.99%-NV) (Philadelphia, PA)
|
||||
|
||||
Womens Growth Capital Fund I, L.L.L.P. (10%-NV) (Washington, DC)
|
* | Controlled by management contract No equity owned. | |
** | Managing interest, or control. | |
INACTIVE became inactive after having been activated or after having been acquired as an active entity | ||
ACQUIRED INACTIVE acquired as an inactive entity and continuing as such | ||
UNACTIVATED legally formed but not yet activated | ||
(1) | 100% of voting equity owned unless otherwise indicated. NV indicates non-voting equity. | |
(2) | Combined ownership of Cobblestone Landing, L.P. is 99.90%-NV (98.90% by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1% by Cobblestone Landing State Credit Partner, LLC) | |
(3) | Interest acquired or subsidiary formed in connection with debts previously contracted (DPC) | |
(4) | Combined ownership of Oconee Springs II, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC) | |
(5) | Combined ownership of Canton Mill, LLC is 99.01%-NV (98.01%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC | |
(6) | Combined ownership of Roanoke Community Development Corporation is 38.888% (Wachovia Bank, N.A. 11.11%, Wachovia Community Development Corporation 27.778%) | |
(7) | Combined ownership of United Bancshares, Inc. is 6.02% of Voting Common Stock by CoreStates Holdings, Incorporated, 9.40% of Non-Voting Preferred Stock by CoreStates Holdings, Incorporated, and 100% of Non-Voting Class B Common Stock by Wachovia Corporation | |
(8) | Combined ownership of Ironbrand Capital LLC is 100% (First Union Commercial Corporation 99%, First Union Rail Corporation 1%) | |
(9) | Combined ownership of First Union Commercial Corporation is 100% (Wachovia Bank, N.A. 98.11053%, Wachovia Corporation 0.97900%, First Union Financial Investments, Inc. 0.89872%, and HomEq Servicing Corporation 0.01175%) | |
(10) | Combined ownership of Philadelphia National Limited by all First Union entities is 100% (New World Development Corporation, Ltd. 65.10%, Established Holdings Limited 20.60%, and Philadelphia International Investment Corp. 14.30%) | |
(11) | Combined ownership of First Union Commercial Leasing Group L.L.C. is 100% (Wachovia Bank, National Association 99%, First Union Commercial Corporation 1%) | |
(12) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier III-A/NC, LLC is 0.01% voting by Wachovia Affordable Housing Corp., 98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0% nonvoting by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/NC, LLC. | |
(13) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp.: Common 99.5% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. and 0.15% by Wachovia Corporation; Preferred 87.62% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. | |
(14) | Combined ownership of Magnolia Heights, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund CN/GA, LLC and 98.99%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC) | |
(15) | Combined ownership of Woodlawn Joint Venture is 70%-NV (40%-NV by First American Service Corporation and 30%-NV by Wachovia Bank, N.A.) | |
(16) | Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Equity Fund, L. P. is 4.75%-NV (1%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 3.75%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.) | |
(17) | Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment Funds Hedged Equities Super Accredited, L.P. is 0.95%-NV (0.30%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 0.65%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.) | |
(18) | Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Accredited, L. P. is 3.10%-NV (1.52%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 1.58%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.) | |
(19) | Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment Funds Multi-Strategy Super Accredited, L.P. is 0.47%-NV (0.14%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 0.33%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.) | |
(20) | Combined ownership of Evergreen Private Investment Funds-Hedged Technology Fund, Accredited, L.P. is 3.97%-NV (0.86%-NV** by Evergreen FPS, Inc. and 3.11%-NV by Wachovia Investors, Inc.) | |
(21) | 100% of Preferred Stock of The Money Store, LLC is owned by an unaffiliated entity, resulting in 22.5% of total voting equity being owned by the unaffiliated entity. Combined internal ownership of the common stock of The Money Store, Inc. is 100% 98% owned by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 2% owned by Bart, Inc., resulting in 75.95% ownership of total voting equity by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 1.55% ownership of total voting equity by Bart, Inc. |
17
(22) | Combined ownership of Baltic Park, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1.0% by Baltic Park Sate Credit Partner, L.L.C.) | |
(23) | Designated as a financial subsidiary of a U.S. commercial bank | |
(24) | Combined ownership of Magnolia Circle, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Magnolia Circle State Credit Partner, L.L.C.) | |
(25) | Combined ownership of Spring Brook Meadows I, LLC is 99.99%-NV (82.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 17.0%-NV by Spring Brook Meadows State Credit Member, LLC) | |
(26) | Combined ownership of Johnson Mill Lofts, L.P. is 99.89%-NV (99.88%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) | |
(27) | Combined ownership of New Dalton 1A LLC is 99.90%-NV (79.90%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 20.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC) | |
(28) | Combined ownership of Railcar Investment LLC is 100% (87.302% by First Union Rail Corporation and 12.698% by First Union Commercial Corporation) | |
(29) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Guaranteed Middle Tier IV-P/NC, LLC is 99.99%-NV and 0.01% voting (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/NC, LLC, and 0.01% voting by Wachovia Affordable Housing Corp.) | |
(30) | Combined ownership of EIMCO Trust is 100% (99% by Evergreen Investment Company, Inc. and 1% by Evergreen Asset Management Corp.) | |
(31) | N/A | |
(32) | N/A | |
(33) | N/A | |
(34) | N/A | |
(35) | Combined ownership of Madison Meadows, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.96%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation. 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC, and 0.02%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-P/GA, LLC) | |
(36) | Combined ownership of Mercy Housing Georgia I, LLLP is 99.90%-NV (99.89% by Monument Street Funding, Inc. and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) | |
(37) | N/A | |
(38) | N/A | |
(39) | N/A | |
(40) | Combined ownership of NEP Supershooters, L. P. is 51%-NV (50%-NV by FUCP/NEP, LLC and 1%-NV** by NEP Broadcasting, LLC) | |
(41) | Combined ownership of Ashton Court, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) | |
(42) | Combined ownership of Monument Street Funding, Inc. is 100% of Common Stock: 9.95% by Bart, Inc., 40.33% by Wachovia Bank,N.A., and 49.72% by FFBIC, Inc. Combined ownership of total equity is 77.78%. | |
(43) | Combined ownership of First International Advisors, LLC is 100%: 50% by Monument Street International Funding-I, LLC and 50% by Monument Street International Funding-II, LLC. | |
(44) | Combined ownership of Midtown Square, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation, 0.05%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-CN/GA, LLC and 0.05%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC.) | |
(46) | Combined ownership of St. Philip Villas, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by St. Philip Villas State Credit Partner, L.L.C.) | |
(47) | Combined ownership of Pacific Park, LP is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC) | |
(48) | N/A | |
(49) | N/A | |
(50) | N/A | |
(51) | N/A | |
(52) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Participatoes, Ltda. is 100% (99.999214% by WSH Holdings, Ltd. and .000786% by Wachovia International Capital Corporation) | |
(53) | Combined ownership of Wachovia International Servicos, LTDA is 100% (99% by Wachovia Capital Investments, Inc. and 1% by Wachovia International Capital Corporation) | |
(54) | Combined ownership of Gatwick Senior Village, L.P. is 99.99%-NV-( 98.99%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC) | |
(55) | Combined ownership of Magnolia Village, L. P. is 99.9%-NV (98.9%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 1%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund III-A/GA, LLC.) | |
(56) | N/A | |
(57) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Real Estate Investment Corp. is Common 1% by Wachovia Corporation and 99% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp; Preferred 1% by Wachovia Corporation and 79% by Wachovia Preferred Funding Corp. | |
(58) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Asset Funding, LLC is 100% (93.86% by Wachovia Bank, N.A., 0.31% by Wachovia Bank of Delaware, N.A., 1.53% by First Union Commercial Corporation, and 4.30% by Bart, Inc.) | |
(59) | Combined ownership of Columbia at Bells Ferry Partners, L. P. is 99.90%-NV (98.90%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund I, LLC and 1.0%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund-C/GA, LLC) | |
(60) | Combined ownership of Columbia High Point Estate, L.P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by TCIG Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund II, LLC and 0.01%-NV by Columbia High Point State Credit Partner, L.L.C.) | |
(61) | Combined ownership of Heritage Crossing, L. P. is 99.99%-NV (99.98%-NV by Wachovia Affordable Housing Community Development Corporation and 0.01%-NV by Wachovia Guaranteed Tax Credit Fund IV-U/GA, LLC) | |
(62) | Combined ownership of Sanford Leasing, LLC is 100% (Voting interests: 24% by Union Hamilton Assurance, Ltd. and 76% by First Union Commercial Corporation; Membership interests: 99% by Union Hamilton Assurance, Ltd. and 1% by First Union Commercial Corporation) | |
(63) | Combined ownership of Wachovia Preferred Funding Holding Corp. is 100% (99% by Wachovia Bank, N. A. and 1% by Wachovia Corporation) |
18
Exhibit (23)
CONSENT OF KPMG LLP
Board of Directors
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of
(i) Wachovia Corporation on:
(ii) First Union Capital I on Form S-3 (No. 333-15743-01); (iii) First Union
Capital II on Form S-3 (No. 333-15743-02); (iv) First Union Capital III on Form
S-3 (No. 333-15743-03); (v) First Union Institutional Capital I on Form S-4
(No. 333-19039); (vi) First Union Institutional Capital II on Form S-4 (No.
333-20611-01); (vii) First Union Capital I on Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-01);
(viii) First Union Capital II on Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-02); and (ix) First
Union Capital III on Form S-3 (No. 333-90593-03) of Wachovia Corporation of our
report dated January 16, 2003, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets
of Wachovia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and
the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders equity
and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December
31, 2002, which report appears in the 2002 Annual Report to Stockholders which
is incorporated by reference in Wachovia Corporations 2002 Form 10-K.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective
July 1, 2001, Wachovia Corporation adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, Business Combinations and
certain provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets as
required for goodwill and intangible assets resulting from business
combinations consummated after June 30, 2001. The remaining provisions of SFAS
No. 142 were adopted on January 1, 2002. Also as discussed in Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, Wachovia
Corporation adopted the fair value provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, effective for grants made in 2002.
KPMG LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
Wachovia Corporation
Registration
Registration
Statement
Statement
Form
Number
Form
Number
33-50103
S-8
333-44015
33-54148
S-3
333-47286
33-60913
S-8
333-50589
33-62307
S-3
333-50999
33-65501
S-8
333-53549
333-2551
S-3
333-57078
333-10179
S-3
333-58299
333-10211
S-8
333-59616
333-11613
S-8
333-69108
333-14469
S-3
333-70489
333-15743
S-3
333-72150
333-17599
S-3
333-72266
333-19039-01
S-3
333-72350
333-20611
S-3
333-72374
333-31462
S-8
333-83969
333-34151
S-8
333-89299
333-36839
S-3
333-90422
333-37709
S-3
333-90593
333-41046
S-3
333-99847-01
333-42018
S-8
333-100810
333-43960
March 31, 2003
Exhibit (24)
WACHOVIA CORPORATION
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that the undersigned directors and officers
of WACHOVIA CORPORATION (the Corporation) hereby constitute and appoint Mark
C. Treanor, Ross E. Jeffries, Jr. and Anthony R. Augliera, and each of them
severally, the true and lawful agents and attorneys-in-fact of the undersigned
with full power and authority in said agents and the attorneys-in-fact, and in
any one of them, to sign for the undersigned and in their respective names as
directors and officers of the Corporation, the Corporations Annual Report on
Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, and to sign any and all amendments to such Annual
Report.
12
December 16, 2002
SIGNATURE
CAPACITY
/s/ Leslie M. Baker, Jr.
LESLIE M. BAKER, JR
Chairman and Director
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson
G. KENNEDY THOMPSON
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
/s/ Robert P. Kelly
ROBERT P. KELLY
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
/s/ David M. Julian
DAVID M. JULIAN
Senior Vice President and Corporate
Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ F. Duane Ackerman
F. DUANE ACKERMAN
Director
/s/ John D. Baker, II
JOHN D. BAKER, II
Director
/s/ James S. Balloun
JAMES S. BALLOUN
Director
/s/ Robert J. Brown
ROBERT J. BROWN
Director
/s/ Peter C. Browning
PETER C. BROWNING
Director
/s/ John T. Casteen III
JOHN T. CASTEEN III
Director
SIGNATURE
CAPACITY
/s/ William H. Goodwin, Jr.
WILLIAM H. GOODWIN, JR
Director
/s/ Robert A. Ingram
ROBERT A. INGRAM
Director
MACKEY J. MCDONALD
Director
/s/ Joseph Neubauer
JOSEPH NEUBAUER
Director
/s/ Lloyd U. Noland III
LLOYD U. NOLAND III
Director
/s/ Ruth G. Shaw
RUTH G. SHAW
Director
/s/ Lanty L. Smith
LANTY L. SMITH
Director
/s/ John C. Whitaker, Jr.
JOHN C. WHITAKER, JR
Director
/s/ Dona Davis Young
DONA DAVIS YOUNG
Director
Charlotte, NC
13
Exhibit (99)(a)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia) for the year ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, G. Kennedy Thompson, Chief Executive Officer of Wachovia, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of Wachovia.
/s/ G. Kennedy Thompson
|
||
G. Kennedy Thompson | ||
Chief Executive Officer | ||
March 31, 2003 |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Wachovia Corporation and will be retained by Wachovia Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit (99)(b)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia) for the year ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Robert P. Kelly, Chief Financial Officer of Wachovia, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of Wachovia.
/s/ Robert P. Kelly
|
||
Robert P. Kelly | ||
Chief Financial Officer | ||
March 31, 2003 |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Wachovia Corporation and will be retained by Wachovia Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.